US Fitness Industry Market
Overview and Entry Strategies
Val Arthur Kratzman, Finpro Stamford
Technology Review 127/2002
US Fitness Industry
Market Overview and Entry Strategies
Val Arthur Kratzman
Finpro Stamford
National Technology Agency
Technology Review 127/2002
Helsinki 2002
Tekes – your contact for Finnish technology
Tekes, the National Technology Agency of Finland, is the main financing organisation for applied and industrial R&D in Finland. Funding is granted from
the state budget.
Tekes’ primary objective is to promote the competitiveness of Finnish industry and the service sector by technological means. Activities aim to diversify production structures, increase productivity and exports, and create a
foundation for employment and social well-being. Tekes supports applied
and industrial R&D in Finland to the extent of some EUR 390 million, annually. The Tekes network in Finland and overseas offers excellent channels for
cooperation with Finnish companies, universities and research institutes.
Technology programmes – part of the innovation chain
The technology programmes for developing innovative products and processes are an essential part of the Finnish innovation system. These programmes have proved to be an effective form of cooperation and networking
for companies and the research sector. Technology programmes promote
development in specific sectors of technology or industry, and the results of
the research work are passed on to business systematically. The programmes also serve as excellent frameworks for international R&D cooperation.
Currently, a total of about 50 extensive national technology programmes are
under way.
ISSN 1239-758X
ISBN 952-457-080-7
Cover: LM&CO
Page layout: DTPage Oy
Printers: Paino-Center Oy, 2002
Foreword
Individual wellness is a continuum that aims not only at staying healthy and capable but also at extending one’s active life span and scope of life. A variety of tools are needed for this purpose, from
diagnostic tools and treatments of illness to measures that enable good physical and mental fitness.
This report concentrates on the fitness part of the wellness industry in the United States and covers
the topic from the market point of view.
The report is the result of Val Arthur Kratzman’s analysis of the US fitness market. It provides,
among other things, information about the popularity of present day fitness activities and lists reasons why people are attracted to them. From a historical perspective, the report also describes the
social revolution that has taken place in the USA, a change that has lead to the population demanding quality medicine while learning the value of staying fit. But most important from the market entry point of view, the report describes extensively the active manufacturers and service providers in
the industry and also provides guidelines for entering the $5.8 billion fitness market in the US.
We are confident that this study will provide useful information, particularly for those interested in
entering the market and also for those interested in knowing the present and future fitness trends in
general.
We wish to thank Val Arthur Kratzman for his professional insights into the US fitness industry,enabling him and his colleagues to compile the US Fitness Industry Market Overview and Entry
Strategies report for Tekes, the National Technology Agency of Finland. This report belongs to the
iWELL wellbeing and health technology program.
April 2002
Tekes, the National Technology Agency of Finland
Acknowledgements
No work the size and scope of this effort is the work of one person. It takes a team. I wish to thank
Maria Makela, my colleague here at Finpro in Stamford, for her endurance and long hours of research, proof reading and editing.
I also wish to extend sincere thanks to Glenn Colarossi, President of Colarossi Spa & Health Consulting for his time, recommendations and introductions to other industry opinion leaders. The input from Richard Miller, President of The Gym Source and Glenn Tuckman, Senior Vice President
of Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc. proved invaluable. And, the continued advice and
objectivity of Tom Doyle, Vice President Information & Research for the National Sporting Goods
Association was essential.
Thank you all.
Preface
The origins of the American fitness industry can be traced
back to the tennis movement of the late 1960’s. Tennis was
promoted as the sport or activity of choice for families and
individuals. Americans dominated the sport and athletes
such as Arthur Ashe, Billy Jean King and Stan Smith were
as well known as such mainstream athletes as Joe Namath,
Bill Russell and Hank Aron.
As most American trends start strong, running quickly captured the attention of America. Steve Prefontaine from the
University of Oregon became a legend and the running industry grew, differentiating itself by age and geography.
Those who did not play tennis ran. But running was more
popular among the first generation Baby Boomers (then in
their 20’s) holding corporate and professional positions
and living primarily in cities and surrounding suburban areas. The two sports peacefully coexisted and complemented each other throughout the 70’s and the athletic
footwear industry grew to include two new manufacturers
– Nike and Reebok.
Between 1968 and 1972 tennis and running dominated the
marketplace but not without competition from what took
almost 15 years to become the fitness industry. Exercise
bikes represented the beginning of the fitness industry.
Schwinn and Tunturi were the early leaders, each with their
own technology and ideas. However, consumers soon
wanted diversity and more convenient exercise options that
were less boring than stationary bikes. This stimulated the
transformation of health clubs, which already existed as either exclusive men’s clubs or cardio-fitness centers, and
equipment manufactures alike.
Fitness did not grow out of a vacuum. It evolved slowly
from a series of environmental factors, including the social
revolution, the transformation of American health care (to
Managed Care) including corporate wellness and hospital
fitness, changes in educational curriculums, the fattening
of America –- the Couch Potato Movement and the rapid
shift in demographic and population profiles.
The club industry became one catalyst that fueled retail
sales of exercise equipment and this pattern soon became
one of mutual support. Throughout the 1990’s, both the retail fitness and club industries supported each other and
1
jointly encouraged the birth of numerous fitness equipment
manufactures. Their primary differences were price. Clubs
had more expensive and durable equipment, which consumers began to insist upon for use in their homes.
So, in the mid-1990’s, the fitness industry developed and
introduced every possible type of fitness device – rowers,
steppers, ab machines, cross-country ski machines, scaled
down universal gyms and even computerized fitness machines. Weights were reintroduced and made more stylish.
Cross training took on a new meaning and more scientific
and electronic processes for measuring, monitoring and
improving a workout and one’s health were sold.
The integration of professional equipment into the home or
its influence was the true turning point. Between 1995 and
2000 the people were obsessed with equipment and ways to
improve their appearance. Health was a secondary or not
thought of goal. Exercise bike sales gave way to rowers,
steppers and treadmills. Weight training and strength training. Home gyms. Personal trainers. The industry blossomed and the death of the treadmill was even predicted.
However, nothing replaced it and in 2000 the treadmill remains the most desired and purchased piece of fitness
equipment with consumers spending in excess of $1.8 bil1
lion for them. The industry also moved indoors.
As the aging Baby Boomers took control of the industry the
younger Generation X and Y’ers refused to be left behind.
They saw the benefit of fitness, not for health but for social
and personal expression value. In-line skating and extreme
sports dominated these age groups. Their parents, the same
Boomer who started the fitness craze were just turning 55,
continued to respond and remain the early adapters and
influencers.
The 70’s was running, the 80’s aerobics and the 90’s
lowimpact cardiovascular. What does this leave for 2000?
Diversity in excise options. Exercise moving outdoors.
Smart equipment and Internet solutions and aids. Exercising to improve health. Mind/body fitness. Disease management. Adventure workouts. Sport specific training.
Lifestyle exercise. So, the future will truly be an integrated
and active environment with people motivating themselves
to exercise for many and different health reasons.
One of the primary differences between the US and Europe is that Americans exercise indoors. Outdoor activities and family
involvement in sports are not as strong as in Europe. The future indicates that Americans are shifting their focus outdoors and
interest in strong.
Table of Contents
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Preface
Methodology
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Trends of 2000 and 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Category Review and Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Home Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Equipment is the Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Preference in Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
The Industry Perspective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fitness Industry Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Home Fitness Market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Health Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Vertical Market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Hotels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Senior Living and Apartment Complexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Corporate Wellness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Hospital Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Other Non-health Club Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Direct Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fitness Manufacturers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fitness and Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cyber Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Internet and Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Virtual Reality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Other VR Companies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Computerized Exercise Supported Programs (ESP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Other Technology Companies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Handheld Fitness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
The Technological Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Market Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Application of Market Entry Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Concluding Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Methodology
This report is presented as a baseline overview of the
American Fitness Industry. The nature of the market dictated the outline and content of this presentation. In order to
effectively communicate all that is needed to build a
knowledge base, the writer felt it necessary to present information about the evolution of the American healthcare
market and how it impacts fitness. This is referred to as developing an understanding of the complete (fitness) environment.
Primary and secondary research was utilized. Secondary
research consisted of reviews of databases, periodical, industry reports, financial analyses, corporate annual reports
and the Internet. Primary research was restricted to
one-on-one interviews with selected dealers, hotel fitness
mangers, editors, association directors, club owners and industry consultants.
The high level of consistency in feedback made it both easy
and difficult to write this report. The consistency indicated
some levels of either “fatalistic acceptance” and/or acknowledgement that certain decisions and directions were
accepted and the industry expected that these objectives
and initiatives would be met before moving to the next
level. The consistency also indicated that only a few companies were willing to challenge both themselves and the
market regarding the future. The findings of the study indicate that challenging the norm while delivering to the market what it wants is a successful strategy.
All data presented was selected either because it was the
accepted industry standard or was compiled in such a way
that it was consistent with the other data presented and
used. There was data collected but rejected reflecting inconsistent research methodologies (by others than Finpro)
and the decision of the writer to avoid conflicting and confusing data.
Omission: At the onset of this project, textiles were one
category to be included. As industry data and categories
were reviewed, it was evident that the American textile/apparel markets were totally independent industries and ones
which few within the fitness arena consider part of the
overall fitness market. Textiles in the form of sports apparel is tracked and tabulated as part of the American sporting goods industry. Data on this is presented in Table 3.
The one area of textile that has the most relevance to fitness
is the integration of electronics and clothing. An example
of this is presented in the section titled Cyber Fitness under
VivoMetrics. Even here, the focus is more healthcare. The
only other significant textile initiative was the recent introduction of a fleece jacket with temperature control capabilities, a joint venture between The North Face and Malden
Mills. Again, only remotely related to fitness.
The regulatory environment was not discussed because it is
product specific and a generic discussion would have limited value. There are three regulatory or quasi-regulatory
considerations. US Customs duties and tariffs are applied
to all imported products, but varies from category to category. Underwriter’s Laboratory, an independent testing
laboratory, represents a “voluntary standard” for electrical
and build safety. And finally, there is the National Consumer Safety Commission that sets standards for product
safety. Finpro is prepared to discuss each of these issues
with Finnish companies on a case-by-case basis. None of
these should be viewed as a barrier to entry.
Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1
Fitness Manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2
100 Fitness Manufacturers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3
Product Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4
Clubs and Chains in North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5
Industry Associations/Organizations/Trade Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6
Physical Education and Sport Sciences Programs in the United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7
Two Corporate Wellness Studies ( Johnson & Johnson, Xerox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Technology Reviews from Tekes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Introduction
The American fitness market – currently valued at $5.8 billion – while tracked and viewed as a stand-alone category,
is part of the overall US sporting goods industry. 2000
sporting good figures showed a slow, but steady growth
pattern of 3.2%, whereas the shipments of exercise equipment and hiking and camping products continued to grow
steadily at 6%. Sports apparel was the slowest growing category at 2% and projected to decline in 2001.
In 1997, 76.2 million Americans used cardiovascular equipment, an increase of 41.2% from 1987 and their preference
for the type of exercise was different for men and women.
Table 1 presents the most popular fitness activities in 1997
and 2000.
1
Table 1. Most Popular Fitness Activities . 1997 vs.
2000 (million of people participated).
Table 2 presents a breakdown of 1997 male and female
preference for exercise.
Table 2. Top 5 Reasons People Exercise – 1997.
Female
Percent
Male
Percent
Weight control
87.5%
Muscle tone
84.7%
Feeling good
after
86.6
Increased
energy
83.0
Increased
energy
86.0
Cardiovascular
benefit
81.9
Muscle tone
84.3
Weight control
81.8
Cardiovascular
benefit
81.3
Feeling good
after
81.7
Source: Keyfinders
Activity
1997
2000
Free weights*
43.2
44.5
Treadmills
36.1
40.8
Stationary bike**
34.8
28.8
Fitness walking
33.2
36.2
Running/jogging
32.3
33.7
Fitness bike
11.4
Mountain biking****
21.3
Resistance machines*
22.5
Swimming
21.8
25.2
Notes:
* Includes: barbells, dumbbells, hand weights
** Includes: upright, recumbent, group cycling
***Breakdowns: On-road = 14.3; Off-road = 7.1
Source: Keyfindings, NSGA, American Sports Data
As mentioned, men and women vary in their preference for
type and place of exercise. While club membership is a
function of sex, age and geography, preference of exercise
has historically been determined by gender needs and ego.
In 2000 and 2001 these factors are being replaced by the
need to be healthy regardless of sex and age.
1
Table 3 (page 2) presents overall historical sales data (1990–
2001 projected) for the fitness and selected sporting goods
categories.
In 2000, the relationship between health and fitness is the
key to the industry’s future. The government, corporate
American, educational institutes are all getting involved,
especially to save American children from a sedentary lifestyle and obesity. Forty percent of children between the
ages of 5–8 years old are obese, inactive and have high
blood pressure or cholesterol levels. Three-fourths of them
will remain obese in adulthood and more than 1/3 of kids
between 12–21 do not get regular physical activity. Such
programs as PE-4-You and Operation Kid Fit are seeking
to remedy this problem and appear to be on the track.
Americans have finally recognized the health value and
importance of fitness. Looking good is no longer as important as feeling good and leading a healthier and happier
lifestyle. The same Baby Boomers that started the running
craze of the 60’s and 70’s are also the catalyst and momentum behind this shift. The first Baby Boomers reached 55
(years of age) in 2000 and spent $1.10 out of every $5.00
on home exercise equipment, which roughly totaled more
than $1 billion. This same group represents the largest
membership segment in clubs – 7.4 million – and 1 out of 4
Table 1 was complied from different sources reflecting time span and changes in industry data collection, therefore there was
shift in categories. See notes at bottom of table.
1
Table 3. Manufactures’ Sales by Category (millions of wholesale dollars).
1990
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001 (P)
Exercise
$1,070
$2,890
$3,180
$3,370
$3,470
$3,680
$3,900
Outdoor
993
1,500
1,590
1,620
1,655
1,755
1,840
In-line Skates
0
625
513
418
295
270
255
Tennis
315
240
235
215
225
245
260
Other*
8,093
11,180
11,768
11,458
11,699
12,080
12,395
Sports Apparel
12,217
17,220
18,063
19,490
20,015
20,435
21,050
Athletic Footwear
7,635
8,950
9,485
8,735
8,675
9,055
9,505
Total
$30,323
$42,605
$44,834
$45,306
$46,034
$47,520
$49,205
Category
*Includes: golf, water sports, billiards, bowling, baseball, softball, archery, soccer, snow ski, fishing, firearms, team sports, games,
paintball, etc.
Source: SGMA
new health club members today are over 55 representing a
300% growth rate in membership for this age group.
Fitness and health are no longer independent of each other.
In the US, there is no legal right to healthcare. Most Americans receive their health insurance through their employers, which is based upon a prepaid enrollment plan. As
healthcare costs continue to increase 11.5% per annum (as
they have for the past 15 years), there are over 44 million
Americans with no health insurance.
With the downsizing of corporate America (since early
1990’s), people realized that they needed to take control of
their own health, hence their futures. Corporate wellness
programs were introduced as one means for companies to
reduce their spiraling healthcare costs in parallel with
boosting morale, productivity, efficiency and profits.
Those programs where senior management championed
participation and actually led the charge succeeded, grew
and showed the projected results, usually within a two-year
time frame. On average, companies were able to save between 3-8% on all corporate healthcare costs. Two of the
most successful first programs were at Boeing and
Honeywell. Sick days dropped from 1.8 to 1 (per person)
yielding $93,000 for Boeing Corporation, which ran a
480-person test and Honeywell saved $3.6 million over 4
years at one site where 7,000 persons participated.
Corporate wellness initiatives evolved from simple classes
on how to stop smoking, eat better and manage stress to sophisticated and very highly incentive-based programs at
company owned fitness centers. They grew from jogging
2
clubs, lunchtime walking sessions, discounts for health
club memberships and, in many cases, required fitness programs for key executives.
The second incarnation included extended membership in
local fitness and hospital fitness programs and sophisticated, state-of-the-art company-run, on-site health clubs.
While the jury is still undecided about the overall value of
corporate wellness, many companies see the need to provide incentives for employees to both produce and remain
healthy. In-house fitness facilities appear to be one of the
more desired means, followed by on-site day care and flexible hours so families can spend more time together without negative impact on company or home life.
When corporate wellness programs were discontinued or
not permitted to succeed, employees continued on their
own. Walking and running clubs prospered, as did classes
and lunchtime “brown bag” lectures. But perhaps the most
import outgrowth occurred when employees took control
and used the power of the Internet to aid their quest for
quality healthcare and a better balance between work and
lifestyle. This became known as Personal Health Maintenance (PHM).
e-Health did not immediately dominate the Internet or marketplace. In fact, the early stages of Personal Health Maintenance proved the Internet as unreliable, full of mis-information, cumbersome and frustrating. So, PHM grew by
word of mouth, advanced stages of employee managed
corporate wellness and slowly through the Internet.
The power, value and limitations of the Internet were all
recognized. People, especially women – who account for
over 80% of all US healthcare decisions and dollars – demanded quality and accurate healthcare content. The
women’s health movement blossomed when medical and
pharmaceutical companies enhanced their Internet presence to include women’s and family health content. Exercise and nutrition became a significant content element and
catalyst for moving the fitness and healthcare industries
closer together.
tween 1995–2050, while those over 65 will increase by
135%. People over 85 now represent the fastest growing
age group in America. There are over 3 million Americans
over 85 and this number is expected to exceed 8 million by
2030 and over 18 million by 2050. The population of
Americans age 85 and older will increase by 401% between 1995–2050. From 2010–2030, the population of elderly aged 65–84 is expected to grow 80% while the population over 85 is expected to grow 48%. In contrast, the under 65 population will grow just 7%.
The Internet taught hospitals to branded themselves as one
means of generating new revenues. Satellite clinics and
outpatient departments were their first foray into for-profit
ventures. The more patient sensitive hospitals quickly realized that many of their cardiac and occupational health patients were reluctant to or could not use local health clubs
for rehabilitation. So, cardiac rehab units were expanded
and the equipment upgraded. This was the birth of the hospital fitness industry – health clubs built, run and owned by
hospitals that acted as rehab facilities and community outreach centers. For the over 45-age group, this became a
new, safe and convenient place to work out with people of
similar age and health. And hospital fitness centers actually
became more sophisticated than health clubs did.
The 1990’s was a decade of change for the fitness industry
and America. The next profile of America will truly be
new, and one never before witnessed. The future focus and
direction have been defined and include new ideas, needs
and ways of doing business. When we now speak of US
market entry, we no longer talk of simple exports because
there are numerous business options for companies today.
The vocabulary has changed which means that the way
companies operate must also change. Fitness manufactures
recognize and accept that the days of producing fitness
equipment are over. They know that the consumer is in
control and they must listen to and interact with them. This
starts by listening to and working with their dealers.
All of this transitioned American healthcare into a consumer driven market. The Internet empowered consumers
while corporate America and Manage Care2 forced them
into taking care of themselves. The power and value of a
healthy and satisfied patient became evident. Today, managed care is still seeking the best practice model through
disease management. The difference is that the population
now both demands quality medicine and is learning the
value of staying fit. So, disease management will target the
high risk and at-risk patients and work to maintain their
conditions, hopefully even reverse it.
The final part of the fitness puzzle, one already mentioned,
is demographics. America is aging faster than the growth
rate at the younger end of the spectrum. Demographic
shifts and technology breakthroughs are coexisting as the
elderly embrace all new technology that will improve their
lifestyles. Of the 275 million people in the US, 95 million
are less than 25 years of age, 139 million are between 25
and 65 and the remaining 36 million are over 65. The over
65 age group represents 13% of the total population and
this figure will grow to 69 million or 20% by 2030.
The elderly population increased 11 times from 1990–
1994, while the non-elderly population grew just 3 times.
The American population will increase by almost 50% be-
2
According to a study by Arthur Andersen, the most successful companies are the ones that changed their strategies
to meet consumer needs and expectation. “The Internet
transferred power to the consumer who quickly compare
prices and features from a large selection of product and
then make purchases without talking to anyone. Currently,
18% of the business strategies revolve around the needs of
consumers; by 2002, 50% will focus more on customer
needs and customer retention issues.”
At Finpro, when we speak of market entry, we talk about
knowing and interacting with the “entire” environment.
This knowledge is the difference between success and failure and we will talk more on market entry later in this report.
The American fitness industry and its immediate environment have been presented briefly. The inter-relatedness of
numerous markets – manufacturing, retail, insurance,
healthcare and even corporate America – including the
government, clearly indicates a positive future for the fitness industry. The fitness industry will be further examined
in the following pages. However, it is essential to remember that the US is what is known as a market driven economy. That means, as previously quoted from the Arthur
Andersen report, that manufactures do not define market
trends, consumers do. As you prepare to move forward and
Managed Care is the term used to refer to the American healthcare industry. Managed care organizations provide healthcare
and/or health insurance. They are the “payors” and “Gate Keepers” that control access to care.
3
extend your company’s reach beyond Finland, it is critical
to know and understand both your internal environment
and the external competitive, cooperative and complementary environments. Success comes from integrating them.
A defined strategy and business plan is needed, not a reactive sales goal.
ing your international efforts. The American market moves
fast, but it also clearly indicates its needs and wants. It is
even a patient market in that there is time for any new
player to learn, test its products, make the necessary adjustments and then enter and succeed. It is critical to give the
market what it wants, not what you think it wants.
The balance of this report will begin to complete your baseline knowledge of this industry and how to begin structur-
Please read on with an open and inquisitive mind. No one is
saying that the US is better. Just different.
4
Trends of 2000 and 2001
It is established. Fitness for health will dominate the future.
This is not to say that past trends and patterns of behavior
will instantly disappear. Most will remain in place and be
supplemented and/or replaced with new and more varied
forms of exercise and, possibly equipment. Step aerobics,
stair climbers, rowing machines, stationary bikes and, of
course, treadmills have all survived the 1980’s and 1990’s
and their future is somewhat defined by the current market
data. Treadmills are the equipment of choice showing an
8.8% growth spurt between 1999 and 2000.
Americans not only suffer from being sedentary, the also
suffer from time stress – the stress that results from having
a lack of time. It could be argued that time stress is not real
and self-induced, which it probably is. But in the US there
is a saying “perceptions are real,” and Americans see themselves as not having enough time to work out. This means
that what they really want is a machine that provides instant feedback on such information as calories burned,
miles completed, heart rate attained and a description of
their next workout. “They are always looking for that magic
item or pill or whatever that’s going to keep them active and
give them results. Each of those products, what they really
are is a tool to get people to perform the exercise.”
The conclusion is that most trends and equipment do not
survive because people become bored. There has yet to be a
solution, anywhere in the world, for personal boredom. So,
the American fitness and health club industry have responded with new products and activities.
American consumers are willing to give equipment a second and third and fourth chance. This is why the industry
has grown in the 1990’s. “People are looking for equipment that exercises specific body parts, meaning abdominal muscles one year and arm muscles the next. But more
importantly, the exercise equipment-buying public is always on the lookout for machines that will allow them to
get the most physical benefit in the least amount of time.”
Table 4 presents US participation in fitness activities for
1987–2000 (in more detail than Table 1) including percent
changes.
2000 was heralded as the year of diversity of exercise options. According to the American Council on Exercise
(ACE) who surveyed over a dozen top leaders in the fitness
arena, the exercising public – both general and aging –
want to be better educated about the specific benefits of exercise. They are most interested in:
Adventure workouts: Many exercisers will replace the
treadmill and weight workouts with rock climbing, hiking,
mountain biking and other outdoor activities that enhance
body and spirit. Americans are finally learning that exercise outside has value and can be more fun and less boring
than being inside. This will open the market for new equipment, as well as increase sales of existing and specialized
products.
Fitness for Health: Health not personal appearance is taking the lead as the key motivator for exercise. Exercise will
become a vital aspect of disease management, with a focus
on systemic exercise for conditions such as diabetes, coronary heart disease, high cholesterol and depression. As
managed care continues to find new ways to reduce and
contain costs, it has stated that it will pay for health club
membership and allow reimbursement for fitness equipment used to improve your health, 180 reversal of its previous policies.
Virtual Coaching: On-line personal training is predicted
to become an industry staple. Exercisers will be able to
communicate with their trainers virtually and from remote
locations. New Internet-based training sites will allow people to receive training services or work directly with their
trainers to design programs, track progress and learn online. This will be based upon a monthly fee and this will
prove especially valuable for business travelers who want
to be able to continue their workouts at any hotel.
Smart Equipment: As stated, consumers want equipment
that think and help them. Do they want to pay for it? Some
will and some will not. But smart equipment will allow for
customized exercise. Heart rate interactive treadmills already exist and the next step will become downloadable
workout information to hand-held devices that a person can
take and use anywhere. Finally, equipment will be able to
recognize a person and send personalize messages that help
motivate. The secret to the success of these products will be
ease of use and simplicity. People with or who perceive
that they have little extra time will not spend 15 minutes
downloading information.
5
Table 4. US Participation in Fitness Activities 1987–2000 (millions of people).
U.S. Participation in Fitness Activities ( Millions of Americans aged 6 and older)
[ ] = average days of participation
Change
2000
1987
1990
1997
2000
87–00
Free weights (Net)
22.6
26.7
39.8
44.5
97.0%
Barbells [90]
N/A
N/A
N/A
22.0
N/A
Dumbbells [89]
N/A
N/A
N/A
25.2
N/A
Hand weights[79]
N/A
N/A
N/A
27.1
N/A
4.4
11.5
36.1
40.8
827%
Stretching [122]
N/A
N/A
N/A
36.4
N/A
Fitness Walking [120]
27.2
37.4
38.8
36.2
33.1%
Running/Jogging [75]
37.1
35.7
36.5
33.7
(9.2% )
Stationary cycling (Net)
30-8
39.8
32.0
28.8
(6.5%)
Upright bikes [64]
N/A
N/A
N/A
17.9
N/A
Recumbent bikes [64]
N/A
N/A
N/A
8.9
N/A
Group cycling [60]
N/A
N/A
N/A
5.4
N/A
Resistance machin[80]
15.3
16.8
22.5
25.2
64.7%
Abdominal trainer [79]
N/A
N/A
N/A
18.1
N/A
Stair-climb. machin[53]
2.1
13.5
17.9
15.8
652%
Fitness swimming [46]
16.9
18.0
16.2
14.1
(16.6%)
Fitness bicycling [62]
N/A
N/A
N/A
11.4
N/A
3.9
4.7
6.8
8.1
108%
Yoga/Tai Chi[55]
N/A
N/A
N/A
7.4
N/A
Cardio kickboxing [45]
N/A
N/A
N/A
7.2
N/A
Water exercise [47]
N/A
N/A
6.3
6.4
1..6%
Rowing machine [54]
14.5
14.6
8.4
6.2
(57.2%)
Elliptical motio trai[53]
N/A
N/A
2.4
6.2
N/A
Cross-country ski [58]
N/A
6.4
9.4
8.9
(15.6%)
Aerobic rider [54]
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.9
(55.8%)
Pilates Training [25]
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Treadmill [68]
Home gym [79]
Source: SGMA
Mind/Body Fitness: “Mindful” exercise will increase in
popularity through Yoga, tai chi, stretch-relaxation and
Pilates-based programs and classes. This is a carry over
from stress reduction and stretching classes that were first
seen in corporate wellness programs and at local health
clubs.
Lifestyle exercise: In the 80’s and 90’s health club membership dropped off for older age groups. People retreated
to the privacy and quietness of their homes to exercise.
There will be an increase in incorporating one’s exercise
regiment with everyday life. Home gym sales will increase
and become as important as the kitchen or bathroom.
Sport-specific personal training: People looking to enhance their tennis, golf or other sporting activity will focus
on using personal trainers to reach their goals.
Goal-oriented fitness: People will enter into exercise routines for the specific purpose of training for a special trip or
activity such as pre-ski season leg conditioning or walking
6
10 miles every other day in preparation for a back packing
trip. The increase in weekend amateur sporting events and
adventure vacations will continue to drive this activity.
Over time, this behavior will become habit and people will
add to their exercise routines.
Fitness toys: Props will become more popular, as well as
affordable. While these may appear more in fitness classes,
they too will make their way into homes. These include stability balls, stretching boards, stepping platforms and agility equipment. As people want diversity and something
new, props represent an inexpensive way to meet this need.
The on-going debate is whether health clubs influence
home fitness or the reverse. Regardless, the following are
the projected club fitness activities for the millennium.
There are very evident overlaps, as well as striking differences between what will happen on the home front.
Core Conditioning: Health clubs are seeing a strong increase in participation in core conditions classes, especially for the mid-section. The serious exerciser took them
and it is expected that the “consumer-at-large” will soon
adopt them.
Flexibility/Strengthening: The popularity of this activity
is attributed to the aging population and the interest in
Yoga among seniors (people over the age of 55). Many
health clubs are integrating stretching in other classes and
programs. The flood of articles in consumer health and lifestyle magazines positively reinforces exercises in this category. They are also programs that once learned can be
taken home.
Group Strength Training: The increase in consumer
awareness of and education about the importance of
weight-bearing exercise as they age is driving this activity.
More and more clubs are integrating tools and equipment
(boards, balls, free weights and machines) into more
classes. Senior centers encourage the elderly to carry more
and spend more time each day exercising in groups.
Pilates and Yoga: Pilates remains of interest but clubs
cannot find enough qualified instructors. Yoga is popular
because of the diverse range of classes that can be taught –
intro, power, flow, dance, restorative, kids’, stretch, etc.
Combinations/Hybrid classes: Members want to participate in all the new classes and try all the new activities. As a
result, clubs are offering mixed classes that are not dedicated to any one form of exercise. Members feel that they
are getting a bigger bang for their buck and time. These
classes are also being used to attract new members.
Table 5 presents a listing of other activities that are “in”
and “out.”
In ten years, the American fitness industry has shifted from
confined, rigorous and carefully orchestrated work out regiments to going cross training and outdoors. The threat of
poor health has transformed the industry and opened the
eye and minds of millions of people. What people once
thought was only something for the young or wealthy is
now something for everyone. The desire for improved personal health and a better lifestyle will not be negated by
economic factors. Fitness turned a corner as the country entered the new millennium.
Table 5. Interest Levels in Exercise Activities.
What’s Increasing?
What’s Decreasing?
Mind/body modalities
Boxing-based classes
Group personal training
Kickboxing
Sport-specific training
Martial Arts-based classes
Stability ball classes
Indoor rowing
Indoor cycling
Mixed Impact classes
Walking
Water classes
Wellness/Lifestyle programs
Outdoor activities
7
Category Review and Data
Home Exercise
Elliptical machines appealed to many because they offered
a no-impact workout that incorporated upper body movement. These machines caught on with the serious and
younger exercisers, despite the fact that their actual benefits are questioned.
Americans spent $5.8 billion on fitness equipment in 2000,
most of it for cardio-oriented products. While more money
was spent on treadmills – $1.8 billion – than on any other
type of product, the sales of free weights, benches and
home gyms continued to rise steadily. And, a new trend is
appearing – less and less fitness equipment is doubling as a
place to hang dirty clothes.
Popularity in and use of rowers and cross-country skiing
machines, which were difficult to use, continues while the
decline in stair machines is slowing.
The most recent survey of fitness equipment users found
that 33% of US households owned and regularly used fitness equipment (1997) and another 18% owned but did not
use equipment. According to a Target Management study,
households headed by people aged 55 and older accounted
for 22% of all owner-users. This coincides with the most
recent data showing the over 55-age group as the continued
drivers of the American fitness industry.
Table 6 presents data on where people exercise the most
and with what equipment. Figure 1 presents the shift in
equipment use as presented by American Sports Data research.
Equipment is the Solution
The extraordinary increase in treadmill use was probably
the key trend of the decade and surprisingly predicted to
decrease in the late 1990’s with the introduction of Elliptical trainers. However, this did not happen and treadmill use
continued to increase complemented by the use of elliptical
machines and strength training.
History has shown the evolution of the fitness industry –
running to aerobics to exercise equipment. But it was the
exercise equipment movement that established the importance of incorporating different types of exercise into one’s
exercise regiment to improve one’s health. During the
1990’s there was a steady increase in the use of different
types of exercise equipment, as well as a parallel increase
in health club membership. Interest in cardiovascular and
strength training grew establishing these as the two main
forms of exercise. This occurred at the expense of running,
walking, biking and swimming, which remained flat and/or
showed a slight decline. The immediate conclusion was
that exercisers are drawn to the convenience and ease of exercise equipment and the luxury of being able to work out
anytime indoors. Finally, the issues of safety and privacy
played a role in shifting fitness activities into the home.
Treadmills and Ellipticals appealed to users because of
their convenience. Treadmills are easy to use involving
natural movements. It was also speculated that the decline
in fitness walking was partially attributed to the large number of walkers who came indoors and took advantage of
new and better treadmill technology that simulated and recreated their outdoor walking routines, including hill climbs
and changes in pace. Two-thirds of all fitness walkers are
female (24.1 million), which coincides with the overall increase in the number of females that exercise.
Table 6. Fitness Equipment by Location of Use – 2000 (percent of total participants of study).
Home
Health Club
Other Facility
Not Reported
Treadmill
38%
25%
18%
19%
Dumbbells
33%
23%
25%
19%
Stationary Bikes
40%
22%
19%
19%
Source: American Sports Data
9
40
40.8
39.6
36.1
36
32
30.8
30
28.8
22.5
20
19.7
14.6
14.5
13.5
15.8
8.4
11.5
10
6.2
9.8
4.4
0
1990
6.2
8.9
6.4
2.1
1987
17.9
11.3
2.4
1993
5.4
1997
2000
Treadmills
Stationary bikes
Stair climbers
Rowing machines
Cross country ski machines
Elliptical motion trainers
Figure 1. Trends in Aerobic Machine Exercise (millions of people participating).
Source: American Sports Data
The other interesting trend of the late 1990’s was the increase in different venues for fitness. Health and racquet
clubs were the start followed by corporate wellness and
hospital fitness facilities. Each of these locations attracted
a different type of user. Health clubs became popular
among the young and wealthy people. Corporate fitness
centers attracted the physically fit more than the less
healthy employees that they were hoping to target. And
hospital fitness centers first were viewed as part of rehabilitation, but soon became the choice location for those over
55 and then those who were either too embarrassed to go to
a local fitness center or who saw a true benefit in exercising
at a hospital-owned location. Regardless of which facility
attracted members, they all suffered from member retention and the constant need to increase and diversify their
classes.
Figure 2 presents the shift in number of people exercising
between 1990 and 2000 by type of exercise. These figures
are presented in millions of people who participated in exercise at least 100 times per year (this is a standard qualifying criteria for measuring fitness activity). Strength equipment and cardiovascular equipment showed a +69% and
+41% increase, respectively, and fitness walking and running/jogging showed a –3% and –1% declined, respectively.
21.8
Strength equipment
12.9
Cardiovascular
equipment
19.1
13.5
16.8
17.3
Fitness walking
Running/jogging
9.8
9.9
2000
1990
Figure 2. Participation Trends 1990–2000 (million of people). Source: American Sports Data
10
Preference in Training
Treadmills probably represented the first significant trend
within the fitness industry in the 1990’s and the equally impressive growth in all forms of strength training must be
recognized as the second most significant shift. Growth
was not limited by age or sex. In 1987, only 8% of all
free-weight users were aged 45 or older. In 2000, this figure climbed to 30%, according to American Sports Data.
While men and women both became more active in this
area, women surpassed men in their commitment to exercise, especially strength training. There was a 146% and
57% increase in the number of females that participated in
both free-weight and resistance training, respectively, by
the late 1990’s (8.3 million to 20.4 million and 7.2 million
to 11.3 million, respectively). In 1990, only 24% of all
free-weight trainers were female. By the year 2000,
free-weight training for both sexes increased 67% with
women then comprising 46% of the total. Home gyms, resistance machines and the use of hand weights all clearly
increased during this period with women more likely to use
hand weights than dumbbells or barbells.
This reflected two very important health and fitness trends
that have clearly integrated themselves into American lifestyles:
1 the desire to complement cardio workouts with strengthening exercises, which is supported by recent medical
research findings that verify the importance for women
to include weight training with their cardio work out in
order to maintain and improve their health; and,
2 the increase in the use of personal trainers who have
been instrumental in introducing women to resistance
training. While not a trend, there has also been a sharp
increase in the number of publications that focus upon
weight training, offering advice and encouragement to
women.
If we were to draw any conclusions at this point it would be
that Americans have accepted the need and importance of
varied exercise to maintain their health and that this has
positively impacted the American industries. But we cannot forget an earlier comment that it is critical to understand the complete environment. Herein lies an important
and critical factor for the future of the fitness industry.
While the above trends appear significant, the actual number of people working out did not increase. The number of
Americans who exercise regularly only increased from
51.5 to 51.6 million between 1990 and 2000 with a slight
dip to 51.3 million in 1998. This is explained by two interdependent factors – demographic and population shifts.
The total American population grew, as well as aged, but
the percentage of those who exercised did not. The rapid
aging of the population fueled the growth of the fitness in-
dustry as aging Baby Boomers sought new ways to exercise and remain fit. These same people will create an entirely new set of needs and objectives for the fitness industry in the years to come.
The Industry Perspective
According to the Sporting Goods Manufacturers’ Association (SGMA) annual survey, the overall mood of the sporting goods industry in 2000 was one of “guarded optimism.” There was concern over the slowing economy and
weakened consumer confidence. America was over-stored
and the excess of retail space created inventory surpluses.
This resulted in another chain reaction of events – “intense
price competition, cautious buying practices by retailers
and a focus on finding efficiencies instead of creating excitement.” The latter was the most important, as it highlighted the extreme need for retailers and manufacturers to
work more closely. The traditional relationship of buyer
and seller no longer exists.
Industry forecasts for the overall growth of the sporting
goods industry for 2001 has been set at 3.5%, up slightly
over 2000, reflecting total manufacture shipments of $49.2
billion. This increase compares favorably with the 3.1% increase in GDP, as predicted by the Business Week economist poll. As presented in the first paragraph of the Introduction, of all the sectors of sporting goods, fitness equipment is projected to grow the most and apparel the least.
The apparel sector was hit the hardest primarily because of
the non-stop introduction of new products, many of which
consumers neither wanted nor needed. The overall consumer reaction was one of confusion, apathy and efficiency. Consumers responded by taking more time to think
about their options. The most popular conclusion was purchases made based upon multiple use. Hence, the same
jacket could now be worn for a wet weekend around town,
hiking and even skiing.
Numerous fitness and sporting goods manufacturers recognized these issues in parallel with feeling the economic
slow down. They began to work more closely with retailers
to both define and solve problems before they happened.
For instance, in the ski industry, several years of low snowfall resulted in a sharp increase in the cost of lift tickets and
equipment. As consumers found themselves skiing less
they either held on to old equipment longer or wanted retailers to offer more package deals. The success of the
shaped ski allowed manufactures to devise ways to jointly
sell their own bindings with their skis, versus letting the
consumer mix and match. One technological solution was
the new slide on binding systems now offered by Atomic at
a price that was actually less than the cost for separate skis
11
and bindings a year earlier. Consumer, retailer and manufacture all won.
But this was only one example. On a broader scale, retailers are placing more risk and responsibility back on the
manufacturers. Manufactures have accepted this in order to
maintain a steady out-flow of product. They are also listening more closely to retailers and consumers giving the market what it really wants, not what they thought the market
wanted. This means that manufacturers need to work
harder to gain market share and secure placement. So, 2000
was a year of caution as much as it was a year of cooperation and in 2001 manufacturers and retailers will continue
to improve cooperation in every aspects of their businesses
(from inventory control to marketing and promotion, even
electronic re-ordering).
Manufacturers have also focused on producing offshore.
About 1/3 of those surveyed by SGMA stated that they
planned to increase offshore production. Forty percent said
that they would go to China, 37% elsewhere in Asia and
23% in Mexico. And, with US Congress passing Permanent Normal Trade Relations with China, it is expected that
even more companies will begin to manufacture there.
Tables 7 and 8 present the most serious concerns of manufactures and the manufacturers’ perceptions of retailer
needs.
Table 7. Manufacturers Top Concerns for 2001.
Increase market share
27.8%
Labor cost/availability
22.7%
Material cost/availability
8.2%
Product sourcing
8.2%
Saturation of sports licensed goods
7.2%
Source: SGMA
Table 8. Manufactures Say Retailers Want Flexible
Suppliers.
Manufacturers assuming
more inventory risk
66%
More “at once” ordering
58%
Greater reliance on EDI/UPC
56%
Fewer, more powerful retailers
51%
Reduction of SKU’s
41%
Source: SGMA
12
The goal of the industry is to motivate and excite consumers to exercise, which is not that difficult taking into consideration that consumers are highly receptive to health and
fitness. The real challenge is to turn motivation into actual
exercise and product use – purchase decisions. As mentioned in the Introduction, there are several joint initiatives
in progress to make America more fit.
PE4LIFE, is probably the most visible of all the programs.
Wilson Sporting Good’s president, Jim Baugh, is spearheading the initiative. This advocacy group is focusing
upon restoring physical education to American school systems. The SGMA, Sporting Goods Association and most
major equipment companies have all contributed.
Launched at the Super Show in 2000, it now has an executive director in Washington, D.C.
Other group, industry, government and manufacturing fitness initiatives:
• SGMA five-year lobbying effort mobilized 6,000 local
and national organizations resulted in the authorization
of billions of dollars for a six-year parklands, fields,
trails and urban recreation effort. In 2001, $900 million
was allocated to state development of outdoor space and
another $30-50 million for city and urban recreational
facilities. The bill also provided $450 million for the
purchase of Federal parklands/
• Congressional Programs:
– three-year $375 million school physical education
program enhancement
– $125 million program to educate the public about nutrition and physical activity.
• IHRSA (International Health and Racquet Sports Association) launched its campaign in 2000 to double club
membership.
It is hoped that these efforts will not only increase awareness of fitness, but begin to generate new opportunities for
children who want to participate in sports but have otherwise been turned away because of limited access to elite
school sports teams and the politics of local travel sports
teams. The industry truly believes that there is a totally under-served market of younger people and their families
who want to participate but have been unnecessarily dissuaded.
Industry consolidation at both the retail and manufacturing
level will occur in 2001. Industry experts feel that this will
resolve many of the overcrowding and inventory issues
while allowing companies to better utilize resources to find
consumer solutions. However, it must be remembered that
while the Americans may be setting the standards for the
entire industry, that the American sporting goods and fitness manufacturers are not sophisticated or very technological oriented. 2001 focused on operating efficiencies
more than technological advancements.
Fitness Industry Drivers
One of the more interesting characteristics of the American
fitness industry is that it has not slowed since the early
1990’s nor has it grown. While it continues to move forward, growing faster than the overall sporting goods industry (6% in 2000 compared to sporting goods’ 3.2%). 2001
projections are positive, barring any significant economic
slowdown. But, even with this caveat, the American drive
for health and better physical fitness seems to be a stronger
motivator than the economy. In fact, it is predicted that the
real driver will be demographics and the 70 million Baby
Boomers whom are credited with inventing the fitness
movement “show no signs of abandoning it as they age.”
joy their later years is a powerful incentive for this group
whom influences the entire market. And, it is this same
group that is reshaping and impacting the managed care industry. The Baby Boomers are truly the key to the future integration of healthcare, fitness and a healthier America.
From the industry perspective, the market is immature,
highly fragmented and without true leadership. All of the
manufacturers are consistently competing against each
other shifting share and not really growing the market. No
one has taken the leadership role in enlarging the overall
market by getting more of the sedentary 87% of the population active. The market is wide open for a leader.
All indications are that the Baby Boomers are actually
more committed to fitness and exercise now than they have
ever been. They understand the value of health and have
more disposable income. The threat of not being able to en-
13
Distribution
Distribution is key and success will not follow unless this is
correct, strong and solidified. For a foreign manufacturer,
this is probably the most difficult aspect of the industry to
understand because dealers do not want “me too products.”
They want new, different, value oriented, risk-free or low
risk and proven products with superior manufacturer support. Support entails, (free) samples, spare parts, promotion allowances and immediate correction of problems.
manufacturers and specialty fitness dealers whose financial and business objectives sometimes clashed.
There are three markets for fitness equipment – home (retail), health clubs and vertical – each representing a separate, yet inter-related category. The age-old question,
which came first the chicken or the egg, is frequently asked
of the fitness industry in the form, which came first: home
or club equipment reflecting a very strong, but unofficial
standard for home equipment to be as close to club equipment as possible.
• create a scaled-down or lesser version of its commercial
products (for less money)
The combination of a rapidly growing market, demand for
commercial equipment at home and the constant presence
of “infomercial” and club-look alike products further forced manufactures to reassess their products, positioning
and overall corporate strategies. Manufactures found that
they had three choices of how to grow their businesses:
• develop or acquire a less expensive second line or brand
• stay where they were.
Home Fitness Market
In the US, which is a market driven economy there is a concept called perceived value that applies to almost all products and services that consumers purchase. This is a rather
simple yet subjective rating system that consumers follow.
It can be summarized as the weighted-average of the relationship of the brand name to its price to its market position
to where it was purchased and what need (real or perceived) does it fulfill for me the consumer?
The home fitness market is the largest and fastest growing
segment primarily driven by treadmills strongly supported
by the expanding home gym and strength training areas.
This market blossomed due to a natural evolution of fitness
products and consumer acceptance of the need to look good
through buying new products.
This means that ownership of a product has an attached
value or status, which can be positive or negative. Many
products are purchased not based upon need but rather
based upon fulfilling a series of psychological needs. The
competitive nature of the American economy influences all
purchase decisions; hence, one role of American marketing
is to enhance the demand of a product while inflating price
and limiting access through selected outlets.
Consumers are both lazy and uneducated about what is best
for their health; therefore, they will try and buy almost any
new piece of fitness equipment that promised spectacular
results with little effort. Effortless fitness is a totally inaccurate perception that many manufactures use to sell their
products. And with only 13% of the American population
exercising, ease of exercise is an important, yet mis-used
marketing device.
The conclusion is that perceived value encompasses more
than the price, quality and features of a product. It takes
into account the positioning of the store (or the health club
where the product has been seen) and the (subjective) value
that the market attaches to the brand. In the fitness boom of
the 1990’s, this resulted in a plethora of “club-like” fitness
products whose perceived values were enhanced with celebrity endorsements regardless of quality or the actual
benefits of product use. This made for a crowded market,
full of good equipment, as well as worthless and overpriced
product. It also allowed for a vast range of retail outlets for
home fitness products and created some friction between
Consumers want easy to use equipment, but they also want
commercial quality equipment in their homes resulting in a
conflict over pricing, features, affordability and value.
Those with high disposable income simply purchased commercial grade treadmills and bikes, which are different
than light commercial or resident products in terms of
physical strength, gauge of steel, size and power of motors,
number and type of features and overall durability. A commercial treadmill is designed to be used 10+ hours a day,
non-stop. A light commercial machine is designed for 6–8
hours of use and a resident machine is typically used 1–2
hours a day.
15
FITNESS EQUIPMENT RETAIL SEGMENTATION BY MARKET POSITION
Segment
Retail Pricing
Maxim
Range
50,297 facilities
$10,000
3,000 – 10,000
Specialty Dealer
$ 6,000
1,600 – 5,000
Club/Institution
2000 stores and 500 companies
Full Line Sporting
Goods Dealers
A Line
$1,200
600 – 1,200
7500 stores and 5000 companies
Department Stores/
Mail Order
$900
Mass Merchandisers/
Discounters
$500
B Line
Figure 3. Fitness Industry – Distribution by Price by Line.
The price points for fitness equipment have shifted upward. Traditionally, specialty fitness dealers would have
sold $1,000 treadmills, but consumers are now willing to
pay more. Specialty fitness dealers sell home equipment in
the $1,300–3,000 range and commercial product in the
$2,000–6,000 and upwards range. They prefer to keep their
customers in the $2000 range. Full line sporting goods retailers sell fitness equipment below $1,200 with an average
price point around $600.
Figure 3 presents an overview of the American fitness
equipment environment from the distribution, pricing and
grade of product perspectives. This model clearly delineates product and distribution positioning. There are five
distinct levels of distribution all defined by price. Specialty
fitness dealers represent the most important segment for
Finnish equipment companies and select full-line sporting
goods retailer should be targeted for less expensive products. The sale of fitness equipment at the upper levels of
distribution requires manufactures to fully support their
dealers and not cross sell into lower categories. The matching of price points to features to type of retail outlet is critical. Specialty fitness dealers do not discount and after sales
service and warrantee support is crucial. Consumers will
not tolerate any piece of fitness equipment being down for
more than ½ day, regardless of price.
16
As mentioned, distribution is key. Specialty fitness dealers
represent the primary access point to the industry. The majority sells to both consumers and commercial customers.
The average breakdown of their business is 80–90% consumer and 10–20% commercial, where commercial refers
to both health clubs and the vertical markets. With 60% of
all clubs being independent, larger and chain clubs will
by-pass dealers and work directly with manufacturers
Most dealers work on “keystone” margins. That is, they
sell at double the price they pay for equipment. In the past,
these margins were less ranging from 25–40%. Now with
service being the only point of differentiation for a dealer,
they are working harder to maintain their customers. The
sale and maintenance of a customer is labor intensive justifying the higher margins.
Table 9 presents the wholesale dollars volume for fitness
equipment from 1988 to 2000.
Table 9. Fitness Wholesale Dollar Volume – 1998-2000.
Manufacturers’ Sales of Fitness Equipment
Wholesale dollars in million
Sales to retailers
and consumers
1988
1990
1992
1994
1999
Treadmills
200
270
400
550
840
60
60
180
210
270
280
4%
Stationary cycles
273
320
200
170
190
185
8%
Aerobic riders
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
200
180
-10%
Cross country
ski machines
N/A
110
330
255
200
180
-10%
Free weights
N/A
N/A
N/A
90
140
160
14%
Benches
50
60
70
85
130
140
8%
Abdominal exercises
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
125
135
8%
25
90
175
165
105
100
-5%
Other *
163
80
150
65
575
605
5%
Total sales for
home use
771
990
1,505
1,655
2,770
2,905
5%
Sales to clubs
and institutions
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
700
750
7%
TOTAL
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3,470
3,655
5%
Home gyms
Stair-climbing machines
2000
Change
99–00
10%
Source: SGMA
Health Clubs
The second largest market is health clubs, which has shown
a steady increase in membership since the early 1990’s. In
1997, surveys established that club membership reached a
level of 17.4 million people. The same survey in 1999
showed that membership grew to 30.6 million, a 76% increase. During this time, the demographics of membership
changed more dramatically, further increasing overall
membership figures in 2000. Table 10 presents the demographic changes in health club membership between 1987
and 2000.
In 1998, there were a little more than 14,000 health clubs in
the US with membership favoring women over men, 54%
to 46%, respectively. Multiple chains operated 35–40% of
the facilities, meaning that 60% of the market were independent facilities that would buy their equipment either direct or through dealers whereas the chains would always
buy directly from manufacturers. The 2000 projections
have the balance between independents and chains coming
closer to the 50/50 mark.
Table 10. Changing Demographics of Health Club
Membership 1987–1999 (millions of members).
1987
2000
+%Change
Under 18
1.4
3.2
129%
18-34
9.1
10.2
12%
35-54
5.3
11.9
125%
Over 55
1.5
7.4
393%
Source: IHRSA
The 1998 value of fitness equipment sales to clubs was approximately $445 million. This reflects a compounded
growth rate of 10.4% per annum since 1994. Fitness equipment sales to clubs are projected to reach $565 million by
2003.
17
The overall fitness industry is geographic in nature with the
highest concentration of active, fitness-oriented people located in urban areas. Twenty-two percent of club members
(4 million people) are considered fitness enthusiasts exercising 50 days a year at home and 96 days at a club. This
also translates into two thirds of health club members over
18 owing and using equipment at home, as well as in the
club. In metropolitan areas, 23% of the people exercise at
home and 16.3% in clubs. In fact, 5% of the club market is
female only facilities.
Since 60% of the clubs are independent, the buying practices of clubs vary greatly. Small clubs tend to buy from local dealers; however, there are small clubs owned by industry leaders and these buy direct from manufacturers and
have the same buying power as a chain. Chains, whether
they are local, regional or national will buy direct. The life
cycle of any product is based upon maintenance, initial
quality and use. Clubs and other institutions try to keep
treadmills for 3–5 years and other equipment up to 7 years.
Vertical Markets
The third market is referred to as the “vertical market,”
which included hotels, hospitals, apartment houses, corporations, universities and even senior citizen centers (assisted living industry). These non-health club environments are booming with consumers seeing access to an exercise facility as a given factor in their lives. The growth
and interest in fitness at this level has even resulted in facilities appearing in airports, shopping malls, supermarkets
and truck stops. The convenient access to facilities is seen
as a luxury and highly desirable commodity. As with the
health club market, the vertical market only install commercial grade equipment and products. Commercial,
non-profit and institutional facilities differentiate themselves based upon service and the quality of their products,
so they cannot afford for any single piece of equipment to
break down.
Fitness centers are becoming an increasingly important issue for the hotel industry. Business travelers see fitness
centers as one means of selecting a hotel. Hotels recognize
this and are upgrading and/or building facilities that duplicate the exercise experience that their customers get at their
own health clubs. Exercise rooms have been expanded and
become more sophisticated. They have grown from
10-foot by 10-foot rooms with a mixture of different equipment to as large as 2,000 square feet (200 square meters)
with standardized equipment. Overall guest usage has surpassed 60%, which supports the hotels’ decisions to install
the same fitness equipment found at the best fitness centers
in the US. Hotel managers know that they must upgrade or
risk loosing customers.
Standardization of equipment is the next phase in their efforts to upgrade. It is important for their guests to know
what to expect. From an operational perspective, this allows hotels to buy direct from manufacturers and negotiate
better prices. Since September 11, hotels are slowing discretionary spending, but are still planning for the future,
which includes fitness center upgrades and totally new facilities. The long-term goal is low-maintenance fitness
centers that are viewed by customers as value-added.
Treadmills and Ellipticals are the most popular equipment
and 70% of the hotel fitness facilities emphasis cardiovascular and strengthen exercises. LifeFitness, Precor and Star
Trek are the leading brands found in hotels.
Senior Living and Apartment Complexes
Hotels
There is an estimated 8,500 fitness centers within living
complexes throughout the US, reflecting the rapid shift in
American demographics to the over 65 age groups. As the
Baby Boomers move to retirement, they know that fitness
is a key ingredient for a healthier future. Adult communities and assisted living companies accept this and are both
upgrading facilities that were first planned and built 20
years ago and building new facilities that include fitness
and exercise rooms, pools and other recreational activity
centers.
Hotels and motels historically represented the largest segment of this market and have just recently been surpassed
by fitness centers in residential living centers. There is an
estimated 6,000 hotel fitness facilities. According to the
1998 Lodging Survey, 48% of the 40,000 respondents said
that they offered health and fitness facilities. Sixty-eight
percent of luxury hotels compared to 8% of budget hotels
are likely to offer fitness facilities.
There are two types of fitness centers for seniors: on- and
off-premise. Off-premise facilities tend to be relationships
with local fitness clubs that have developed specialized
programs for the senior community. Many seniors like the
idea of going off-premise to exercise. It keeps them moving, as well as allows more interaction with younger people, which has proven to enhance the health and lifestyle of
the over 65 crowd.
18
Corporate Wellness
Other Non-health Club Markets
There is an estimated 4,000 corporate wellness health and
fitness centers in the US. The most current data confirms
that corporate wellness reduces overall corporate healthcare costs by 20%. As more and more companies seek to
further reduce costs and increase productivity, corporate
exercise facilities present themselves as a cost-effective
and long-term solution having immediate returns. These
companies install the best equipment and duplicate the
overall health club environment. They typically buy from
local dealers to be guaranteed service and equipment upgrades. Some of the Fortune 500 companies buy directly
from manufactures on a national basis.
Airports, country clubs, shopping malls and academic institutions account for another 10,500 facilities. This market
is both established – country clubs and academia – and just
starting – airports and malls.
Hospital Fitness
In 1997, the last year that this industry was surveyed, there
were 6,097 hospitals in the US with approximately 20%
having fitness facilities that range in size from 15,000–
85,000 square feet (1,500–8,500 square meters). Since
then, this market has remained relatively flat reflecting the
difficulties that hospitals have in managing for-profit businesses. Regardless, the demand for health and fitness centers, either run by or affiliated with hospitals has increased.
This has resulted in joint ventures between hospitals and
health clubs.
There is still a strong perception that a hospital facility is a
better environment for those over 55 years of age than a traditional health club. The actual presence of healthcare professionals provides significant confidence and incentive
for the aging Baby Boomers to exercise and remain active
in this setting. The hospital environment is also less intimidating adding a psychological value of the full continuum
of health. In essence, it represents the ideal balance between wellness and prevention.
Direct Sales
While this has not been listed as a distribution option, manufacturer direct sales do exist. At the consumer level they
are either Infomercial or Internet sales, with the former
having been highly questioned for credibility, ethics and
actual health benefits. Many of the “gimmick” or “me too”
products are sold via these channels and enter and exist the
market rapidly. There is no service or recourse for the consumer should the product break or fail to meet expectations. This is not an option for Finnish manufacturers.
Internet sales fluctuate and do not represent a significant
market for equipment or more expensive products. The
dot.com implosion resulted in as much awareness and caution as the dot.com explosion created in interest and sales.
Yet, Internet sales continue to grow with about $500 million in apparel sales and $750 million in footwear. Clothing, footwear, accessories and smaller products sell best in
this arena. The most successful Internet companies are
those who have brick and mortar operations that provide
credibility and infrastructure.
In fact, 97% of SGMA members have stated that they will
continue to supplement store sales with the Internet. The
contrast to this is that only about 15% of the manufacturers
said that they would use the Internet to sell directly to customers.
Hospitals buy the best equipment, especially treadmills
and stationary bikes. Their facilities include weight rooms,
pools and classes that tie in with occupational medicine, rehabilitation and cardiac care. Ease of use and dependability
are key criteria.
19
Fitness Manufacturers
There are over 100 manufacturers active in the home fitness arena, too many to review in this report. Five companies – Icon, Life Fitness, Precor, True and Cybex – represent 20% of the dollar volume, $1.16 billion. This reflects
both the higher cost of their products, as well as their volume sales. It also shows that the majority of the fitness
products are not in this price range. Profiles of these companies and many products, as well as a listing of the top 100
manufacturers are presented in the Appendix.
What is important and applicable to any company in the fitness industry is the changing relationship between retailers
and manufacturers. Tables 7 and 8 presented both the major concerns of manufacturers and what manufacturers
think retailers want.
To amplify upon these issues, manufacturers are focusing
upon three topics: excess retail space, inventory control
and efficiencies.
Excessive retail space translates into surplus product that
will be discounted in order for retailers to pay bills and remain profitable. This is not what manufacturers want. They
do not want price wars and they do not want their positions
degraded by retailers. It is for this reason that taking extra
time to enter the market to build the best distribution is important. This would also better integrates the above three
issues, which are not mutually exclusive of each other.
This scenario forces retailers and suppliers closer together.
The market is shrinking and players need to act as one, unified team. Many manufacturers have changed production
and shipping processes to better serve retailers. They are
asking retailers what they need and how to best fulfill orders and ship product. Most dealers turn their inventories
3–4 times a year. Companies such as The Gym Source turn
their inventory 11 times a year. This means that manufacturers need to be more flexible, as there is no standardize
solution for working with dealers. Hence, building, managing and maintaining distribution has become time and labor
intensive, but this investment pays off in the long-term.
21
Fitness and Technology
If there is one vague and poorly defined aspect of the
American fitness industry, technology is it. It is difficult to
write about technology as its definition varies depending
upon use, user and need. For example, a consumer sees
technology embodied in a heart rate monitor or new soft
bed technology for treadmills (that lowers impact). Most
health club owners see technology as a solution for improving operating efficiencies, expanding services or a way to
communicate with members. Hospitals view technology as
a new means to monitor patients and get them healthier
faster. And the list goes on.
If we were to look at technological advances in the fitness
industry as defined by market consensus, then the list
would be lead by heart rate monitors, then programmable
treadmills and bikes, then the Elliptical machine and heart
rate controlled equipment, then low impact treadmill beds
and, finally, the Internet.
The interesting aspect of technology in the fitness industry
is that health clubs were actually early adapters of computer technology in the 1980’s. However, they never maintained the same pace as other industries in updating and integrating new technologies as they arose. Some blame club
managers and others the software industry and system integrators. Regardless, the industry in only now moving forward with technology.
As we broaden the scope and range of the definition, we see
software and the Internet as the true technology leaders.
But, this technology is not necessarily consumer focused.
Managers and professionals use it first and foremost. And,
if you ask leading fitness equipment dealers and editors,
they will tell you that the American fitness industry is not
technologically focused or advanced. In fact, one club
manager commented that “the fitness industry isn’t usually
associated with high tech.”
Having said this and established some preliminary criteria
for the following discussion, let’s ask three basic questions.
• What is technology?
• Who are the primary users of technology?
• What are the primary and new uses for (existing) technology?
Technology in fitness is software – virtual reality and artificial intelligence and the Internet. Institutions and professional organizations are the primary users for the same pur-
pose, enhancing their businesses and helping people get
healthy. And, the uses? Read on.
Cyber Fitness
A search of industry literature resulted in a disproportional
amount of articles on the Internet and weight loss. It is absolutely fascinating to read about the role and success of
the Internet in the areas of weight loss and nutrition. The
Internet fully integrates the institution, doctor, trainer, nutritionist and consumer when weight loss is the common
denominator. When consumers enter information on a
daily basis and then receive instructions, diets and exercise
plans back, their compliance rate increase. They feel that
they are participating, have choice and most importantly
have control.
“For the millions of Americans with chronic medical conditions, careful day-to-day health monitoring can help
avert catastrophe.” Home health monitoring is limited because it only takes readings at discrete points in time requiring a patient’s active participation. For some, this
works extremely well. But the ideal solution is a monitor
that constantly records and transmits data without the patient knowing that it was present.
In Finland, the company ist is following this path. In the
US, VivoMetrics is pursuing the technology from a different perspective, the LifeShirt. This is a vest that records
more than 40 health parameters via electrodes that are sewn
into it. The sensors have different functions ranging from
measuring heart rate to movement of the heart and lungs to
changes in their magnetic field. The company envisions
that the pharmaceutical industry will become the primary
user of this technology.
The outgrowth of clinical tools into Internet and technology-based devices is the second most common application
of technology within the fitness arena. BodyGem is an excellent example of this process. Technology tailors caloric
intake to an individual’s metabolism, which works better
than using traditional formulas. The basis for its operation
is the calculation of oxygen consumption and its translation
into a resting metabolic rate that becomes the foundation of
treatment. Founded by Dr. James Mault at Duke University
Hospital for determining how many calories critically ill
patients needed while under intensive care, Abbott Laboratories became the power behind this technology.
23
The critical questions behind BodyGem’s and other
Internet-based diet programs is how many calories does
someone actually need and how many are they actually
burning? Science is the only true solution to this question
and once an accurate answer is determined, treatment and
the control of caloric intake can be defined. Researchers
have learned that it is no longer a question of which of the
hundreds of different diets should a patient go on, but
rather feeding a critically ill or other patient the right
amount of food. And, as people progress in their treatment,
they can actually begin to increase their metabolism and
move closer to a healthier life.
a stationary recumbent bike with a 20” monitor mounted in
front. As the cyclist moved through the screen, a pair of
front mounted fans blew air at a rate in proportion to the
speed he was moving and a pair of stereo speakers projected ambient sounds. But, the true innovation and success
of the VR Bike was that it tilted 13 degrees to either side
and pedal resistance increases as the rider moved uphill.
Finally, the bike had a serial port that allowed networking
for competitive riding. The product failed for two primary
reasons: size and price. Clubs were not willing to pay
$8,000, half of which was still too much.
The immediate outcome has been that medical and fitness
researchers have learned to ask new and correct questions
applying existing technology differently and then seeking
technological solutions for situations that are correctly defined. The Internet has furthered this process through its
ability to enhance interaction, where health club and fitness
manufacturers have found that interactive technology is
very good and becoming better.
The concept did not die with Tectrix, rather it moved forward. Enter GameBike, an after market accessory for
bikes. This product consists of a front-wheel stand with
steering sensors and handlebar-mounted controls. It is designed to be used in conjunction with a rear-wheel training
devices and includes sensors for the rear wheel. GameBike
plugs into a standard PC or video game console and the cyclist pedals through any 2D or 3D video game. The entry of
the Microsoft X-Box will further the popularity of
GameBike.
Internet and Clubs
GameBike licensed its technology to Cat Eye (Japanese fitness equipment manufacturer) in the spring of 2000.
Health and fitness clubs are the primary users and beneficiaries of the Internet. The Internet quickly spread beyond
an initial management tool to include: extension of services
and classes to members, educational programming and information, communications between members and their
personal trainers, member remote access to fitness programs and health monitoring. In essence, the Internet allowed clubs to extend their physical boundaries, and members were quick to latch on. As with fitness equipment used
in clubs, there is now a technology trickle down to consumers, who are beginning to use the Internet in a similarly.
The growth of the Internet in clubs evolved from the concept of distraction for exercising. There is unanimous
agreement that exercising is boring and that in a club environment, boredom translates into lost memberships. So,
clubs tried placing TV’s in front of equipment, but this only
worked for a short period. Then they went to individually
mounted TVs, but this proved overwhelming to the exerciser. Then there were the introduction virtual reality programs. Technology’s role will eventually be to allow members to complete their club workouts at home. Data will be
accessible, shared and easy to update. Handheld devices
will become more popular and an indispensable tool.
Virtual Reality
Interactive simulations are not a new idea to the fitness industry. In 1994, Tectrix introduced the VR Bike. This was
24
VR extends beyond bikes to all other fitness equipment and
now includes other technology. FitCentric evolved from
the needs of Dr. Ken Burres, an endurance athlete, who was
seeking new ways to train. Dr. Burres and a fellow tri-athlete, Paul Stewart, took Stewart’s training log program, rewrote and enhanced it. The new product, Ultracoach, incorporated rule-based artificial intelligence functions to
create a training plan from work out data. Heart rate monitoring was added later.
The newest product from FitCentric is NetAthlon, which
offers 3D graphics, LAN and Internet connectivity and
better AI competencies. The graphics have been refined to
even project moving and shaking scenery.
It has been hypothesized that VR fitness programs could
address societal needs, attracting America’s overweight
and sedentary youths to the fitness arena.
Other VR Companies
•
•
•
•
•
•
www.gamebike.com
www.computrainer.com
www.eloton.com
www.fitcentric.com
www.fitnessheaven.com
www.maptech.com
Computerized Exercise Supported
Programs (ESP)
The role of the PC within the fitness environment is becoming increasingly important. Computerized exercise
data collectors give fitness equipment memory and functions it never had. Members of fitness clubs are being
taught how to use the computer to better manage their work
out and overall health. This has become known as the exercise support process. Member retention, communications
and exercise planning are all a part of the process.
The key to success is ease of use and conveniently located
computers for members to access. Software adds to the efficient delivery of ESP programs and self-management.
The focus has now shifted to goals that emphasizes maintaining one’s fitness regiment versus attaining goals that
emphasizes just results. The new approach is more
long-termed focus, which is what health related activities
should be.
Vivonics Handheld Device
Other Technology Companies
• www.winninghabits.com
• www.fitlinxx.com
• www.getfit.com
Handheld Fitness
Palm with Vivonics OS
Europe is driven by mobile communications and the US by
handheld devices. The popularity and success of Palm
technology quickly found its way into the fitness industry.
The use of hand held devices is in its infancy. More PDA’s
with wireless features will begin to appear in the next year,
when they become more refined. Industry leaders project
that PDA’s will become mainstream technology for club
members seeking to continue or complete their workouts at
remote locations. Their use will focus upon the input of
data, workout schedules and accessing e-mail (communications).
Vivonics, an Intel spin off, introduced the concept of
palm-like devices to record and track one’s workout program. The company offered consumers three options:
Vivonics own device, Vivonics software for Palm OS and
Vivonics software for the Internet. The product proved too
cumbersome to use and broke the second most important
rule – it took too much time to use.
Vivonics Family of Products
25
Physical Genius made the use of handheld devices a bit
easier, but its target audience was personal trainers.
The popularity of fitness walking and less expensive and
programmable pedometers from companies such as
Sportline made SportBrain an attractive alternative to
handheld devices. For those who did not want to share their
daily exercise data over the Internet, Sportline products
satisfied their technological needs.
Sportline Electronic Walking Pedometer 342
Physical Genius Personal Trainer Device
SportBrain introduced itself as an interactive Internetbased alternative to handheld devices. In essence this is an
advanced pedometer that tracks one’s physical activity. At
the end of the day it is placed into its cradle and connected
to its web site. The user’s data is processed and the user
then receives an e-mail making recommendations for the
next days’ activities, including diet.
Sportline Electronic Walking Pedometer 360
SportBrain Clip-on Monitor and Its Cradle
26
The Technological Future
This section started off saying that the American fitness industry is not high-tech oriented. The above discussion may
present a strong case against this statement. We can state
that the first generation of technology in the fitness industry allowed clubs to retain members and the second generation focused on reducing administrative costs. Looking to
the future, one may question if the industry is in denial saying that it is not high-tech. The key is that the industry perceives itself from the consumer goods perspective, not institutional. Hence, it is not high-tech until consumers buy
and use advanced fitness products in their homes. This will
take time.
Today’s club members are diverse and even more divergent in their reasons for exercising. They range from professional athletes to people in rehab to individuals requiring exercise prescriptions to accommodate special needs to
people who want to look and feel good. Regardless of profile, all exercisers want to track and monitor their efforts.
And, they want their exercise program to be ease and entertaining.
The Internet allows them to workout and “work-in” at
home without loosing a beat or becoming separated from
their trainer and fellow exercisers. The software industry
saw a dramatic increase in the number of fitness software
companies in 2001. Approximately 5% of all new software
companies in California are now fitness focused. Wall
Street analysts are watching this category and believe its
growth will lead to the integration club and home fitness
programs.
According to Steve Zeigman, president of Biofitness, Inc.
and former Olympic weightlifting champion,
“fitness software is strong, but hasn’t necessarily become a staple among consumers…..This is software
for people who are looking for results – people who
are serious about exercising or training…..When you
see it advertised on television, you will know this kind
of software has really arrived…..It is not a representative chunk of the software industry yet.”
The future is software and this is the key point of opportunity. The biggest challenges will be working within the
constraints of PC technology and acceptable levels of consumer pricing.
So, contrary to popular belief, sitting at a computer can
promote wellness and a healthier lifestyle. The integration
of computer and software technology into the American
fitness industry is underway. The market is in its infancy
with well defined objectives: tracking, monitoring, training, personalization, consistency, ease of exercise and
seamless communications.
27
Market Entry
time to do so. The inherent checks and balances in an entry
process means that no one should fail. But this is the ideal,
failure does occur. It can be anticipated and planned for and
it can always be explained in the end. However, avoidance
is the best policy.
Entry into the US requires companies to commit three levels of resources: time, manpower and finance from the top
down. Entry is not as much difficult as it is time consuming
and demanding on mental capabilities. Entry requires
sound strategic thinking based upon real and objective information that once internalized becomes knowledge and
the source for plans and actions.
The true advantage about a well thought out entry plan is
that in the early stages a company can determine what it
does not know it does not know. Everyone assumes that
they know everything that is necessary once they complete
a market analysis. This is a false assumption that leads to
failure. Companies need to spend more time in the beginning of their market expansion programs not less. Finding
out what you do not know you do not know will prove to be
an incredible strategic advantage.
The US fitness market is growing. It represents a huge untapped customer base, one that is not sophisticated but demanding. There is an immediate need for technologies that
enhance the exercise experience, as well as for a leader that
will educate and guide the market. Tied to this is a need for
the better management of customer relationships.
A company’s entry plans should be integrated. That is, the
plan and subsequent actions of the company need to meet
five criteria: strategic, interactive, integrative, balanced
and long-termed. To reach this point, the entry plan needs
to provide the company with both strategic and competitive
advantages. It is important to remember that the entry process is not linear. It is cyclical. Entry can occur at any place
in the process and the nature of the process allows one to
define their situation, providing one takes the necessary
Figure 4 presents the Integrated Framework, which represents both the baseline checklist for information that a
company should possess prior to making an entry decision,
as well as the foundation for a balance strategy. The integrative process examines both the internal and external levels of knowledge and preparedness of a company and their
inter-relatedness. It is critical to look at a new market from
both the inside-out and outside-in perspectives. When for-
Market Entry – Integrated Framework
External
Internal
Resources
●
●
●
Externally available
& transferable
Owned or controlled
by the company
Convertible
Capabilities
●
Information based
●
Firm-specific
●
Tangible or
intangible
●
Intermediate goods
Customers
Rivals
Strategic
Industry Factors
Complementors
●
Industry specific
●
R&C that are
subject to
market failure
●
Affect industry
profitablility
●
Change &
subject to
uncertainty
Strategic Assets
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Subset of R&C subject to market failure
Non-tradebale
Complementary
Overlap with strategic industry factors
Determine economic rents
Scares
Firm-specific
Affect competition
Form the basis for competitive strategy
Government
Environmental
Factors
Substitutes
Entrants
Suppliers
i.e. technology,
regulations
Source: Schoemaker, Amit
Figure 4. Integrative Framework Model.
29
mulating global business plans it is important to use all
available information, as well as new information compiled to meet new needs. The failure to do so means that a
company is working with partial and misinformation and
the likelihood of success will be greatly diminished. The
absence of complete information is one of the primary reasons companies fail upon entering the US. There is no reason to have incomplete data. It is plentiful and available.
Figures 5 and 6 present a proven market entry model, developed by the author and successfully utilized for more
than 10 years with Finnish companies. Figure 5 shows the
Strategic Process and Figure 6 the Competitive Advantage.
The process requires both steps.
The Strategic Advantage is gained from acting on five
“triggers” that guide you through the entry process. These
“triggers” are actual signals or checks and balances that allow you to assess and judge your position and level of progression. The process starts with Knowledge that indicates
that there is a business opportunity (Opportunity Recognition). The opportunity needs to be better defined and
Market Entry – The Strategic Advantage
Knowledge
Opportunity
Recognition
Planning
&
Knowledge
Management
Environment
Analysis
Planning
Strategy
Foundation
& Planning
Workshop
Assessment
On-Going
Analysis
Other Services
Implementation
Commitment
Entry Decision &
Planning
Workshop to
Develop Plans
Internalization
Development of
Market Entry
Strategy & Options
Figure 5. ENTRA: The Strategic Process – Step 1.
Copyright ©1993, 2000, 2001 Val Arthur Kratzman, all rights reserved
Market Entry – The Competitive Advantage
Opportunity
Recognition
Planning
&
Knowledge
Management
Environment
Analysis
Tailored External
Business & Market
Assessment
Strategy
Foundation
Client Workshop
On-Going
Analysis
Other Services
External Knowledge
Applied & Used
Internally
Implementation
Entry Decision
Planning
Workshop
Develop Plan
Market Entry
Strategy & Options
Internally Redefined
Position Externally
Applied
Figure 6. ENTRA: The Competitive Advantage – Step 2.
Copyright ©1993, 2000, 2001 Val Arthur Kratzman, all rights reserved
30
placed into perspective vis-a-vis the internal company and
its external environment. A series of research-based workshops are recommended to define the opportunity, assess it
and then plan how to move forward. Use of an external
consultant familiar with this process to help manage it adds
an element of objectivity and expands your human resource competencies.
The second step is to assess the market through an Environment Analysis. Traditional market analyses look at distribution, competition and regulatory matters. Many times,
such studies miss valuable information and market indicators. This means that a company initiates its expansion
plans with partial and misinformation. This leads to a failed
market entry before it is even started. Moving past this step
too fast or not fully understanding the findings and meanings of an environment analysis as they apply to the company is the single most common reason for failure. This is
not necessary. This is a critical step that is as important as
sound financial management. The American market does
not move so fast that a company cannot take an extra 30-45
days to assess its information base, apply this information
and begin to formulate actual market entry options. A company must develop both a primary and fall back plan. This
is smart business and one of the best ways to control and reduce risk.
In an Environment Analysis, a highly tailored analysis of
the complete environment is the necessary first step with
the end product being a definition of the company’s strategic assets as seen by the market as meeting its wants and
needs. This means that not only should competitors, distribution and regulations be studied but more importantly
complementors, new entrants, substitutes and key industry
success factors. These can then be compared to the company’s assets, capabilities and competencies as exhibited
in Figure 4.
When all of these issues are reviewed and placed into a matrix, the company’s Strategic Assets will be defined and the
essential elements of an entry plan outlined. This is the
foundation of the second workshop where Planning begins. This is the second trigger.
It is essential to evaluate and interpret the findings of the
environment analysis as it applies to your company and
specific position(s) in the US market. One outcome of this
effort, whether it be an internal or externally lead workshop, will be a set of preliminary entry strategies that offer
the first options while opening the eyes of management as
to the vastness and demanding nature of the American fitness and retail industries.
The third trigger asks that the company begin to think in
terms of its target market and Internalize the new knowledge and its potential impact on the company. Here, it is
critical to look at the integrated model — the internal company and its external environment. This is also a key element to building the Competitive Advantage, which differentiates the company from its competitors. The result of
following these steps is that the market sees both valueadded benefits and a company that took the time to do its
homework and is sending a signal that it is prepared to
work with its customers.
During the Internalization phase, a company will begin to
develop and test specific strategies and options that make
business sense, as well as one with which it is comfortable
implementing. This requires Commitment, the fourth trigger. At this point, management must decide its future
course and begin to plan long-term assessing market entry,
acceptance, adaptation and success.
Implementation and Assessment. Once committed to entry and actual implementation of plans, the company must
check and recheck its information and market signals to
guarantee the correct strategy and course(s) of action. This
is refer to as Assessment.
While this process may appear complex, it is actually a
simple and clearly focused guide to US entry. The author
recommends that any company seeking entry to the US
work with a local partner throughout the entire process.
What is important to remember is that many of the steps are
integrated and overlapping. Therefore, it is critical to truly
know the company’s strategic assets and core competencies. By identifying your targets and goals early in the process (at the Environment Analysis and first workshop
stages) you control your future and entry, versus having the
market control you. By being in control you can set a pace
that best matches the company’s resources and business
plans vis-a-vis the pace of the market and actual, real-time
market needs. By doing this, a company can deliver a solution to the market with defined and sustainable benefits. In
essence, a product that the target audience will buy because
they asked for it and did not feel that it was forced upon
them. This is the win-win-win situation that transitions a
company from a manufacturer to a true market resource
and leader.
The Competitive Advantage comes from being able to
first look at the market from the company perspective and
then slowly transition (through internalization of external
knowledge) into a “new” company that is prepared to meet
the needs of the market as defined in the Environment
Analysis. In essence, a company will transform itself into a
market leader by simply seeing and hearing the needs,
wants, pulse and pace of the market and acting upon those
stimuli – not reacting and taking a negative perspective.
This is probably the most abstract element of the entry
model presented – the development of and using of a US
31
Positioning versus entering the market with your Finnish
or European positioning. This is the critical key to giving
the market what it wants, not what you think it wants. By
successfully executing this step, a company creates a Competitive Advantage.
So, how can you move forward? Find a partner that will listen to you and learn your business and then work with you
to enhance your market knowledge and accurately define
your company and needs. The next step is to initiate an environment analysis and the development of the entry time
line. At this stage you will also need to define respect roles
and expectation, which results in a foundation built upon a
common goal with open and frequent communications internally and externally.
The author also encourages you to participate in any research and visit the US frequently. When you go out into
the market to meet contacts and industry leaders, it will
prove beneficial and be an invaluable experience providing
that you ask lots of questions and accept the realities of the
market as real. You will gain first hand market knowledge,
possibly feedback on your technology and product, at an
early stage. You then have the distinct advantage of returning home with real-time information that you can begin to
internalize prior to the first strategic workshop, which allows you to accelerate time to market.
Application of Market Entry Models
How does this all apply to the fitness industry? We know
that the market is neither technologically advanced (in the
Finnish context) nor well educated about how or why a particular exercise benefits the body. We know that products
sell based upon ease of use and positive personal association. We know that consumers are easily bored and need
both variety in their exercise routines and different exercise
options. And, finally we know that the better dealers talk to
and listen to their customers about their wants and needs
and whether or not a piece of equipment fulfills them.
Interaction with the market is a key success factor for a fitness manufacturer. Interactions implies being in the market, experiencing it and taking away information that once
acted upon becomes valuable and useable knowledge. Opportunities are recognized because knowledge is accurate.
This is the foundation of market entry and why an environment analysis is so critical.
Being a fitness equipment manufacturer and deciding what
to make and what to sell is hard. Complex equipment intimidates first time users. And, what may appear simple or
technologically easy to a Finnish manufacturer may be extremely hard to the American consumer. So, the first level
machine needs to be easy to use for the target audience; yet,
32
this same first level machine could be the primary machine
in a hospital fitness or senior center. A “first-level” piece of
equipment can gain significant market share if it is designed according to market signals. This is why understanding the entire environment and not just one segment is
necessary. This information not only impacts sales and
marketing, it is also very important to manufacturing and
procurement.
As a manufacturer, you always want to make a product
“feature-rich,” but it must also be understood, marketable
and desired. Clubs rarely buy a new piece of equipment
that is not proven, tested or recommended by an industry
opinion leader. And, many consumers buy brand names
that they see in clubs.
Dealers and clubs do not buy unproven new product. They
typically try out equipment for a period of time to be sure
that their customers and members like and will use that
piece of equipment. A club cannot afford to be known for
having new equipment that is hard to use or unusual equipment that no one else has. Clubs are actually conservative
in nature. However, once a club does make a purchase decision they use what they learned during the trial period to
negotiate the best price. Dealers on the other hand can simply stop selling a piece of equipment and replace it with
something else without hurting their sales or reputation.
A company’s product development and entry strategy must
be rooted in objective and factual information and make
good business sense from the target market perspective,
not from the Finnish or home market perspective. If the
company’s strategy is not accurate, then the opportunity to
enter and survive is jeopardized. Having expectations that
do not match the realities of the market will also lead to
failure.
The integration of the external environment and how it
functions must match the internal operations and strategy
of the company. If they don’t, then the company needs to
change. The market will not. However, when a company
establishes itself as a leader, it can then influence the market and actually initiate change. The steps to success consistently circle back to the seamless blending of the two environments – internal and external – and the forward motion of the company based upon the target market.
Example: Most people (61% male and 57% female) say
that they relive stress by exercising. Simple and intuitive
controls make the most complex machines easy to use.
This makes them more attractive to the customer. Electronics need to be easy and engaging. The best machines and
most used machines simplify operations and cut down of
the amount of time it takes to get going. So, ease of use also
translates to time-efficient.
In order for a manufacturer to fully understand the significance of this, they would have to see how Americans exercise and learn what they consider easy. There is a large opportunity for flat screen technology for treadmills and other
equipment that allow the user to both decide what they
want to watch virtually leaving the treadmill or bike to exercise in the environment of their choice. This concept is
not new. It failed because TV monitors were too large, the
programs too rigid and the users intimidated and bored.
Hence, there is an opportunity because the consumer still
want virtual reality but with touch the ease of touch
screens. The idea never failed, the implementation did. The
implementation failed because the original manufactures
never re-assessed their product and the market after introduction.
A well-balanced and executed entry program with a knowledgeable partner allows you to define and control your future. The merger of internal and external environments will
become intuitive and the best investment made in knowledge management.
33
Concluding Comments
The American fitness industry continues to move forward,
growing in sales, introducing new technologies and sending new messages to consumers about health and fitness.
While industry experts say that the market is dependent
upon the economy, current performance indicates otherwise. Consumers are buying new and different fitness
equipment, participating in more outside exercise and adventure activities and joining clubs, whether they be local
health and racquet clubs, hospital fitness centers or corporate wellness programs. Americans are finally seeking
ways to improve their health.
Treadmills and strength training remains the most popular
forms of exercise with outdoor and adventure activities
gaining momentum. Americans are not only accepting the
need and value to exercise and improve their health, they
are also reversing the long-standing pattern of staying indoors. America is moving outside.
Ease of use, variety of exercise and convenience are critical
issues. Manufactures need to meet these criteria, as well as
learn how to work with their customers – dealers and clubs
– in order to define the next generation of product and technology. As America ages, those whom started the fitness
industry will continue to place new demands on it. It is
equally as important for fitness manufacturers to understand the wants and needs of this audience, especially as
the over 65 age group controls a vast amount of America’s
disposable income.
Health club membership is on the rise and industry leaders
like to attribute this to their management and marketing
skills more than demographic shifts. Health clubs have
learned the importance of sharing information and ideas
and openly communicating with other managers and owners. Remaining fragmented will not solve the club industry’s problems, nor allow the club market to further itself
technologically. Manufacturers that position themselves as
resources to their customers will gain a significant advantage. Clubs will buy more from those manufactures that not
only offer the best and easiest equipment to use and maintain, but also know more about the industry than others and
are willing to share this knowledge.
The integration of all the players and their respective
knowledge will not only shape the future, but also determine the winners. Fitness facility owners and managers
and a select few dealers have an integral role in shaping
how fitness equipment is designed and manufactured. The
development of teams consisting of manufacturers and
customers will determine the winners in the future. Those
manufacturers who listen the most and actually implement
what they hear will gain trust, respect and market share.
Technology is clearly the uniting theme of the industry.
There is 100% acceptance that the common goal of a healthier America can only be reached through cooperation and
the implementation of new technologies. Yet, technology
remains an ambiguous term. The commonly accepted definition encompasses PC’s, software and the Internet. It is
not possible to predict the future any further than this. There is no blanket statement that says that the largest opportunity lies in this area or that. What can be presented is the
list of following critical equipment considerations (source:
Lifefitness):
• Self powered equipment – clubs want to maximize
equipment layout and reduce electricity costs
• User-friendly, simplified consoles – many exercisers
want even easier to use controls, they want to access manual and advanced programs equally easily and from just
one button
• Simple maintenance – downtime needs to be further reduced, clubs cannot afford equipment to be down, manufacturers need to figure out how to build better and more
reliable products for less
• Total-body workouts – consumer constraints on time are
driving this need, rowers and cross country ski machines
were the beginning of this trend followed by the Ellipticals, major muscle groups need to be exercised simultaneously
• Technology compatibility – there is a need for compatibility between built-in fitness networks and entertainment systems, these are permanent and expanding tools
for the clubs and eventually home gums, equipment in
the future will be delivered with these competencies already built in
• Innovative new products – the demand for new and different products is constant, until someone learns how the
human body and its muscular skeletal system truly functions, there will be a demand for new product that appears to get us closer to the undefined ideal.
Equipment considerations are not the only issue that manufacturers need to focus upon. Stated earlier, manufacturers
35
are expected to assume more risk and better assist customers. Manufacturers need to be prepared to offer on-line purchasing, facility layout services and added value programs.
Finally, the consumer has future needs. There is an increased willingness to exercise that is dramatically more
important than content or format of the activity. People will
only do what their bodies allow them to do. This means that
equipment must be designed to meet physical needs and
condition, as well as deliver a benefit. As America ages,
there is more of a need for further reducing impact so that it
is “kinder and gentler.” And, there are children who need
the exercise more than their grandparents. Their level of
consciousness needs to be raised and then they need to be
encouraged and supported. Equipment that is designed for
clubs and/or adults may not meet the needs of this age
group. If the parents cannot find equipment for their children, they themselves will not buy equipment.
36
The fitness industry may have peaked in the late 1990’s,
but Americans continue to demand new products to make
themselves healthier. The new focus on health versus looks
is a strong signal that consumers are ready to buy the next
generations of product. But, how can success be attained?
By transforming one’s company into an interactive equipment designer that builds a reputation for listening to the
market and participating in helping its customers secure
their goals while increasing profitability. For the first time
in the industry, manufacturers have a significant role that
once accepted will result in increased market share and
profits. To reach this point, manufacturers need to be flexible and willing to invest in themselves with time, money
and human resources. The market wants to grow. Manufactures need to want to meet these new demands in partnership.
Glossary
Arthur Ashe, Billy Jean King, Stan Smith American tennis stars in the 70s.
Joe Namath, Bill Russell, Hank Aron American professional athletes in the 70s.
Adventure Workout outdoor activities like rock climbing, hiking, mountain
biking and other activities that enhance body and spirit.
Consumer Driven Market in the USA, consumers define market trends not
manufacturers.
Corporate Wellness a mean for companies to reduce healthcare costs in parallel
with boosting morale, productivity, efficiency and profits. Evolved classes like
how to stop smoking, eat better, discounts for health club memberships.
Disease Management programs use a proactive population assessment approach
to identify those having (or prone to having) chronic diseases that through
a coordinated closely managed effort reduces risks of complications,
deterioration, and adverse outcomes, thereby achieving cost savings.
GDP Gross Domestic Product.
Hospital Fitness health clubs built and run by hospitals that act as rehab facilities
and community outreach centers. Joint ventures between hospitals and health
clubs.
Lifestyle Exercise people working out in their homes, enjoying the privacy and
quietness of their homes.
Lunchtime “Brown Bag Lectures” in the USA people often pack their daily
lunches into a small brown bag. There are lunchtime lecturers and seminars
where people bring their food and work.
Managed Care the term used to refer American healthcare industry and insurance.
Managed care organizations provide healthcare and /or health insurance.
PE-4-You First aggressive joint government, corporate America and educational
institute program to promote physical education for children. Focusing to restoring
physical education to American school system. Run by Wilson Sporting Goods.
Personal Health Maintenance (PHM) Personal and /or employee-based health
maintenance programs used to supplement health insurance. Focus on wellcare
and disease prevention.
37
Appendices
1
Fitness Manufacturers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2
100 Fitness Manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
directory.google.com/Top/Business/Industries/Manufacturing/
Consumer_Products/Sporting_Goods/Fitness_Equipment
3
Product Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
http://www.ihrsa.org/cbimagazine/fit2000catalog.pdf
www.tekes.fi/julkaisut/US_Fitness.pdf
4
Clubs and Chains in North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
http://images.industryclick.com/files/123/top100.PDF
5
Industry Associations/ Organizations/Trade Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6
Physical Education and Sport Sciences Programs in the United States. . . . 61
www.sportquest.com
7
Two Corporate Wellness Studies (Johnson & Johnson, Xerox) . . . . . . . . . . 71
39
Appendix 1
Fitness Manufacturers
Company
Products
Distribution
Position Statement
Cybex International
11 Drotter Drive Medway
Massachusetts 02053
Tel: 508-533-4300
Fax: 508-533-5500
Cardiovascular equipment
both for commercial and
consumer market:
treadmills, steppers and
cycles Strength Training
Equipment: three variable
resistance, selectorized
lines: VR2Linethe world’s
leading selectrozied line
with Dual Axis Technology
Galileo Strength Equipment
The new generation VR
Line
Through more than 150
independ. specialty fitness
dealerships in over 275
consumer outlets. Also
through a network of
territory managers,
Leader in the design and
manufacture of premium
quality cardiovascular and
strength training fitness
equipment.
Brand names: Pro Form,
Health Rider, Weslo
Weider, Image JumpKing,
Nordic Track, Reebok.
Icon licensed the Reebok
brand name for home
fitness equipment in Feb.
1998 Products: treadmills,
elliptical trainers, weight
benches, also fitness
assessors, spas and
commercial fitness
equip
Direct sales via 800
numbers, the Internet,
catalog, Workout Ware
house, department
stores like Sears, Kmart,
Wal-Mart, sporting good
retailers like Sports
Authority Gart Sport
Mart,catalog Showrooms
like Service Merchandise,
fitness retailers
World’s largest manufacturers
and marketer of fitness
equipment.
Brand names: LifeFitness,
Hammer Strength and
ParaBody.
Direct sales force, dealers
for commercial site, special
fitness dealers for home
sale.
Committed to being the
worldwide leader of branded
commercial and consumer
fitness equipment and
solutions. Largest commercial
fitness provider in the world.
Life Fitness and Lifecycle are
trademarks of Brunswick
Corp. (Acquisition in 1997)
www.ecybex.com
Email: [email protected]
Sales: $ 123.8 million
Employees: 600
Icon Health & Fitness
1500 S, 1000W Logan,
Utah 84321
Tel:435-750-3630
www.iconfitness.com
Sales: $ 760.million
Employees: 4,800
Life Fitness
1061 Belmont Avenue
Franklin Park
Illinois 60131
Tel:847-451-0036
www.lifefitness.com
Email: commercialsales@
lifefitness.com
Sales: $ 135.80 million
Employees: 600
(Worldwide 1,400)
Company participates in
the high-end, premium
segment, products priced
at $ 1,000 or more.
80% for commercial sales
20% for home sales
Cybex was formed through
the merger Trotter, Inc., and
Cybex International, Inc. on
May 23, 1997 (Trotter was
founded in 1973)
Market: Healthclub/
fitness centers
wellness/rehabilitation,
military, professional
sports, hospitality, corp.
fitness., apartments,
schools, student
recreation, police/fire
depart., community
recreation consume/
home use
Founded in 1994 Holds 234
patents and created four
new categories of fitness
equipment: Space Saver,
CrossWalk, CardioGlide and
AirWalker
Invest heavily in research and
designing technology based
fitness solutions stand. for
computer exercise program
(R&D more than million per
year)
41
Company
Products
Distribution
Position Statement
Precor USA
20031 142nd Ave NE
P.O. Box 7202
Woodenville
Washington 98072
Tel: 425-486-9292
Fax: 425-486-3856
High-end home and
commercial xercise
equipment. Treadmills,
elliptical fitness crosstrainers, stairclimbers,
stretch trainers, cycles
strength training
Home products: network
of local distributors Clubs:
Direct sales International:
Authorized distributors,
over 100 ountries
“To be standard of excellence
in the fitness industry”
Treadmills, bikes, elliptical
trainers, stair climbers,
Thruster - strength training
machine Both for home
and commercial
A privately held company,
On line for home sales
Local sales representatives was initially corporated as
Unisen,lnc. (United Sensors)
for commercial sales
in January 1975
www.precor.com
Email:
[email protected]
Sales: $ 100 million
Employees: 500
Star Track
14410 Myford Road
Irvine
California, CA 92606
Tel: 714-669-1660
Fax: 714-508-3303
www.startrac.com
Email: [email protected]
True Fitness Technology
865 Hoff Road
O’Fallon
Missouri 63366
Tel: 636-272-7100
www.truefitness.com
Email: [email protected]
Sales: $50 million
Employees: 200
42
International sales:
over 65 countries
Commercial products:
treadmill, elliptical trainer
bikes, True natural trainer
Truestretch
Home products: treadmills,
elliptical trainers,
recumbent bikes, upright
bikes
True treadmills are
consistently rated # 1 in
smoothness, quietness and
softness
Targets:
Health clubs, non profit
fitness facilities, apartments, hotels and resorts,
government, military
schools, universities,
corporate fitness
Local dealers for both
commercial and home
sales.
“To provide products to mold
lifelong habits for health and
fitness”
Frank Truelaske launched
True Fitness Technology, Inc.
in 1981
“Intelligent Engineering For
A Long Life ... Yours!”
Appendix 2
100 Fitness Manufacturers
• ABslide – Manufactures abdominal exerciser, a fast
but effective way to tone your abs.
• ACME Fitness Equipments. – Acme Fitness Pvt. Ltd.
is a renowned name in the field of health and fitness.
Started in the USA in 1980 and operative in India since
1996.
• Aerobics, Inc. – Manufacturer of the PaceMaster
treadmill. West Caldwell, NJ,
• All Pro Exercise Products - Manufacturer of chrome
dumbbells and a variety of weight adjustable products.
• Apec Sports – Home or office exercise equipment,
including the TIB exerciser, a strengthening device that
isolates the tibialis muscle and ankle.
• AquaJogger – Manufacturer of water fitness and
aquatic exercise equipment including products and
supplies for water aerobic exercise, water resistance
therapy, and aquatic rehabilitation.
• Artistic Coverings, Inc. – Over 30 years of experience
in design and quality manufacturing of sports
equipment. Digital Imaging Technology puts quality
images on pads and mats for indoor and outdoor use.
• Athletic Mats .com – Manufacturer and online
supplier of athletic foam Mats and protective Padding
including Exercise, Tumbling, Cheerleading,
Gymnastics and Martial Arts Mats.
• Athlon Fitness – Manufacturer of Athlon residential
treadmills. Elverson, PA, US.
• Bench Buddy – The Bench Buddy will help eliminate
the chances of anyone making contact with someone’s
sweat or body fluids. This specially designed covering
will protect the body that contacts the equipment.
• Body by Jake Fitness Products – Home Fitness
Products Manufactured by Extreme Performance.
• Body Masters Sports Industries, Inc. – Manufacturer
and distributor of a full line of strength training
equipment for use in various commercial settings.
Rayne, LA, US.
• Body-Solid – Manufacturer of home gyms,
commercial fitness equipment, free weight equipment
and accessories.
• Bowflex Fitness – The official Bowflex site. Purchase
online and hear real testimonials from real users.
• Cap Barbell – Manufacturer of fitness equipment
including barbells, dumbbells, plates, benches,
accessories, and manufacturers parts. Houston, TX,
US.
• Cybex International Inc. – Owners of the Trotter
treadmill line, the Tectrix bike and climber line as well
as other types of cardio and commercial strength
equipment. Medway, MA/
• Deltech Fitness – A manufacturer and distributor of
American made body building equipment.
• Designs In Fitness, Inc. – Offering complete lines of
cardiovascular, rehabilatation, strength equipment,
flooring, and saunas.
• Diamondback – Manufacturer of BMX, road, mountainbike, fitness equipment and accessories. Kent, WA, US.
• Extreme Performance – Worldwide manufacturer and
distributor of extreme performance and Body by Jake
brands of home exercise products.
• Fitness Quest – Manufacturer of home exercise and
fitness equipment.
• Gibson Fitness Systems – Manufacturer of various
commercial fitness equipment.
• Grandermetal – Manufacturer of fitness equipment
and wrought iron and wood furniture with facilities in
Mexico. Includes product description, photos, and
company information. In English and Spanish.
• Gyrospace GyroGym – Provides a whole body
workout, as well as many other benefits.
(Northampton, MA)
• Hammer Strength – Hammer Strength manufactures
advanced strength-training equipment, including
plate-loaded machines and MTS-Motion technology
selectorized equipment, benches and racks.
• Harigian Fitness – Custom-designed gyms and
handcrafted exercise equipment for the home, office
and hotel for the elite client focused on an optimal
exercise experience with maximal training results.
• Heart Rate Inc. – Manufactures Versa Climbers a
total body climbing exercise machine.
• Hebb Industries – Manufacturers of Trimline
treadmills. Tyler, TX, US.
• High & Mighty Co., Ltd. – Manufacturer of vinyl and
iron dumbells.
• Hoggan Health Ind. Inc. – Manufacturers of Camstar
Strength, Sprint Circuit, Sprint Cardio, and Hoggan
Dumbells.
• Hoist Fitness – Manufacturer of strength equipment
for commercial and home use. San Diego, CA, US.
43
• Icon Health & Fitness, Inc – Manufacturer of
Nordictrack, HealthRider, Proform, Reebok, Weslo,
Image, Weider, and JumpKing brands of exercise
equipment.
• Iron Company – Offering a large variety of different
types of dumbell systems.
• Ivanko Barbell Company – Barbells, dumbbells,
collars, plates, exercise and gym equipment, free
weights, all in their Virtual Catalog.
• JumpKing – Leading producer of trampolines,
rebounders, trampoline tents, portable shelters, and
basketball backboard systems. Purchase conveniently
online.
• Keys Fitness – Manufactures of Keys treadmills,
stationary bikes, benches, and accessories. Garland,
TX, US.
• Kiradis Kinetotherapy – Manufacturer of a
multipurpose exercising instrument specially designed
for wheelchair confined persons. Designed for home
installation and ease of use.
• Landice – Manufacturer of Landice treadmills for use
in residential and commercial settings. Randolph, NJ,
US.
• Life Fitness – Manufacturer of the original LifeCycle.
Life Fitness designs and builds a large variety of cardio
equipment for commercial and home usage. Franklin
Park, Il, US.
• The Perfect Edge – A downhill ski machine that
simulates more elements of skiing. Give you lateral
motion with an edge.
• The Personal Trainer Home Gym – An exercise
machine, weight machine, and strength training
machine all in one.
• Plus Lbs – Compact dumbell systems. 2 1/2–50 to
20–225 pound sets available.
• Precor USA – Manufacturer of Precor cardio
equipment including their patented Elliptical Fitness
Crosstrainer (EFX), stretch trainers, treadmills and
strength training equipment. Bothell, WA, US.
• Pro Fitness – Manufacturer of commercial quality
strength equipment. Phoenix, AZ, US.
• Pro Star Sports – Strength and fitness equipment for
health clubs, schools, weight rooms, medical and rehab
facilities.
• ProBell – Manufacturer of an adjustable selectorized
dumbbell.
• Probell Fitness – Free weights that eliminate the
hassle of adding and removing weights, allowing more
time to concentrate on the workout and not on handling
equipment
• Proform – Manufacturer of aerobics, bikes, ellipticals,
health spas, hydrotherapy, strength training equipment.
Online ordering.
• Long We Technology Co. Ltd. –
• Reebok – CCS Fitness – Manufacturer of Reebok
strength and cardiovascular fitness equipment.
• Manufacturers of high-end Rebounders and
Rebound Exercise equipment. – Maker of
ReboundAIR, a line of commercial quality rebounder
mini-trampolines for improved fitness.
• Rukat Fitness Conditioning Equipment –
Manufacturer of free weight and selectorized
equipment for home and professional gym use. Penn
Hills, PA, US.
• Medx Online – Manufacturer of a full line of medical
rehab and fitness equipment.
• Schwinn Cycling & Fitness – Manufacturer of bikes
and other various types of cardio equipment including
home and commercial exercise bikes as well as
strength equipment and the Fitness Advisor. Boulder,
CO, US.
• Nebula – Manufacturer of Nebula commercial strength
equipment. Versailles, OH, U
• NordicTrack – Manufacturer of treadmills, cycles,
skiers, strength training, and other fitness equipment
products. Online purchasing available.
• NuStep Inc. – Designs exercise and fitness equipment
for exercisers of all ages and levels of fitness,
promoting healthy lifestyle and fitness.
• Orbiter – Manufacturer of a high end treadmill that
offers a virtually impact-free running surface.
• Parabody – ParaBody Strength Systems manufactures
strength training equipment for the home, including
home gyms, free weight systems, specialized workout
stations and other fitness equipment.
• Paramount Fitness – Manufacturer of home and
commercial grade strength equipment. Los Angeles,
CA, US.
44
• Sorinex Custom Exercise Equipment – Manufacturer
of custom built exercise and strength equipment
specializing in collegiate and professional sports teams
weight room supplies. Training tips and contact
information. Irmo, SC, US.
• Specialized Supplies and Services – Distributor of
exercise, athletic, and safety equipment.
• Spirit Fitness – Manufacturer of the Spirit folding
treadmill. Jonesboro, AR, US.
• StairMaster – Manufacturer of Stairmaster fitness and
medical equipment. Kirkland, WA, US.
• Strength Tech, Inc. Weight Lifting Equipment –
Weight lifting equipment, Okie Grip barbell collars,
percentage charts, foam and vinyl for recovering
weightlifting equipment.
• Super Tuff Treadmills – Patented Technology
Treadmills built to last a lifetime.
• Synergy Rehab – Manufacturer and supplier of
functional rehabilitation, fitness and exercise products
for office and home.
• Total Gym – Maker of a versatile piece of home
exercise equipment.
• Training Zone Concepts, Inc – Manufactuer of the
Smartvest, used in weight resistance training. .
• True Fitness Technology Inc. – Manufacturer of True
commercial and residential treadmills. O’Fallon, MO,
US.
• Tuff Stuff – Manufacturer of Tuff Stuff commercial
and home strength equipment.
• Unisen Inc. – Manufacturer of professional quality
cardio and exercise equipment. Irvine, CA, US.
• US GymMats – Manufactures athletic mats and foam
padding for gymnastics, cheerleading, tumbling,
martial arts, home fitness training and indoor rock
climbing.
• Vasa – A sports specific, multi-function exercise
machine. Over 150 functional exercises are available
using your own body weight.
• Vectra Fitness – Manufacturer of Vectra strength
equipment, multi-gyms and free weight products.
Redmond, WA, US.
• Vision Fitness – Manufacturer of Vision cardio
equipment including upright and recumbent bikes as
well as ellipticals. Lake Mills, WI, US.
• WaterRower US – Manufacturer of a uniquely
designed rower that utilizes water resistance.
• Weider Fitness – Manufacturer of weight training
systems, benches, free weights, and accessories.
• Weslo – Manufacturer of Weslo Cadence fitness
equipment including bikes, and ellipticals.
• Woodway USA – Designer and manufacturer of high
end commercial treadmills. Waukesha, WI, US.
• X-iser Industries – Manufacturer of the versatile and
portable professional grade stair climber, constructed
of industrial strength aluminum.
• York Barbell Company, Inc. – Manufacturer of
barbells, dumbbells, and fitness machines. York, PA,
US.
• ZURA Sports – Manufacturer of innovative aquatic
fitness products.
45
Appendix 3
Product Comparison
http://www.ihrsa.org/cbimagazine/fit2000catalog.pdf
Appendix 3 "fit2000catalog.pdf" is also available in the end of this US_Fitness.pdf:
Link to catalog is here.
47
Appendix 4
Clubs and Chains in North America
http://images.industryclick.com/files/123/top100.PDF
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Appendix 5
Industry Associations/ Organizations/Trade Shows
The list of industry associations and organizations is put in
alphabetical order. Each organization concentrates on different aspects of fitness and health. The most important organization is IHRSA – International Health and Sportsclub
Association because it covers wide variety of fitness issues. Trade shows are put in order by calendar dates. These
shows are the most important in fitness industry, they are
aimed to fitness professionals and they have both national
and international interest.
Aerobics and Fitness Association of America
1520 Ventura Blvd, Suite 200
Sherman Oaks, California 91403
Tel: 877-968-7263
www.afaa.com
AFAA is the World’s Largest Fitness and TeleFitness Educator. Founded in 1983, AFAA has certified more than
145,000 instructors from 73 countries. Led by a distinguished group of health and fitness advisors, AFAA produces a
wide variety of educational materials, including American
Fitness Magazine, textbooks, reference manuals, and videos. Each year, AFAA produces over 2500 educational
workshops.
American Council of Exercise
4851 Paramount Drive,
San Diego, California, 92123
Tel: 858-279-8227
www.acefitness.org
Promotes active lifestyle by setting certification and education standards for fitness instructors.
American College of Sports Medicine
401 W.Michigan St.
Indianapolis,
Indiana 46202
Tel: 317-637-9200
Fax: 317-634-7812
www.acsm.org
Email: [email protected]
Promotes and integrates scientific research, education, and
practical applications of sports medicine and exercise
science.
American Fitness Professionals &
Associates (AFPA)
P.O. Box 214
Ship Bottom
New Jersey 08008
Tel: 609-978-7583
www.afpafitness.com
Email: [email protected]
Offers a variety of fitness certifications, home study programs, continuing education courses and regional fitness
conferences.
IDEA, Inc/ Health and Fitness Source
6190 Cornestone Court, East # 204
San Diego, California 92121
Tel: 800-999-4332
www.ideafit.com
Email: [email protected]
Mission:” To support the world’s leading health and fitness
professionals with credible information, education, career
development and leadership to help enhance the quality of
life worldwide through participation in safe, effective fitness and health lifestyle programs”.
IHRSA
263 Summer Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Tel: 617-951-0055
www.ihrsa.org
Email: [email protected]
International Health, Racquet and Sportsclub Association:
Organization that promotes fitness through education and
sport club membership.
International Fitness Association (IFA)
12472 Lake Underhill Road # 341
Orlando, Florida 32828
Tel: 407-579-8610
www.ifafitness.com
Provides fitness information for professionals and also guides the general population in health and fitness.
57
International Sports Medicine Association (FIMS)
P.O Box 5976
Champaign, Illinois 61825
Tel: 217-351-5076
Fax: 217-351-1549
www.fims.org
Email: [email protected]
Continues “to grow as an international community of
sports medicine specialists, researching and practicing the
latest techniques in medicine for athletes and others who
lead active lives”
The National Academy of Sports Medicine
26632 Aqoura Road
Calabasas, California 91303
Tel: 818-878-9203
Fax: 818-878-9288
www.nasm.org
Focuses on the development, refinement and implementation of superior educational programs for fitness, performance and sports medicine professionals.
National Association for Health and Fitness
401 West Michigan Street
Indianapolis, Indiana 46202
Tel: 317-955-0957
www.physicalfitness.org
Email: [email protected]
National Sports and Fitness Association
1945 Palo Verde Avenue, Suite 202
Long Beach, California 90811
Tel: 562-799-8333, Fax: 562-799-3355
A division of the internationally known American Fitness
Association, Inc.
National Strength and Conditioning Association
1955 N, Union Boulevard
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80909
Tel: 719-632-6722, Fax: 719-632-6367
www.nsca-lift.org
Email: [email protected]
Mission Statement:” As the world wide authority on
strength and conditioning, we support and disseminate research-based knowledge and its practical application to
improve athletic performance and fitness”.
Personal Trainers Marketing Association
26434 Via Roble
Mission Viejo
California 92692
www.alltrainers.com
Email: [email protected]
Business services, marketing resources and sales leads for
trainers.
A non-profit organization that exists to improve the quality
of life for individuals in the US through the promotion of
physical fitness, sports and healthy lifestyles and by the
fostering and supporting of Governor’s and State’s Councils on physical fitness and sports in every state and US territory.
Professional Fitness Instructor Training
P.O.Box 130258
Houston TX 772149
Tel: 713-868-8086, Fax: 713-868-2638
www.pfit.org
Email: [email protected]
National Federation of Professional Trainers (NFPT)
P.O.Box 4579
Lafayette, Indiana47903
Tel: 800- 729-6378
www.nfpt.com
Fax: 765-471-7369
Email: [email protected]
Professional Fitness Instructor Training, in association
with the Baylor Sports Medicine Institute, offers comprehensive certification programs for personal trainers, rehabilitative exercise specialists, human performance specialists and group fitness instructors, as well as ongoing
continuing education for health and fitness professionals.
Additionally, Professional Fitness Instructor Training
seeks to educate those individuals who wish to increase
their own knowledge of personal training, health, and fitness.
Providing “trusted personal trainer certification and education for over 15 years”
National Institute for Fitness and Sport
250 University Boulevard
Indianapolis, Indiana 46202
Tel: 317-274-3432
www.nifs.org
Email: [email protected]
A non-profit organization committed to enhancing human
health, physical fitness and athletic performance through
research, education and service. Providing wellness solutions for the community, business and sport
58
United States Athletic Trainers Organization
875 North Michigan Avenue
Suite 1900
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Tel: 888-674-8728
Email: [email protected]
www.usatrainers.com
Dedicated to protecting and promoting the professional
standing of its members through risk management education and training.
Aquatic Exercise,
Aquatic Alliance International,
Aquatic Exercise Association
IDEA Fitness Manager
Published 5 times a year. For business and program directors, who rely on it for reports on employee motivation,
client retention, and money management.
American Fitness Professionals Association
Pool Spa World
United States Water Fitness Association
National Swimming Pool Foundation
Racquet Sports
United States Racquetball Association
IDEA Fitness Edge
Specifically designed to deliver the hottest and most recent
trends to IDEA group fitness, and program director members. Published five times each year.
American College of Sports Medicine Publications:
www.acsm.org/acsmPublications.htm
United Sates Professional Tennis Registration
United States Professional Tennis Association
United States Tennis Association
Trade Publications
Fitness
Fitness Management Magazine
4160 Wilshire Blvd.
Los Angeles, California 90010
Tel: 323-964-4800
Fax: 323-964-4835
www.fitnessmanagement.com
Email: [email protected]
The magazine is for professionals in adult physical fitness.
Editorial content emphasizes preventive health care and
management and is directed to owners, managers and program directors in adult physical fitness facilities.
IDEA publications
IDEA Permissions
6190 Cornerstone Court East, Suite 204
San Diego, California 92121
Tel: 858-535-8979
Fax: 858-535-8234
www.ideafit.com/publications.htm
Email: [email protected]
IDEA Health & Fitness Source
Published 10 times a year. Includes information on career
opportunities, special populations, the international front,
resources and the latest programming trends. Goes to all
IDEA members.
Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise
401 W. Michigan Street
Indianapolis, Indiana 46202
Tel: 317- 637-9200
Fax: 317-634-7817
ACSM’s official monthly journal, featuring original investigations, clinical studies, and comprehensive reviews on
current topics in sports medicine and exercise science.
Sports Medicine Bulletin
Quarterly newsmagazine focuses on ACSM issues, activities, members, committees, Regional Chapters, sports medicine conferences, and meetings worldwide.
ACSM’s Health & Fitness Journal
A bimonthly publication. Responds to the information
needs of fitness instructors, personal trainers, exercise leaders, program managers and other front line and fitness
Sporting Goods Manufacturing Association’s
publication:
Sports Edge
240 Prospect Place
Unit E1
Alpharetta, Georgia 30005
Tel: 678-297-3903
Fax: 678-297-0704
www.sgma.com/sportsedge/
Email: [email protected]
Industry’s guide to sports & fitness retailers
IDEA Personal Trainer
Industry’s leading magazine, published 10 times a year.
59
Health clubs
International Health, Racquet &
Sports Club Association:
Club Business International
263 Summer Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Tel: 617-951-0055
www.ihrsa.org/cbimagazine/
Club Industry Magazine
One Plymouth Meeting, Suite 501
Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462
Tel: 610-238-0330
Fax: 610-238-0992
http://industryclick.com/magazineinfo.asp?magazineid=123&SiteID=18
Number 1 business magazine for health and fitness facility
management.
The world’s leading magazine for the health and
fitness industry.
Trade Shows 2002
Show
Show Dates
Location
IHRSA
March 6-9
Phoenix, Arizona
May 31-June 5
Toronto, Canada
June 26 - June 29
Washington, DC
June 27- June 30
San Diego, California
August 1-3
Denver, Colorado
October 9-12
Chicago, Illinois
November 6-9
Orlando, Florida
st
21 Annual International Convention & Trade Show
For more information:
Tel: 617-951-0055, Fax: 617-737-3323
www.ihrsa.org
Email: [email protected]
IHRSA
For Professional Club
Management in partnership with Precor
For more information:
Please see above
Club Industry East
Sponsored by Club Industry Magazine
For more information:
Tel: 203-358-3713
Email: [email protected]
World Fitness IDEA 20th
Anniversary Convention and Fitness Expo.
For more information:
Tel: 858-535-8979, Fax: 858-535-8234
www.ideafit.com
Email: [email protected]
Health & Fitness
Business Expo & Conference
For more information:
310 Broadway, Laguna Beach
California 92651
Tel: 949-376-8133, Fax: 949-497-8533
www.healthfitnessbiz.com
Email: [email protected]
MFA
Medical Fitness Association
For more information:
Tel: 804-327-0330, Fax: 804-327-1630
www.medicalfitness.org
Email: [email protected]
th
IHRSA 17 Annual Club
Business Conference
Sports & Fitness Facility Expo
For more information:
Tel: 617-951-0055, Fax: 617-737-3323
Email: [email protected]
60
Appendix 6
Physical Education and Sport Sciences Programs in the United States
www.sportquest.com
SPORTQuest
Physical Education and Sport Sciences
Programs: United States
Alabama
Alaska
Arkansas
Arizona
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Hawaii
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Vermont
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyoming
Alabama
● Alabama Agricultural and Mechanical University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● Alabama State University, Div. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Safety
● Auburn University, Dept. of Health and Human Performance
● Auburn University at Montgomery, Dept. of Foundations, Secondary, and Phyisal Education
● Jacksonville State University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● United States Sports Academy, Dept. of Sport Coaching
● United States Sports Academy, Dept. of Sport Fitness Management
● United States Sports Academy, Dept. of Sport Management
● United States Sports Academy, Dept. of Sport Medicine
● University of Alabama at Birmingham, Dept. of Human Studies, Physical Education
● University of Mobile, Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● University of Montevallo, Department of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance and Safety
● University of South Alabama, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Leisure Services
● University of West Alabama, Dept. of Physical Education and Athletic Training
Alaska
Arkansas
● Arkansas State University, Dept. of Health, Physical. Education, & Recreation.
● Arkansas Tech University, Dept. of Secondary Education
61
●
●
●
●
Henderson State University, Department of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Southern Arkansas University, Health, Kinesiology, and Recreation
University of Arkansas, Dept. of Health Science, Kinesiology, Recreation and Dance, Kinesiology
University of Central Arkansas, Dept. of Physical Education
Arizona
● Arizona State University, Dept. of Ex. Science & Phys. Edn.
● Kirksville College of Osteopathic Medicine - Sports Health Care Program
● Northern Arizona University, Physical Education
● University of Arizona, Dept. of Exercise and Sport Science
California
● Azusa Pacific University, Dept. of Education., Physical Education
● California Lutheran University - Physical Education
● California State Polytechnic University, Pomona, Dept. of Kinesiology & Health Promotion.
● California State University, Chico, Dept. of Recreation Administration
● California State University, Fullerton, Dept. of Kinesiology and Health Promotion
● California State University, Los Angeles, Dept. of Physical Education and Recreation/Leisure
● California State University, Northridge, Dept. of Kinesiology
● California State University, Stanislaus, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● Humbolt State University, Dept. of Physical Education
● Saint Mary’s College of California, School of Liberal Arts
● San Diego State University, Dept. of Exercise and Nutritional Sciences
● San Francisco State University, Dept. of Kinesiology
● San Jose State University, Dept. of Human Performance
● San Jose State University, Dept. of Recreation & Leisure Studies
● Sonoma State University, Dept. of Kinesiology
● University of California, Berkeley, Dept. of Human Biodynamics
● University of California, Davis, Exercise Science
● University of San Franscico, Exercise and Sport Science
● University of Southern California, Dept. of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy
● University of the Pacifiic, Dept. of Sport Sciences
Colorado
● Colorado State University, Dept. of Exercise and Sport Science
● University of Colorado at Boulder, Dept. of Kinesiology
● University of Northern Colorado, School of Kinesiology and Physical Education
Connecticut
● Central Connecticut State University, Dept. of Physical. Education. & Health Fitness Studies
● Southern Connecticut State University, Dept. of Physical Education
● University of Connecticut, Dept. of Sport, Leisure and Exercise Sciences
District of Columbia
● American University, Dept. of Health and Fitness
● George Washington University, Exercise Science
● Howard University, Dept. of Physical Education
Delaware
● University of Delaware, College of Physical Education, Athletics and Recreation
Florida
● Barry University, School of Human Perfomance and Leisure Sciences
● Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University, Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
● Florida Atlantic University, Dept. of Exercise Fitness/Wellness
● Florida Center for Technology in Physical Activity
62
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Florida International University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Florida State University, Dept. of Nutrition, Food and Movement Studies
Florida State University, Dept. of Physical Education, Teacher Preparation
Saint Thomas University, Sports Administration
Stetson University Dept. of Sport and Exercise Science
University of Central Florida, Dept. of Educational Services, Physical Education
University of Florida, Dept. of Exercise and Sport Science
University of Miami, Dept. of Exercise Science and Sport Studies
University of North Florida, College of Health
University of North Florida, Dept. of Kinesiology
University of North Florida, Sports medicine-athletic training program
University of South Florida, Dept. of Professional Physical Education
University of West Florida, Dept. of Health, Leisure and Sports
Georgia
● Albany State College, School of Education
● Georgia College, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
● Georgia Institute of Technology, Health & Performance Sciences
● Georgia Southern University, Health and Physical Education
● Georgia Southwestern College, Div. of Education
● Georgia State University, Dept. of Kinesiology and Health, Health and Physical Education
● Georgia State University, Dept. of Kinesiology and Health, Exercise Science
● Georgia State University, Dept. of Kinesiology and Health, Sport Science
● Georgia Tech, Dept. of Health and Human Performance Science
● Kennesaw State University, College of Health & Human Services
● North Georgia College, Graduate Education
● State University of West Georgia, Department of Physical Education and Recreation
● University of Georgia, Dept. of Exercise Science
● University of Georgia, School of Health and Human Performance
● Valdosta State University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● West Georgia College, Dept. of Physical Education and Recreation
Hawaii
● University of Hawaii, Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Idaho
● Boise State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education. & Recreation
● Idaho State University, Dept. of Physical Eduction and Dance
● University of Idaho, Div. of Health, Physical Edcation, Recreation, and Dance
Illinois
● Chicago State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation - Athletics
● DePaul University, Educational Leadership
● Illinois Benedictine College, Dept. of Exercise Physiology
● Illinois State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance
● Northern Illinois University, Dept. of Physical Education
● Southern Illinois University at Edwardsvill, Dept. of Health, Recreation, and Physical Education
● Southern Illinois University, Department of Health Education and Recreation
● University of Illinois at Chicago, School of Kinesiology
● University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Dept. of Kinesiology
● Western Illinois University, Dept. of Physical Education
Indiana
● Ball State University
● Purdue University, Dept. of Health, Kinesiology and Leisure Studies
● Indiana State University, Dept. of Physical Education
63
●
●
●
●
Indiana University Bloomington, Kinesiology
Indiana University, School of Physical Education
University of Notre Dame, Department of Physical Education
Valparaiso University, Department of Physical Education
Iowa
● Iowa State University. College of Education, Dept. of Health and Human Performance
● Loras College, Dept. of Physical Education
● University of Iowa, Dept. of Exercise Science
● University of Iowa, Physical Education and Sports Studies
● University of Northern Iowa, School of Health, Physical Education and Leisure Services
Kansas
● Emporia State University, Div. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Fort Hays State University, Dept. of Health and Human Performance
● Kansas State University, Department of Kinesiology
● Pittsburg State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● University of Kansas, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Wichita State University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
Kentucky
● Morehead State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Murray State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
● Thomas More College, Department of Exercise Science
● University of Kentucky, Kinesiology and Health Promotion
● University of Kentucky, Programs in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
● University of Louisville, Department of Health Promotion Physical Education & Sport Studies
● Western Kentucky University, Dept. of Physical Education and Recreation, Physical Education
Louisiana
● Grambling State University, Health PE and Recreation Program
● Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, Dept. of Kinesiology
● Louisiana Tech University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● McNeese State University, Dept. of Health and Human Performance
● Northeast Louisiana University, Dept. of Health and Human Performance
● Northwest State University, Dept of Health and Human Performance
● Southeastern Louisiana University, Dept. of Kinesiology and Health Studies
● Tulane University, Dept. of Exercise and Sport Medicine
● University of New Orleans, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
Maine
● University of Maine, Physical Education
Maryland
● Frostburg Sate University, Dept. of Educational Professions, Health and Physical Education
● Morgan State University, Dept. of Teacher Education and Administration, Dept. of Health,
Physical Education and Recreation, Adapted and Developmental Physical Education
● Towson University, Department of Kinesiology
● University of Maryland College Park, Dept. of Kinesiology
● Western Maryland College, Physical Education
Massachussetts
● Boston University, Dept. of Physical Therapy
● Eastern Nazarene College, Div. of Education
● Mankato State University, Dept. of Human Performance
● Northeastern University, Dept. of Cardiopulmonary Science
64
●
●
●
●
Smith College, Dept. of Exercise and Sport Studies
Springfield College, Program in Movement Science
University of Massachusetts Amherst, Dept. of Sport Studies
University of Massachusetts Amherst, Dept. of Exercise Science
Michigan
● Central Michigan University, Dept. of Physical Education & Sport
● Central Michigan University, Dept. of Recreation, Parks, & Leisure Services Administration.
● Central Michigan University, Sports Medicine Program (interdept.)
● Eastern Michigan University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance
● Grand Valley State University, Physical Education
● Hope College, Kinesiology
● Michigan State University, Dept. of Physical Education and Exercise Science
● Northern Michigan University, Dept. of Health, Physical Ed.and Recreation, Exercise Sc.
● Oakland University, Exercise Physiology
● University of Michigan, Kinesiology
● Wayne State University, College of Education, Division of Health, Physical Education, Recreation
Minnesota
● Bedmidji State University, Dept. of Physical Education, Health & Sport
● Bloomsbury University of Pennsylvania, M. of Science & Adult Fitness
● Concordia University - Department of Kinesiology & Health Science Education
● Gustavus Adolphus College, Health and Exercise Science
● University of Minnesota, Twin Cities Campus, Div. of Kinesiology
● University of Minnesota, School of Kinesiology and Leisure Studies
● Winona State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Mississippi
● Alcorn State University, School of Psychology and Education
● Delta State University, Div. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Jackson State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Mississippi State University, Dept.Physical Education, Health and Recreation
● Mississippi University for Women, Div. of Health and Kinesiology
● University of Mississippi, Dept. of Exercise Science and Leisure Management
● University of Southern Mississippi, School of Human Performance and Recreation
Missouri
● Central Missouri State University, Dept. of Physical Education
● Drury College, Physical Education
● Missouri Western State College, Department of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
● Northwest Missouri State University, Department of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance
● Southeast Missouri State University, College of Health and Human Services
● Southeast Missouri State University, Dept. of Secondary Education
● University of Missouri-Columbia, Dept. of Health and Exercise Science
Montana
● University of Montana-Missoula, Dept. of Health and Human Performance
Nebraska
● University of Nebraska - Lincoln, Interdept. Area of Psychologyical and Cultural Studies
● University of Nebraska - Lincoln, School of Health and Human Performance
● University of Nebraska at Kearney, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Leisure
● University of Nebraska at Omaha, School of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Wayne State College, Div. of Physical Education
65
Nevada
● University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Kinesiology and Sport and Leisure Studies Program
● University of Nevada, Reno, Dept. of Recreation and Physical Education
New Hampshire
● University of New Hampshire, Dept. of Kinesiology
New Jersey
● Fairleigh Dickinson University, Teaneck-Hackensack Campus, Peter Sammartino School of Education,
Physical Sciences Education
● Montclair State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Trenton State College, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
New Mexico
● Eastern New Mexico University, School of Health and Physical Education
● New Mexico State University, Physical Ecucation, Recreation and Dance
● University of New Mexico, Physical Education
New York
● Adelphi University, Dept. of Physical Education, Recreation, and Human Performance Science
● Hofstra University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Ithaca College, Exercise and Sport Science
● Lehman College, Department of Health Services
● Long Island University, Brooklyn Campus, Div. of Sports Sciences
● Long Island University, C.W. Postn Campus, Dept. of Movement Science
● Queens College of the City University of New York, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● State University of New York at Stony Brook
● State University of New York College at Brockport, Dept. of Physical Education
● State University of New York College at Cortland, Dept. of Physical Education
● Syracuse University, Health and Physical Education Program
● Teachers College, Columbia University, Dept. of Movement Sciences, Motor Learning
North Carolina
● Appalachian State University, Dept. of Health, Leisure, and Exercise Science
● Campbell University, Dept. of Exercise Science
● East Carolina University, Dept. of Exercise and Sports Science
● Gardner-Webb University, Dept. of Physical Education
● North Carolina Central University, Dept. of Physical Education and Recreation
● North Carolina State University, Physical Education
● University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Dept. of Exercise and
Sports Science Wake Forest University, Health & Exercise Science
● Western Carolina University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
North Dakota
● North Dakota State University, Human Development and Education
● University of North Dakota, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Ohio
● Ashland University, Sports Science
● Bowling Green State University, School of Health, Physical education, and Recreation
● Cleveland State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, & Dance
● Kent State University, School of Exercise, Leisure and Sport
● Malone College, Education
● Marietta College, Sport Medicine
● Miami University, Physical Education, Health & Sport Studies
● Mount Union College, Department of Human Performance and Sports Management
66
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Ohio State University, School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Ohio University, School of Recreation and Sport Sciences
Shawnee State, Sports Studies
University of Akron, Dept. of Physical Education
University of Toledo, Dept. of Health Promotion and Human Performance, Physical Education
Wilmington College, Health, Physical Education, Athletic Training and Sports Management
Wright State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Xavier University, Dept. of Education
Oklahoma
● Oklahoma State University, School of Health, Physical Education, and Leisure Sciences
● Southwestern Oklahoma State University, Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● University of Oklahoma, Dept. of Health and Sports Sciences
Oregon
● Oregon State University, Dept. of Exercise and Sport Science
● University of Oregon, Dept. of Exercise and Movement Science
Pennsylvania
● California University of Pennsylvania, Dept. of Athletic Training
● East Stoudsburg University of Pennsylania, Dept. of Movement Studies and Excercise Science
● Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Dept. of Sport Science
● Pennsylvania State University University Park Campus, Dept. of Exercise and Sport Science
● Robert Morris College, Department of Sport Administration
● Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania, Dept. of Physical Education
● Temple University, Dept. of Physical Education
● University of Pittsburg, Dept. of Health, Physical, and Recreation Education,
Developmental Movement and Sports Studies
● University of Pittsburg, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Exercise Physiology
● West Chester University of Pennsylvania, School of Education
Rhode Island
● University of Rhode Island, Dept. of Physical Education, Health and Recreation
South Carolina
● The Citadel, The Military College of South Carolina, Dept. of Health & Phys. Edn.
● Clemson University. Dept. of Parks, Recreation and Tourism Management
● Furman University, Dept. of Health and Exercise Science
● University of South Carolina, Dept. of Exercise Science
South Dakota
● Northern State University, Secondary Education
● South Dakota State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● University of South Dakota, Div. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Tennessee
● Austin Peay State University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education.
● East Tennessee State University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education and Recreation
● Middle Tennessee State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Safety
● Tennessee State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Tennessee Technological University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● University of Memphis, Dept. of Human Movement Sciences and Education
● University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Human Performance and Sport Studies
● University of Tennessee, Exercise Science, Health and Leisure Studies
67
Texas
● Angelo State University, Dept of Kinesiology
● Baylor University, Dept. of Health, Human Performance, and Recreation
● Hardin-Simmons University, Dept. of Physical Education, Program in Secondary Physical Education
● Lamar University, Department of Health and Kinesiology
● Midwestern State University, Physical Education
● Prairie View A&M University, Dept. of Health and Human Performance
● Rice University, Human Performance and Health Science
● Sam Houston State University, Dept. of Health and Kinesiology
● Southwest Texas State University, Interdisciplinary Studies - Education
● Southwest Texas State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
● Stephen F. Austin State University, Dept. of Kinesiology and Health Science
● Sul Ross State University, Dept. of Physical Education
● Tarleton State University, Dept. of Health and Physical Education
● Texas A&M University, Department of Health and Physical Education
● Texas A&M University, Division of Kinesiology & Health
● Texas A&M University - Kingsville, Dept. of Health and Kinesiology
● Texas Christian University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Texas Southern University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
● Texas Tech University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
● Texas Tech University, Div. of Curriculum and Instruction
● University of Houston - Clear Lake, Programs in Human Sciences
● University of North Texas, Dept. of Kinesiology, Health Promotion, and Recreation
● University of Texas - Pan American, Dept. of Health and Kinesiology
● University of Texas at Tyler, Dept. of Health and Kinesiology
● University of Texas of the Permian Basin, Dept. of Behavioral Studies, Kinesiology
Utah
● Brigham Young University, College of Physical Education
● University of Utah, Department of Exercise & Sport Science
● Utah State University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Vermont
● Castleton State College, Bachelor of Science in Sports Medicine
● Johnson State College, Health Sciences
Virginia
● College of William and Mary, Kinesiology
● College of William and Mary, Secondary Education
● James Madison University, Dept. of Kinesiology
● Longwood College, Department of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Dance
● Lynchburg College, School of Education and Human Development
● Old Dominion University, Dept. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Athletics
● Radford University, Dept. of Physical and Health Education
● University of Richmond, Health and Sport Science Dept.
● University of Virginia, Dept. of Human Services, Progarm in Health and Physical Education
● Virginia Commonwealth University, Physical Education
● Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Div. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation
68
Washington
● Central Washington University, Dept. of Physical Education, Health Education and Leisure Services
● Gonzaga University, Department of Exercise Science
● Pacific Luthern University, School of Physical Education
● University of Puget Sound, Physical Education
● Washington State University, Dept. of Kinesiology and Leisure Studies
● Washington University, Interdisciplinary Movement Science
● Western Washington University, Dept. of physical Education and Health
● Whitworth College, Graduate Studies in Education
West Virginia
● Marshall University, Health and Physical Education
● West Virginia University, Exercise Physiology Program
Wisconsin
● University of Wisconsin - Madison, Dept. of Kinesiology
● University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee, Human Kinetics
● Marquette University - Exercise Science
Wyoming
● University of Wyoming, Dept. of Physical and Health Education
116 Albert Street, Suite 400
Ottawa, Ontario K1P 5G3
Tel: 613-231-SIRC Fax: 613-231-3739
Toll Free: 800-665-6413 (U.S. & Can.)
ARIEL: ariel.sirc.ca
Webmaster: [email protected]
69
Appendix 7
Two Corporate Wellness Studies (Johnson & Johnson, Xerox)
The Reproducible Benefits of Corporate Wellness
Xerox study documents a five-to-one return on its investment
Despite the prevalence and popularity of corporate wellness programs in America, documentation
regarding their effectiveness has managed to remain a bit elusive. Now there is a growing body of
evidence to support the fact that such programs are doing exactly what they’re intended to do – i.e.,
reduce healthcare costs.
A new study conducted at a Xerox Corp. manufacturing complex in Rochester, New York has
found that employees who participate in a corporate wellness program can significantly reduce the
frequency, seriousness, and corresponding costs of work-related injuries.
Summarizing the findings of the study, lead researcher Shirley Musich, of the University of Michigan Health Management Research Center, told the Associated Press, “Those people who are healthier have fewer injuries.”
The study, published in the Journal of Occupational and Environmental Health, examined
on-the-job injuries of over 3,000 Xerox workers between 1996 and 1999. Approximately one-third
of the workers had taken part in the company’s health-risk appraisal program – a key component of
its wellness plan. Of those who took part in the appraisal, only 5.6% made workers compensation
claims, compared with 8.9% of the nonparticipants. The former group also had a lower average cost
per injury – $6,506 versus $9,482 for non-participants.
“Over a two-year period, we realized a 5-1 return on investment,” noted Deborah Napier, the health
management director for Xerox and a co-author of the study.
According to an estimate by the National Safety Council, in 1999, on-the-job injuries cost the American economy $125 billion – including $62 billion in lost wages and productivity and $19.9 billion
in medical costs – or approximately three times as much as the cost of workers compensation insurance for that year.
71
Thursday January 24, 12:35 pm Eastern Time
Press Release
SOURCE: Johnson & Johnson
First Long-Term Health and Wellness Program Evaluation Confirms Employee
Benefit, Company Savings for Johnson & Johnson
NEW BRUNSWICK, NJ, Jan. 24 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/
– The first long-term evaluation of the financial and health
impact of a large-scale corporate health and wellness program has shown that participating employees have significantly lower medical expenses and achieve overall improvements in several health risk categories, such as high
cholesterol, hypertension and cigarette smoking.
coincided with the company’s decision to establish a partnership between the Health & Wellness Program and employee health care, benefits and risk management programs and to offer financial incentives to employees. Incentives included a $500 medical plan discount for those
who completed a health risk assessment and enrolled in a
high-risk intervention program if recommended.
The two-part study was conducted for Johnson & Johnson,
the world’s most comprehensive and broadly based health
care company, by The MEDSTAT Group, Inc., of Ann Arbor, Mich. The evaluation included a financial analysis of
medical insurance claims for 18,331 Johnson & Johnson
domestic employees who participated in its Health &
Wellness Program from 1995 to 1999.
“As a result of an aging workforce and the inherent stress in
employees’ lives, corporate decision makers will seek innovative programs that promote health and reduce costs,”
said Dr. Fikry Isaac, Johnson & Johnson Director of Occupational Medicine, Health and Productivity. “We believe
our Health & Wellness Program can continue to achieve
long-term health improvements in our employee population.”
Reduction in medical care costs amounted to a savings per
employee of $225 annually. The savings came from reductions in hospital admissions, mental health visits and outpatient service use. Savings grew over time, and most came
in the third or fourth year after the program began.
$8.5 Million Savings Annually
Employee medical expenditures were evaluated for up to
five years before and four years after the program began.
Johnson & Johnson savings averaged $8.5 million annually for the same four-year period after the program began,
primarily due to lower administrative and medical utilization costs.
“These results highlight the significant impact that integrating large- scale corporate health and productivity management programs can have on company medical expenditures,” said Ronald J. Ozminkowski, MEDSTAT Director
of Outcomes Research and Econometrics and lead author
of the financial findings, which appear in the current issue
of the Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine. A second article on changes in health risk will appear
later this year in an issue of the same journal.
More than 90 percent of all eligible domestic employees
chose to participate in the wellness, fitness and health risk
assessment aspects of the Johnson & Johnson Health &
Wellness Program, a sizeable increase from a 26 percent
company participation rate in 1995. Participation increases
72
Risks Reduced
In addition to the financial savings achieved by the company’s Health & Wellness Program, a separate study also
revealed reductions in several health risk factors over a
two- and three-quarter year time frame following the program’s debut.
“We discovered significant reductions in employee health
risks in eight of the 13 risk categories,” said Ron Z.
Goetzel, MEDSTAT Vice President and lead author on the
health results study. He noted that the reductions were in
tobacco use, sedentary lifestyle, high blood pressure, high
cholesterol, low dietary fiber intake, and poor motor vehicle safety practices. “The improvements we found to the
overall health of employees should contribute to long-term
health cost avoidance and increased productivity,” Dr.
Goetzel said.
The current Johnson & Johnson Health & Wellness Program is an outgrowth of the company’s LIVE FOR LIFE®
program, which originated in 1979 and brought together
experts in health care education, behavior change, and disease management to create a program to improve the health
and productivity of its workers. The program underwent
several transformations in the past two decades to respond
to shifting business requirements and changing employee
health needs.
Johnson & Johnson Health Care Systems Inc. (JJHCS)
Health & Fitness Services, part of the Johnson & Johnson
Family of Companies, provides the fitness and health profile services for the domestic Johnson & Johnson companies. JJHCS Health & Fitness Services also provides health
promotion and disease prevention services to other corporations in more than 30 countries and 20 languages.
employees who participated in two serial health screening
programs, with a minimum of one year between screenings. The study also examined the impact of participating
in a high- risk intervention program called “Pathways to
Change” on health risk factors. McNemar chi-square and a
z-test statistics were used to evaluate changes in health
risks over time.
The Johnson & Johnson Health & Wellness Program,
which includes disability management, occupational
health, employee assistance, work-life programs, wellness
and fitness, is often studied by many corporations because
of its integrated service deliveries.
JOHNSON & JOHNSON (http://www.jnj.com), with approximately 101,800 employees, is the world’s most comprehensive and broadly based manufacturer of health care
products, as well as a provider of related services, for the
consumer, pharmaceutical and professional markets. Johnson & Johnson has more than 190 operating companies in
51 countries around the world, selling products in more
than 175 countries.
About the Evaluation
The two-part project was conducted using only information that could not identify individual employees.
The first study focused on changes in inpatient utilization,
outpatient care, mental health visits, emergency room use
and associated ancillary expenditures. These utilization
impacts were then converted to dollar terms. Inflation adjustment and discounting techniques were used to adjust
for the changing value of a dollar over time.
Employees were followed for up to five years before and
four years after program implementation. Fixed-effects regression models were used to control for measurable and
unmeasurable factors that did not change over the study period, but that still may influence utilization and expenditures, such as age group (broadly measured), gender, race,
location, marital status, educational attainment, or job type.
The second study reported the effectiveness of the Health
& Wellness Program in reducing the health risks of 4,586
The MEDSTAT Group (http://www.medstat.com) is a
health information company that provides decision support
systems, market intelligence, benchmark databases, and research for managing the purchase, administration, and delivery of health services and benefits. It serves more than
1,000 organizations including many of the nation’s leading
employers, providers, pharmaceutical companies, government organizations, and health plans and insurance companies. Headquartered in Ann Arbor, Mich., MEDSTAT has
a 20-year track record of delivering results for customers
through innovative products, superior customer service,
and outstanding people. MEDSTAT is part of The
Thomson Corporation (http://www.thomson.com), a
global e-information and solutions company in the business and professional marketplace with 2000 revenues of
approximately US $6.0 billion. The company’s common
shares are listed on the Toronto and London stock exchanges (TSE: TOC - news).
SOURCE: Johnson & Johnson
73
Technology Reviews from Tekes
127/2002 US Fitness Industry Market Overview and Entry Strategies. Val Arthur Kratzman. 73 p.
126/2002 Particle technologies in diagnostics. Harri Härmä. 29 p.
125/2002 Nucleic acid diagnostics markets – Unmet needs and product potentials. Harri Siitari. 27 p.
124/2002 Polttopuun pientuotannon ja -käytön kehitystarpeet. Satu Helynen, Heikki Oravainen. 26 s.
123/2002 US Corporate Wellness Study. 88 p.
122/2002 Benchmarking Innovation Systems: Government Funding for R&D. Draft Final Report. 62 p.
Erik Frinking, Mari Hjelt, Irma Essers, Päivi Luoma, Sami Mahroum
121/2002 Government innovation support for commercialisation of research, new R&D performers and
R&D networks. 128 p. Jari Kuusisto, Erik Arnold (editors)
120/2002 Yritysten innovaatioympäristöt – Tutkimus yritysten innovaatiotoiminnasta ja alueellisesta innovaatiopolitiikasta Pirkanmaalla ja Keski-Suomessa. 215 s. Mika Kautonen, Jari Kolehmainen,
Pasi Koski
119/2001 Teollisen muotoilun teknologiaohjelma, Esiselvitys. 29 s. Eija Nieminen, Juha Järvinen
118/2001 Digitalisoituvan viestinnän monet kasvot. 131 s. Kuluttajatutkimukset-hanke (Kultu)
117/2001 Ympäristömittausten automatisointi- ja kehittämistarpeet Suomessa. 118 s. Lauri Hietaniemi,
Ari Lehto
116/2001 From Periphery to Center: Emerging Research Topics on Knowledge Society. Ilkka Tuomi
115/2001 Terveysvaikutteisten elintarvikkeiden kansainvälinen kaupallistaminen. 23 s. Kari Salminen
114/2001 Global Networking in Wireless Teletechnology Business. Lasse Baldauf, Michael Lovejoy,
Jarmo Karesto, Laura Paija
113/2001 Critical Success Factors in Biopharmaceutical Business: A Comparison Between Finnish and
Californian Businesses. 23 p. Tanja Rautiainen
112/2001 Finnish Pharma Cluster – Vision 2010.
111/2001 Uuden tietotekniikan vaikutukset liiketoimintaan. 60 s. Jyrki Ali-Yrkkö, Kim Jansson, Iris Karvonen,
Veli-Pekka Mattila, Juha Nurmilaakso, Martin Ollus, Iiro Salkari, Pekka Ylä-Anttila
110/2001 Digitaalinen verkostotalous – Tietotekniikan mahdollisuudet liiketoiminnan kehittämisessä. 86 s.
Juha Luomala, Juha Heikkinen, Karri Virkajärvi, Jukka Heikkilä, Anne Karjalainen, Anri Kivimäki,
Timo Käkölä, Outi Uusitalo, Hannu Lähdevaara
109/2001 Ohjelmistoalan tutkimustoiminta Yhdysvalloissa. Veikko Seppänen, Timo Käkölä, Olli Pitkänen,
Reijo Sulonen, Markku Sääksjärvi
108/2001 Software Business Models, A Framework for Analyzing Software Industry. Risto Rajala,
Matti Rossi, Virpi Kristiina Tuunainen and Santeri Korri
107/2001 State of Mathematical Modelling and Simulation in the Finnish Process Industry, Universities
and Research Centres. 95 s. Kimmo Klemola, Ilkka Turunen
106/2001 Research and technology programme activities in Finland. 54 s. Ellen Tuomaala, Satu Rask,
Erkki Kaukonen, Jyrki Laaksonen, Mika Nieminen, Pekka Berg
105/2001 Tutkimus- ja teknologiaohjelmatoiminta Suomessa. 50 s. Ellen Tuomaala, Satu Raak,
Erkki Kaukonen, Jyrki Laaksonen, Mika Nieminen, Pekka Berg
Subscriptions:
www.tekes.fi/english/publications
75
Product Comparisons • Recumbent Bikes
Dimensions
Display
Feedback
Programs
Resistance
Power
Weight
Warranty
Price
Bodyguard Fitness
Bodyguard Organic R
22”H x 56”L x 48”W
LED
speed, elapsed time, level/gear,
distance, watts, calories, rpms, time
remaining, segment time, heart rate,
pace, calories/hr., mets, avg.HR,
avg. speed
16 preset, 4
memories, 5
user Id’s
15, HRC
110V or
220V
192 lbs.
Parts & Labor: 2
yrs./Institutional
$2,295
Bodyguard Fitness
Bodyguard Organic RLS3
22”H x 56”L x 48”W
Gas Plasma
speed, elapsed time, level/gear,
distance, watts, calories, rpms, time
remaining, segment time, heart rate,
pace, calories/hr., mets, avg.HR,
avg. speed
19 preset, 8
memories, 8
user Id’s
15, HRC
110V or
220V
192 lbs.
Parts & Labor: 2
yrs./Institutional,
Parts: 2 yrs; Labor:
1 yr./Club
$2,695
CYBEX International
700R
(formerly Bike Max-R3000)
46”H x 54.5”L x
25.5”W
LED
time (elapsed & remaining), calories,
rpm, heart rate, calories/hour,
distance, level, speed
8 preset,
5 advanced
15
cordless
140 lbs.
Parts & Labor:
3 yrs
$2,695
40”H x 65”L x 20”W
Dot matix
heart rate, laps time, time
remaining, rpms, watts, calories,
distance, intensity level
11 plus manual
22
selfpowered
(optional
adaptor)
160 lbs.
Parts: 2yrs;
Labor: 1
$1,950
(bidirectional
pedaling
option
$200)
Fitnex Fitness
ID5000R
Life Fitness
Lifecycle 9100R
48” H x 56” L x 25” W LED message elapsed time, distance, calories
center
expended, calories per hour, speed,
watts, mets, heart rate info
6
20
self
powered
128 lbs.
Electrical &
mechanical parts:
2 yrs.
$2,599
Life Fitness
Lifecycle 9500RHR
48” H x 56” L x 25” W LED message
elapsed time, distance, calories
center
expended, calories per hour, speed,
watts, mets, heart rate info
8
20
self
powered
128 lbs.
Electrical &
mechanical parts:
2 yrs.
$2,999
PowerSport
Evolution
58”H x 57”L x 24”W
LED (analog
& digital)
time, distance, speed, watts,
calories, high profile programs,
summary of data, heart rate
control, heart rate
10
20
110V or
230V
169 lbs.
varies
call for
pricing
PowerSport
XT1500 (Mistral) SemiRecumbent Airbike
52”H x 57”L x 25”W
LCD
time, revs./min., watts, calories
none
Air
none
163 lbs.
varies
call for
pricing
Precor
48”H x 56”L x 24”W
electronic
time, speed, distance, rpm, watts,
calories, heart rate
5
20
self
powered
152 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,495
38”H x 60”L x 32”W
LED
calories, calories/hour, speed, time
(remaining or elapsed), heart rate
(optional)
5+manual+
smart start
10 difficulty
levels
standard:
self
powered;
option:
120V/220V
275 lbs.
Parts & Labor:
2 yr. limited
$4,295
Schwinn
230I Recumbent Bike
47.5”H x 59.75”L x
24”W
LED
time, distance, speed, watts,
calories, rpm’s
6
8
110V
145 lbs.
Electronics:
2 yrs.
$1,199.95
Schwinn
235i HRC Recumbent Bike
47.5” H x 59.75” L x
24” W
LED
time, speed, distance, rpms, watts,
calories, heart rate
7
16
none
148 lbs.
Electronic
components:
2 yrs.
$1,699.95
Schwinn
920i HRC Recumbent Bike
38”H x 44.5”L x 15”W
LED
speed, distance, calories, rpms,
watts, mets, heart rate
6 plus manual
16
selfpowered
124 lbs.
Frame: Lifetime;
Electrical
components: 2
yrs; Mechanical
components &
Labor: 1 yr.
$1,749
52”H x 77”L x 25”W
LED
time (elapsed & remaining),
rph, watts, calories, distance,
heart rate, level
14
bi-directional
(optional)
120V or
220V
165 lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs.
limited; Labor:
1 yr. limited
$2,595
Sports Art America
Sportsart 5002
Recumbent Bike
46”H x 70”L x 26”W
Dot matrix
plus LED
14
selfpowered
w/ battery
backup
115 lbs.
Full commercial,
Parts: 2 yrs; Labor:
1 yr.
$1,495
StairMaster
Stratus 3900RC
50”H x 64”L x 21”W
Alpha
numeric LED
time, pedal rate, speed, distance
mets, watts, calories
8 preset,
1 manual
20
cordless
157 lbs.
3 yrs.
$2,250
Star Trac
RB4400
52”H x 54”L x 24”W
LED
work level, elapsed time, calories,
distance, speed, watts, heart rate
4
30
self
powered
optional
AC adapter
134 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,495$2,695
TECHNOGYM
Recline XT
53”H x 55”L x 21”W
LED
calories, heart rate, distance,
time, workload, speed
6
12
110V
198 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,995
49.2”H x 64.2”L x
29.6”W
Dot matrix
plus LED
16
selfpowered
154.3 lbs.
Full commercial,
Parts & Labor: 3
yrs.
$2,495
C846 Recumbent Cycle
Reebok/CCS Fitness
Reebok Cycle Plus
SCIFIT
ISO 1000R
distance, time, resistance level,
12 preset, 2
calories burned, heart rate control, custom interval,
hill profile, infra-red remote control
2 heart rate
built in to handle
control, manual
Tectrix — see CYBEX
TRUE Fitness
750R Recumbent Bike
start-up information, time, distance,
3 preset, 1
rpms, heart rate, work level, watts, random, 1 heart
mets, calories
rate control, 1
Manual
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
53
BIKES
Product Comparisons • Upright Bikes
Programs
Resistance
Power
Weight
Warranty
Price
16 preset, 4
memories, 5
user Id’s
15, HRC
110V or
220V
156 lbs.
Parts & Labor: 2
yrs./Institutional
$1,995
19 preset, 8
memories, 8
user Id’s
15, HRC
110V or
220V
156 lbs.
Parts & Labor: 2
yrs./Institutional,
Parts: 2 yrs; Labor:
1 yr./Club
$2,295
time (elapsed & remaining), calories
burned, calories/hour, rpm, heart
rate, distance, level, speed
14
15
self
powered
115 lbs.
Parts & Labor:
3 yrs.
$2,395
Dot matix
heart rate, laps time, time
remaining, rpms, watts, calories,
distance, intensity level
11 plus manual
22
selfpowered
(optional
adaptor)
160 lbs.
Parts: 2yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$1,775
(bidirectional
pedaling
option
$200)
55’ H x 46” L x 23” W
LED
message
center
elapsed time, distance traveled,
total calories expended, calories
expended per hour, speed, watts,
mets, heart rate info
6
13
self
powered
87 lbs.
Electrical &
mechanical parts:
2 yrs.
$2,499
Life Fitness
Lifecycle 9500HR
56” H x 47” L x 23” W
LED
message
center
mets, heart rate info, elapsed time,
distance, calories expended,
calories expended per hr.,
speed, watts
8
13
self
powered
95 lbs.
Electrical &
mechanical parts:
2 yrs.
$2,899
Peloton Cycle
Peloton Cycle
40”H x 44”L x 24”W
none
none
none
10
selfpowered
120 lbs.
PowerSport
Airdyne® Evolution Comp
58”H x 50”L x 26”W
LED (analog
& digital)
time, distance, speed, watts,
calories, high-profile programs,
summary of data, heart rate
control, heart rate
10
20
110V or
230V
127 lbs.
varies
call for
pricing
PowerSport
XT1000 (Cyclone) Airbike
54”H x 49”L x 25”W
LCD
time, revs./min.,watts, calories
none
air
none
132 lbs.
varies
call for
pricing
Precor
C846 Upright Cycle
53”H x 54”L x 24”W
electronic
time, speed, distance, rpm, watts,
calories, heart rate
5
20
self
powered
127 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,195
Quinton Fitness
Equipment
Monark Clubline 731
47”H x 44”L x 21”W
digital
readout
time, speed, distance, pedal rpms,
heart rate
none
0-24
none
110 lbs.
Parts: 1 yr.
$1,399
Quinton Fitness
Equipment
Monark 827E Cardio Care
35”-44.5”H x 44”L x
21”W
LED
time, speed, distance, rpms,
heart rate
none
sliding belt
N/A
115 lbs.
Parts: 12 months
$799
Quinton Fitness
Equipment
Monark 828E Test
Ergometer
35”-44.5”H x 44”L x
21”W
LED
time, speed, distance, pedal rpms,
heart rate, KP, watts, calories
none
0-7 KP (0-70
N)in
N/A
129 lbs.
Parts: 12 months
$1,149
50.5”L x 33.25”W
LED
time, speed, distance, calories,
heart rate
8
8
110V/115V
110lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,495
Dimensions
Display
Bodyguard Fitness
Bodyguard Organic V
57.5”H x 41”L x 19”W
LED
Bodyguard Fitness
Bodyguard Organic VLS3
57.5”H x 41”L x 19”W
CYBEX International
700C
(formerly Bike Max 3000)
53”H x 47”L x 22.5”W
LED
Fitnex Fitness
ID5000
40”H x 60”L x 20”W
Life Fitness
LifeCycle 9100
Reebok/CCS Fitness
Ridge Rocker
Feedback
speed, elapsed time, level/gear,
distance, watts, calories, rpms, time
remaining, segment time, heart rate,
pace, calories/hr., mets, avg.HR,
avg.speed
Gas Plasma
speed, elapsed time, level/gear,
distance, watts, calories, rpms, time
remaining, segment time, heart rate,
pace, calories/hr., mets, avg.HR,
avg.speed
Frame: 5 yrs; Belt:
$895
2 yrs; Parts (pedals, (black),
crank arms, grips,
$995
bottom bracket): (custom
90 days
colored/si
lver
bullet)
continued
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
54
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Product Comparisons • Upright Bikes
Dimensions
Display
Feedback
Programs
Resistance
Power
Weight
Warranty
Price
48”H x 50”L x
22.5”W
LCD
computer
time, distance, workload level,
calories burned, calories per hour,
rpms
user dictated
user dictated
none
83 lbs.
Two year limited
$549.95
Schwinn
Airdyne® Windsprint®
Interval Trainer
56” H x 44” L x 26” W
LCD
computer
time, distance, mets, watts,
calories, rpms
3
5
none
78 lbs.
Two year limited
$749.95
Schwinn
135i HRC Upright Bike
57.5” H x 38.5” L x
24.5” W
LED
time, distance, speed, watts,
calories, rpms, heart rate-optional
7
16
none
122 lbs.
48”H x 52”L x 23.5”W
Schwinn
Airdyne® Evolution™ Comp
LCD
time, distance, workload level,
calories burned, calories/hr., rpms
none (optional
computer w/3
programs)
infinite
selfpowered
90 lbs.
Frame: Lifetime;
Mechanical &
Electrical
components: 2yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$699.95
38”H X 44.5”L X 15”W
LED
speed, distance, calories, rpms,
watts, mets, heart rate
6 plus manual
16
124 lbs.
Frame: Lifetime;
Electrical
components; 2 yrs;
Mechanical
components &
Labor: 1 yr.
$1,349
60”H x 50”L x 20”W
LED
time (remaining & elapsed), rpm,
watts, calories, distance, heart rate,
level
14
bidirectional
(optional)
120V or
240V
130 lbs.
Limited, Parts: 3
yrs.; Labor: 1 yr.
$2,295
63”H x 37”L x 26”W
Dot matrix
plus LED
14
selfpowered w/
battery
backup
102 lbs.
Full commercial,
Parts & Labor:
3 yrs.
$1,395
StarTrac
UB 4300
54” H x 38” L x 25” W
LED
work level, elapsed time,
speed, calories, distance,
heart rate, watts
4
30
self
powered
104 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,195$2,395
TECHNOGYM
Bike XT
53”H x 47”L x 20”W
LED & LCD
heart rate, watts, distance, time,
calories, speed
8
12
110V
152 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs; Labor:
1 yr.
Call for
pricing
57.1”H x 49.3”L x
29.6”W
Dot matrix
plus LED
16
selfpowered
132.3 lbs.
Full commercial,
Parts & Labor:
3 yrs.
$2,095
Schwinn
Airdyne®
Schwinn
910i HRC
SCIFIT
ISO1000
Sports Art America
Sprotsart 5005 Upright Bike
12 pre-set, 2
distance, time, resistance level,
calories burned, heart rate control, custom interval,
2 heart rate
hill profile, infa-red remote control
control, manual
built in to handle
$1,499.95
Tectrix — see CYBEX
TRUE Fitness
750U Upright Bike
3 pre-set, 1
start-up information, time, distance,
rpms, heart rate, work level, watts, random, 1 heart
rate control, 1
mets, calories
manual
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
55
BIKES
STATIONARY BIKES
Recumbent Bikes
■ Bodyguard Fitness
capabilites, and an array of exercise
options, including: six pre-set
programs, each with 15 effort levels;
two heart-rate-control programs;
and five “advanced” options—e.g.,
Calorie Goal, Solo Racing, and
Fitness Test. The 700R is available
with the CardioTouch Heart Rate
Monitor system, which allows users
to quickly and accurately monitor
their heart rate by simply resting
their hands, palms, or fingers on the
unit’s special handlebars.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,695
See our ad on page 1
NEW
Organic R/Organic RLS3
These recumbent bikes feature a
silent and frictionless eddy-current
drive system, and a comfortable,
ergonomically designed seat that
conforms to the contour of the user's
lower back. They come equipped
with a variety of useful programs,
including Fitness Test, Heart Rate,
Memory, Race, Target Watts, Track,
and Virtual Hill profiles. Both units
offer 15 different levels of intensity,
heart-rate control, and a built-in
reading rack, and can be
conveniently linked together to share
one power source. The main
difference between the two models
is that the Organic R features an LED
screen, while the Organic RLS3
incorporates a gas-plasma display.
Manufacturer's list price:
$2,295 (Organic R),
$2,695 (Organic RLS3)
■ CYBEX International,
Inc.
700R
(formerly BikeMax-R3000)
This self-powered, recumbent bike is
designed to simulate the
performance and feel of a real, 21speed bicycle. Its advanced console
features one-touch-programming
56
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
■ Fitnex Fitness
Equipment, Inc.
NEW
ID5000R Recumbent Bike
The ID5000R is the recumbent
version of FITNEX’ popular upright
bike. Self-powered, and measuring
20” W x 65” L x 40” H, the unit
employs a patented eddy current
brake system, which utilizes
magnetic resistance, rather than
belts or brakes, to provide smooth,
quiet, and dependable performance.
The ID5000 offers nine exciting
workout profiles, an innovative Race
option, and a unique self-test
function. Users can make use of: a
heart rate control mode, in which
resistance is adjusted automatically
to keep exercisers within their target
heart rate zone; an independent
mode, in which pedal resistance is
adjusted automatically to provide a
constant workload; and an isokinetic
mode, designed to deliver constant
rpm’s. An LED dot-matrix display
provides feedback on a wide range
of functions.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Life Fitness
Lifecycle 9100
Recumbent Bike
This high-quality, affordably priced
bike features Polar-compatible
telemetry for its two interactive
heart-rate programs, as well as
traditional Life Fitness programs,
such as Hill, Random and Fit Test.
The machine’s recumbent design
helps to keep users comfortable
during their workouts, and its easyto-adjust, contoured seat provides
excellent support for the back, while
accommodating all sizes of users. A
“manager’s menu” allows clubs to
program maximum workout times,
monitor usage and set maximum
speeds. Requiring no outlets or
cords, the Lifecycle 9100 Recumbent
is backed by a two-year warranty on
its electrical and mechanical parts.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,599
See our ad on the back cover
Lifecycle 9500HR
Recumbent Bike
This fully featured, recumbent bike is
designed for high-use, commercial
settings and is suitable for people of
all ages and ability levels, including
beginners, mature adults and special
populations. The 9500HR features
Lifepulse sensors in addition to
Polar-compatible telemetry allowing
exercisers to monitor their heart rate
at any time during their workout. Its
easily adjustable, contoured seat
offers 34 position settings and
provides comfortable, complete
support for the entire back. The
9500HR’s built-in accessory tray
includes receptacles for a water
bottle and personal stereo and is
conveniently located within easy
reach of the seat.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,999
See our ad on the back cover
■ PowerSport
International, Ltd.
enable users to exercise securely, and
are designed to be especially inviting
to individuals who suffer low-back
pain on more traditional exercise
machines. The electronic console
offers automatic start-up and a 45second pause feature, while
information displayed on its large,
LCD windows includes time, speed,
distance, watts, and calories burned.
Manufacturer’s list price:
call for pricing
■ Precor
tones the chest, arms, back, legs,
and glutes. It’s a recumbent bike that
integrates arm levers to facilitate
both upper- and lower-body exercise.
These arm mechanisms can be used
to perform an alternating push-and
pull motion, or a two-armed rowing
motion, and feature a resistance
source separate from that of the
machine’s lower-body system. The
Cycle Plus is self-powered, measures
38” x 60” x 32”, and comes
equipped with five different
“terrain” programs, as well as
Manual and Smart Start modes.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,295
■ Schwinn
Evolution Recumbent Bike
The Evolution Recumbent Bike
incorporates an innovative dynamicsuspension system that closely
simulates an outdoor riding
experience by permitting the
machine to move with the user.
FitLinxx and Polar compatible, the
unit features a user-friendly console
that displays information in both
digital and analog form, and
provides easy access to the unit’s 10
different programs and 20 effort
levels. PowerSport’s unique and
simple-to-use, four-button control
system allows riders to quickly adjust
the programs and resistance.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
C846 Recumbent Cycle
The new, self-powered Precor C846
features a simple, sturdy design, and
a smooth, comfortable cycling
motion. It conveniently offers 20
resistance settings, and utilizes a
magnetic, no-contact, alternator
resistance system to provide a
consistently smooth exercise
experience. The user-friendly
programs and electronic display allow
users to monitor their progress,
maximize their workouts, and easily
follow the C846’s five built-in courses.
Equipped with an ergonomically
designed seat, Precor’s Recumbent
Cycle offers everything necessary for
a challenging and intelligent workout.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,495
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
■ Reebok/CCS Fitness
230i Recumbent Bike
This sleak bike features a thickly
padded, ergonomically designed
seat that can be adjusted to fit
virtually any body size, as well as a
belt drive that’s “whisper” quiet,
well-padded grips for hand and arm
support, and a computer console
that features an easy-to-read, LED
display. The computer provides
immediate workout feedback, and
allows users to select from eight
levels of intensity in the manual
mode, and a variety of built-in
programs, including Intervals, Hills,
and Triathlete. The 230i’s
institutional-quality steel
construction is designed to stand up
to the most intense workout
environments.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,199.95
XT1500 (Mistral) Semi
Recumbent Airbike
The XT1500 Semi Recumbent offers
all of the features of PowerSport’s
XT1000 Standard Airbike, but in the
increasingly popular, semi-recumbent
format. The XT1500’s large, molded,
adjustable seat and handlegrips
Reebok Cycle Plus
Reebok’s total-body-exercise bike
delivers a no-impact workout that
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
57
BIKES
■ SCIFIT
■ StairMaster
235i HRC Recumbent Bike
Ease of use combines with comfort in
this recumbent exerciser. Among the
235i’s key features are: a selfpowered, electromagnetic/generator
resistance system; a quick-adjust,
ergonomically designed seat; and a
recently upgraded computer console.
The computer offers wireless heartrate monitoring, a manual mode, six
predesigned programs, 16 resistance
levels, and continuous readout of
time, speed, distance, RPMs, and
watts. A built-in reading rack with
storage space is also featured on this
space-efficient unit.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,699.95
ISO1000R
The versatile ISO1000R is designed
for cardiovascular conditioning,
rehabilitation, and strength training.
It boasts a long list of state-of-theart features, including: quiet,
German-designed, electromagnetic
brakes; no minimum-pedal-rpm
requirements, making it well-suited
for deconditioned users; and
optional, bi-directional resistance,
which allows users to exercise
“reciprocal” muscle groups. The
ISO1000R’s workload can be
changed in one-watt increments,
and adjusted to be either dependent
on, or independent of, pedal speed.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,595
■ SportsArt America
Stratus 3900RC
A product of StairMaster’s
uncompromising attention to
biomechanical detail, the Stratus
3900RC variable resistance bike is
designed to provide users with
unsurpassed levels of safety and
comfort. The computer console on
this cordless bike offers exercisers
the choice of eight different exercise
programs, including a Quick Start
option intended to make starting up
a workout faster and easier than
ever. Also available in an upright
version, the Stratus 3900RC
measures 50” x 64” x 21”.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,250
See our ad on the inside front
cover Climber tab insert
■ Star Trac
NEW
920i HRC Recumbent Bike
Incorporating a large padded seat,
multiposition handlebars, and
Schwinn’s new WIDE RIDE pedals,
the 920i HRC Recumbent Bike
features over 100 workout options,
institutional-quality steel
construction, and an on-board
computer that provides immediate
feedback and 16 levels of workout
intensity. When used with the
optional Schwinn Chest Strap, the
machine automatically adjusts the
pedaling resistance to keep users
within their target-heart-rate zone.
Requiring no external power source,
the 920i HRC offers a complete,
lower-body workout.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,749
NEW
5002 Recumbent Bike
This sleek, low-profile recumbent
machine makes use of a smooth,
eddy-current resistance system, 14
different intensity levels, and a
conveniently located, infra-red remote
control. The SportsArt Recumbent
Bike is equipped with a dot-matrix
LED display that provides feedback on
time, distance, calories burned,
resistance level, heart rate, and hill
profile, and features 12 preset
courses, two interval courses, Polar
heart-rate control, and a manual
mode. The station’s full-commercial
warranty covers parts for two years,
and labor for one year. Optional
features include a reading rack.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,495
See our ad on page 47
58
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
RB4400
Recumbent Bike
The self-powered RB4400 offers
30 challenging effort levels, a
convenient Quick Start feature, and
a variety of programmable courses.
The ergonomically designed RB4400
features front and side-mounted
handlebars, a comfortable seat-topedal ratio, built-in lumbar support,
and multiple seat adjustment
options. With sealed internal
mechanisms and two, internal drive
belts, it provides smooth, quiet, and
virtually maintenance-free operation.
Console readouts include work level,
elapsed time, calories burned, total
distance, speed, watts, and heart
rate. The RB4400 is equipped with
easy rolling casters, and available
with both Contact Heart Rate and
Dynamic Heart Rate Control™ with
Polar™ Telemetry.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,495-$2,695
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
■ TECHNOGYM
black frame constructed from
specially engineered, “racetrackshaped” steel. Backed by a full
commercial warranty that covers parts
and labor for three years, the 750R
offers a simple-to-use control panel
equipped with a dot-matrix display,
an easy-to-read message center, 16
resistance levels, and extra large
express command keys. Its built-in
programs include Weight Loss, CV
Workout, Hill-Interval, Random,
Manual, and Heart Rate Control. The
750R Recumbent Bike measures 49”
H x 64” L x 29.5” W, and features a
comfortable, adjustable seat with
extra lumbar support.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,495
See our ad on page 9
Stationary Bikes
(Upright)
Recline XT
The effectiveness of pedaling-type
exercise, coupled with the comfort
of a biomechanically correct seat,
make the Recline XT one of this
company’s most popular machines.
Its seat angle assures optimal
involvement of the gluteal muscles,
while the special configuration of its
back rest prevents overloading of
the spine. In order to provide an
efficient pedaling action, the XT’s
pedals are positioned lower than its
seat. The machine’s control panel
features all of the training and test
routines that distinguish the XT line,
including Constant Heart Rate
technology, a selection of workout
profiles, and manual training.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,995
See our ad on page 5
■ TRUE Fitness
NEW
750R Recumbent Bike
This strong, durable, and stylish bike
incorporates graceful lines and a sleek
■ Bodyguard Fitness
■ CYBEX International,
Inc.
700C
(formerly BikeMax 3000)
Simulating the performance and feel
of a real, 21-speed bicycle, this selfpowered, stationary bike features a
state-of-the-art console with onetouch-programming capabilites.
Among its exercise options are eight
pre-set programs, 15 performance
levels, and five “advanced”
selections, including Calorie Goal,
Custom Program, Solo Racing, and
Fitness Test. The 700C is available
with the CardioTouch Heart Rate
Monitor system, which allows users
to quickly and accurately monitor
their heart rate simply by resting
their hands, palms, or fingers on the
bike’s handlebars.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,395
See our ad on page 1
■ Fitnex Fitness
Equipment, Inc.
NEW
Organic V/Organic VLS3
These novel bikes feature a silent
and frictionless eddy-current drive
system, triathlon-style geometry, and
an X-Train handlebar design that
allows riders to easily find a
comfortable riding position. They
come equipped with a variety of
programs, including Fitness Test,
Heart Rate, Memory, Race, Target
Watts, Track, and Virtual Hill profiles.
Both units offer 15 different levels of
intensity, heart-rate control, and a
built-in reading rack, and can be
conveniently chained together to
share one power source. The
primary difference between the two
models is that the Organic V
incorporates an LED screen, while
the Organic VLS3 makes use of a
gas-plasma display.
Manufacturer's list price:
$1,995 (Organic V),
$2,295 (Organic VLS3)
NEW
ID5000 Upright Bike
The FITNEX ID5000 is a professionalgrade bike with a stylish, ergonomic
design, and a host of high-tech
features. Self-powered, and
measuring 20” W x 60” L x 40” H,
the unit employs a patented eddy
current brake system, which utilizes
magnetic resistance, rather than belts
or brakes, to provide smooth, quiet,
and dependable performance. The
ID5000 offers nine exciting workout
profiles, an innovative Race option,
and a unique self-test function. Users
can make use of: a heart rate control
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
59
BIKES
brackets). The company also
manufactures an indoor cycle for
children age 8-15.
mode, in which resistance is adjusted
automatically to keep exercisers
within their target heart rate zone; an
independent mode, in which pedal
resistance is adjusted automatically to
provide a constant workload; and an
isokinetic mode, designed to deliver
constant rpm’s. An LED dot-matrix
display provides feedback on a wide
range of functions.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Life Fitness
Lifecycle 9100 Upright Bike
A quality exercise bike at an
affordable price, the Lifecycle 9100
features a new, easier-to-use console,
as well as traditional Life Fitness
programs, such as Cardio, Fat Burn,
Fit Test, Hill and Random. Heart-rate
monitoring is achieved via the unit’s
built-in telemetry receiver and
optional, hands-free, heart-rate strap.
The 9100’s cross-training handlebars
allow for a variety of riding positions,
and its “manager’s menu” allows
club staff to program maximum
workout times, monitor usage and
set maximum speeds. Requiring no
outlets or cords, this machine is
backed by a two-year warranty on its
electrical and mechanical parts, and
measures 46” x 23” x 55”.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,499
See our ad on the back cover
Manufacturer’s list price:
Black: $895; Custom
Colored/Silver Bullet: $995
(call for quantity discount)
■ PowerSport
International, Ltd.
Lifecycle 9500HR
Upright Bike
This sleek, self-powered exercise bike
incorporates a redesigned, easy-touse console; a smooth and virtually
maintenance-free belt-drive system;
and interactive heart-rate programs
such as Fat Burn and Cardio, which
automatically adjust the bike’s pedal
resistance to keep users within their
target heart rate zone. The 9500HR’s
message center and data-feedback
windows provide continuous
workout feedback, including elapsed
time, distance traveled, total calories
expended, speed and heart rate. The
high-quality of this unit, as well as of
all Life Fitness products, is supported
by the company’s ISO 9001
certification.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,899
See our ad on the back cover
■ Peloton Cycle
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
This stylish upright bike incorporates
an innovative dynamic-suspension
system that closely simulates an
outdoor riding experience by
permitting the machine to move
with the user. FitLinxx and Polar
compatible, the Evolution features a
user-friendly console that displays
information in both digital and
analog form, and provides easy
access to the unit’s 10 different
programs and 20 effort levels.
PowerSport’s unique and simple-touse, four-button control system
allows riders to quickly adjust the
programs and resistance.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
NEW
Peloton Cycle
The only American-made indoor
cycle on the market, the Peloton
Cycle has the geometric design of a
true bicycle. Training with Peloton is
not the next-best-thing to riding
outdoors, but essentially the
equivalent. The company fully
guarantees the performance of its
bikes: five-year warranty on the
frame, two-year warranty on the
drive belt, and 90-day limited
warranty on all parts (e.g., grips,
pedals, crank arms, bottom
60
Evolution Upright Bike
XT1000 Cyclone Airbike
The XT1000 Airbike is a versatile
exercise cycle suitable for all types of
users, regardless of their fitness
level. Its pedal resistance is
generated by a smooth-flowing
airfan, and increases progressively as
pedal speed accelerates. Backed by a
full, two-year warranty, the Airbike
features an ergonomically designed
gel seat with an easy-adjust saddle
stem, and a user-friendly LCD
monitor that displays time, speed,
distance, calories burned, and watts.
Automatic start-up and a 45-second
pause feature are also provided for
the user’s convenience.
Manufacturer’s list price:
call for pricing
■ Precor
clubs and corporate fitness centers.
Among its distinguishing features are:
an easily adjustable workload control;
Quick-lock adjustments on its seat and
handlebars; readouts of time, speed,
distance, pedal rpms, and heart rate
(via earlobe sensor); and a large, wellbalanced flywheel that weighs 22
kilograms, and is designed to ensure a
smooth pedaling motion. Selfpowered and easy to maintain, the
Clubline 731 measures 47” x 44” x
21”, and weighs 110 pounds.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,399
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
C846 Upright Cycle
Product innovation provides the
momentum for the new Precor C846
Upright Cycle. Designed to deliver the
comfort and high performance that
club members expect, this stylish, selfpowered upright bike features a
“simple yet robust” design, a
consistently smooth and comfortable
cycling motion, user-friendly
programming, and exceptional
reliability. Precor’s C846 Upright
conveniently offers 20 resistance
settings, and utilizes a magnetic, nocontact, alternator resistance system
to provide a dependable and
enjoyable exercise experience.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,195
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
■ Quinton Fitness
Equipment
Monark Clubline 731
This solid and functional bike is
designed for professional use in health
NEW
827E Cardio Care
The 827E is an affordably priced,
upright bike that's both durable and
easy to use. Backed by Monark's
reputation for high-quality
engineering, the 827E incorporates: a
well-balanced, 49-pound flywheel; a
stable, square-tubed, powder-painted
frame; an adjustable seat and
handlebars; and wheels for easy
transport. The machine's electronic
display provides readouts of time,
speed, distance, and pedal rpms. Wellsuited for health clubs and corporate
fitness centers, the 827E measures
35"-44.5" H x 44" L x 21" W.
Manufacturer's list price: $799
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
NEW
828E Ergomedic
Replacing model 818E, the new
Monark Ergomedic is a standard test
ergometer intended primarily for
research. Its revamped features
include: Polar-compatible heart-rate
monitoring; a sleek new look and
protective cover for its 49-pound
flywheel; and a redesigned control
panel that offers digital readouts of
workload, speed, distance, pedal
rpm, calories, and time. The unit's
pendulum scale is easy to calibrate,
and allows users to set resistance in
Newtons or KP, and brake power in
watts of 50 and 60 rpms. Measuring
35"-44.5" H x 44" L x 21" W, the
828E offers a 12-month parts
warranty.
Manufacturer's list price: $1,149
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
■ Reebok/CCS Fitness
Reebok Ridge Rocker
This latest innovation from
Reebok/CCS Fitness is a
groundbreaking new bike that brings
the outdoor cycling experience
indoors. The Ridge Rocker’s Virtual
Terrain Suspension allows riders to
enjoy the natural up-and-down and
side-to-side motion of an outdoor
ride, while its easy-to-read,
programmable display conveniently
tracks time, speed, distance, heart
rate, and calories burned. Among
the Ridge Rockers other key features:
handlebars designed for multiple
hand positions; an all-aluminum,
corrosion-proof frame and base; and
an integrated eddy-current brake
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
61
BIKES
system that offers continuously
smooth resistance.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,495
■ Reebok/
Fitness Associates
synchronized arm and leg movements
make it easy to use for people of all
ages and ability levels. The Airdyne
also features an on-board computer
that provides continuous feedback,
and stationary foot pegs that allow
users to concentrate exclusively on
upper-body conditioning.
Manufacturer’s list price: $549.95
ensures a quiet ride, and its uniquely
designed handlebars provide plenty of
leg clearance, as well as a variety of
hand-position options. The
Windsprint’s computer continuously
displays workout data, and also
includes special interval-training
programs that instruct users when to
sit, stand, and change resistance levels.
Manufacturer’s list price: $749.95
Reebok Strength Cycle
Intended for rehabilitation, sportspecific training, and cardiovascular
and strength training, the Reebok
Strength Cycle is designed with a
dual-drive system that allows for
either unilateral or bilateral pedaling.
With the pedals engaged (bilateral
pedaling), the Reebok Strength Cycle
is capable of operating as a
traditional, free-wheel, stationary
cycle; with the pedals disengaged
(unilateral pedaling), each pedal
operates independently of the other,
making each leg responsible for
completion of the stroke. The
Reebok Strength Cycle provides a
well-rounded workout for all muscles
involved in cycling.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,800,
plus shipping
NEW
Airdyne Evolution Comp
135i HRC Upright Bike
The Airdyne Evolution Comp dualaction exercise bike is designed to
improve heart and lung capacity, and
strengthen the muscles of the user’s
upper and lower body. Among its
durable features: stable, box-beam
construction for maximum stability
and reliability; a high-strength drive
belt for extra-quiet operation; and a
small fanwheel that offers smooth
resistance, controlled air cooling, and
a low step-over height. The
Evolution’s easy-to-read, LCD console
displays time, distance, workload
levels, calories burned, calories per
hour, and rpms.
A solid stationary bike with all the
“trimmings,” the 135i offers a smooth
ride via its electromagnetic/generator
resistance system, which requires no
external power. A durable, quickadjusting seat and padded handlebars
provide for a safe and comfortable
workout. The unit’s revamped
computer console features wireless
heart-rate monitoring, a manual
mode, six pre-designed programs, 16
resistance levels, and continuous
readout of time, speed, distance,
RPMs, and watts. The 135i comes
equipped with a built-in reading rack
with storage space.
Manufacturer’s list price: $699.95
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,499
■ Schwinn
Schwinn Airdyne
The Airdyne’s dual-action, airresistance system is designed to
provide an efficient, total-body
workout. The bike’s large fanwheel
generates increased resistance as the
user’s pedaling rate increases, and also
acts to cool the user. Its drive train
meets the tough requirements set for
road-bike chain life, and its patented,
62
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Airdyne Windsprint Interval
Trainer
The Airdyne Windsprint is an intervaltraining bike specially designed for
“in-and-out-of-the-saddle” riding.
The machine features five-speed, twistgrip-style, resistance shifting on its
handlebars, a small, Evolution
fanwheel, and tough, box-beam
construction. Its super-torque drive belt
NEW
910i HRC Upright Bike
Equipped with a large padded seat,
multiposition handlebars, and
Schwinn’s new WIDE RIDE pedals, the
910i HRC Upright Bike features over
100 workout options, institutionalquality steel construction, and an onboard computer that provides
immediate feedback and 16 levels of
workout intensity. When used with
the optional Schwinn Chest Strap,
the machine automatically adjusts
the pedaling resistance to keep users
within their target-heart-rate zone.
Requiring no external power source,
the 910i HRC offers a complete,
lower-body workout.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,349
■ SCIFIT
SportsArt 5005 comes equipped
with a dot-matrix LED display that
provides feedback on time, distance,
calories burned, resistance level,
heart rate, and hill profile, and
features 12 preset courses, two
interval courses, Polar heart-rate
control, and a manual mode. The
unit measures 63" H x 37" L x 26"
W, and is backed by a full
commercial warranty that covers
parts for two years, and labor for
one year. Optional features include a
reading rack.
Manufacturer's list price: $1,395
See our ad on page 47
■ Star Trac
ISO1000
This versatile stationary bike is
designed for cardiovascular
conditioning, rehabilitation, and
strength training. It has no minimumpedal-rpm requirements, making it
well-suited for novice and
deconditioned users, and also offers
optional, bi-directional resistance—a
feature that allows individuals to
exercise “reciprocal” muscle groups.
Its German-designed, electromagnetic
brakes help ensure quiet operation.
The ISO1000’s workload can be
changed in one-watt increments, and
adjusted to be either dependent on,
or independent of, pedal speed.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,295
■ SportsArt America
NEW
5005 Upright Bike
This streamlined upright bike makes
use of a smooth, eddy-current
resistance system, 14 different
intensity levels, and a conveniently
located, infrared remote control. The
UB4300 Upright Bike
This self-powered, upright bike
offers 30 challenging effort levels, a
variety of programmable courses,
and a convenient Quick Start feature
that allows users to begin their
workouts immediately.
Ergonomically designed, with a
comfortable seat-to-pedal ratio and
multiple seat adjustment options,
the UB4300 features multipleposition handlebars, smooth and
quiet pedal resistance, and the feel
of a real bike. The unit’s internal
mechanisms and two, internal drive
belts require no lubrication, and are
designed to remain free of dirt and
debris. The UB4300 is equipped with
easy rolling casters, and available
with both Contact Heart Rate and
Dynamic Heart Rate Control™ with
Polar™ Telemetry.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,195-$2,395
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
■ TECHNOGYM
NEW
Bike XT
The BIKE XT creates the optimal
conditions and training platform for
anyone from the office worker on a
weight-loss program to the
professional racer. With a power
range of from 35 to 500 watts, the
BIKE XT provides the correct resistance
for both the deconditioned and
competitive athlete. A telemetric heart
rate band is standard. The bike is
wheel-mounted for easy positioning.
The BIKE XT also offers the rider a
wide range of training programs, each
with a dozen effort levels. Dimensions
are a manageable 47” L x 20” W x
53” H. Weight: 152 lbs.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 5
■ TRUE Fitness
NEW
750U Upright Bike
This appealing machine features 16
resistance levels, an inviting design,
and a variety of built-in programs,
including Weight Loss, Hill-Interval,
Random, Manual, and Heart Rate
Control. Its easy-to-use control
panel incorporates touch-screen
command keys, a dot-matrix display
to graph workout profiles, and a
message center that provides
readouts of time, calories, distance,
heart rate, work level, mets, and
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
63
watts. The machine offers an
adjustable seat anatomically
engineered to provide a full range
of motion and maximum comfort,
and a complete, three-year, partsand-labor warranty.
■ Millenium Fitness
International
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,095
See our ad on page 9
Manufacturer’s list price:
Black: $895; Custom
Colored/Silver Bullet: $995
(call for quantity discount)
Indoor Group
Cycling
■ KEISER
Power Pacer/Free Wheel
Keiser has created two exciting bikes
for indoor cycling classes-the Power
Pacer and the Free Wheel. The Power
Pacer is a fixed-gear bike that
features an easily accessible
resistance adjuster, and is built to
withstand the rigors of high-intensity
group cycling classes. The latter is a
non-fixed-gear bike (i.e., it allows
users to coast) that’s designed to be
used both in group classes and as a
stand-alone piece. The company’s
indoor cycling programs currently
include “Power Pace and PUNCH,”
“Power Pacing and Freewheeling,”
“Race and Pace,” “Keiser Cycling for
Older Adults,” “Keiser Revolution,”
“Keiser Road Rally,” “Keiser Cycling
Coaching Clinic,” and “Endurance
Performance Cycling.”
performance of its bikes: five-year
warranty on the frame, two-year
warranty on the drive belt, and 90day limited warranty on all parts
(e.g., grips, pedals, crank arms,
bottom brackets). The company also
manufactures an indoor cycle for
children age 8-15.
NEW
Body Cycle
This Canadian-built stationary bike
was engineered to exceed the
rigorous demands of group cycling
in order to create a smooth,
comfortable and reliable riding
experience. The frame is a blend of
stainless steel and cold-forged, semitempered steel that yields a durable,
virtually rust-proof cycle. Compare
the 1/8” steel tubing to the 1/16”
tubing competitors use. While other
manufacturers will save on cost by
having their wheels dye-cast and
weighted for balance afterwards,
Body Cycle’s 42 lb. flywheel is
precision machined and balanced.
Additionally, a patented
braking/tension system (no cables) is
micro-adjustable to any user’s level.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 44
■ Peloton Cycle
Manufacturer’s list price: $699
per unit
■ Reebok/
Fitness Associates
Reebok Studio Cycle 9800
The Reebok Studio Cycle 9800 is the
“hardware” for Reebok, a complete,
studio cycling program based on
peer-reviewed research. This solidly
built, belt-driven bike incorporates a
newly designed resistance system for
increased consistency and durability,
and a newly designed drive system
for improved belt longevity and a
smoother, free-spinning feel.
Manufactured in the USA, the
Reebok Studio Cycle also features: a
dual-pedal design to accommodate
both cycling and fitness shoes; an
advanced resistance lever for optimal
precision; a maintenance-free, 38pound flywheel; and a two-year,
limited warranty.
Manufacturer’s list price: $695
NEW
Peloton Cycle
One of the few American-made
indoor cycles on the market, the
Peloton Cycle has the geometric
design of a true bicycle. Training
with Peloton is not the next-bestthing to riding outdoors, but
essentially the equivalent. The
company fully guarantees the
64
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
NEW
Reebok Recumbent Cycle
A novel entry in this category, the
Reebok Recumbent Cycle,
manufactured by Fitness Associates,
Inc., is a sleek, free-wheel bike that’s
specifically designed for groupcycling classes. It features a smooth,
belt-drive system, comfortably
padded seat and back, solid alloy
and stainless steel construction, a
maintenance-free 38-pound
flywheel, and an attractive, textured
black finish.
Manufacturer’s list price: $895
■ Schwinn
as well as Schwinn’s patent-pending
Smart Release system. The bike’s
corrosion-resistant frame, handlebars,
and seat post are built to provide a
lifetime of faithful service, while its
fully adjustable seat height, handlebar
height, and fore and aft positioning
help ensure optimum riding efficiency.
Other features of the SE’s
construction include: a high-quality,
road-racing, bicycle chain offering an
extra-smooth ride; a three-piece crank
assembly designed to withstand large
loads; and a 38-pound, cast flywheel
with sealed bearings and a superhigh-inertia design.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,299
■ Star Trac
Johnny G Spinner Elite
This version of the Johnny G Spinner
exercise bike incorporates Schwinn’s
innovative Smart Release system,
which offers all of the advantages of a
fixed-gear bike, as well as a unique
“coasting” feature. Designed to
deliver one of the smoothest, most
intense workouts available, the
Johnny G Spinner Elite features: a 38pound cast flywheel; sleek, racing bike
geometry; multi-position handlebars
for both in- and out-of-the-saddle
riding; an easy-to-use, pedal resistance
control knob for quick, precise
adjustments; and a skinned-foam,
road-bike saddle that simulates the
position and feel of actual cycling.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
This special, limited-edition, stainless
steel version of the Johnny G Spinner
features a unique graphics package,
NEW
The Fighter
This new indoor group-cycling bike
incorporates the latest in advanced
technology and workmanship, and is
made exclusively from durable, highquality materials. The Fighter
features stainless steel shrouds that
help to safeguard the mechanics of
the bike and minimize maintenance
concerns, and a zinc-manganese,
powder-coated frame covered by an
attractive and resilient plastic
sweatguard. The machine's special,
nonslip belt and easily adjustable
braking system are designed to
provide smooth, consistent, and
reliable performance.
Manufacturer's list price:
$745 - $850
The V-bike™
Built to provide unparalleled comfort
and performance, the new V-bike
from Star Trac is an alternative group
cycling bike featuring a soft Serfas
saddle and smooth, low-maintenance
operation. Its micro-adjustable
handlebars and seat guarantee each
rider a perfect fit, resulting in safe,
efficient, and realistic training, while
its stainless steel components and
frame treatments protect against rust
and corrosion. The V-bike program—
Precision Cycling™, Star Trac’s group
cycling program, was designed by
fitness expert Jay Blahnik, and can
accommodate individuals of all fitness
levels; it includes a comprehensive
training manual, marketing materials,
and the support of a renowned group
of master trainers.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
Johnny G Spinner SE
■ STG Fitness AG
Group Exercise
■ bodytrainingsystems
a division of
The Step Company
NEW
bodytrainingsystems
This innovative series of programs
affords clubs the opportunity to turn
group fitness into a number-one
source of revenue, new members,
and member referrals. Thousands of
fitness facilities in over 40 countries
are now benefiting from
bodytrainingsystems' world-class
program research, comprehensive
instructor training, group-fitness
management training, and intense
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
65
focus on quality control. The licensed
program line currently includes
BODYPUMP, BODYATTACK,
BODYFLOW, BODYSTEP, and rpm.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
■ Reebok/
Fitness Associates
the "STOTT Flex-band Workout." To
introduce fitness instructors to these
new group programs, the company
will be conducting workshops
throughout North America and the
United Kingdom.
Manufacturer's list price:
$19.95-$34.95
See our ad on page 47
■ Urban Rebounding
NEW
Reebok Core Training
Reebok Core Training is a dynamic,
"three-dimensional" training system
based on cutting-edge athletic training
and physical-therapy principles. It's
designed to provide "training for the
real world," strengthening the body
and preparing individuals for the
activities of everyday life. The program
utilizes the unique Reebok Core Board,
which features tilt, torque, and recoil
properties that allow users to improve
their overall power, balance, and
functional strength. Reebok Core
Training—it's technology for the 21st
Century.
NEW
Urban Rebounding
martial arts expert JB Berns and
makes use of a small (3’ diameter)
personal trampoline known as a
rebounder, which has been designed
to maximize safety. Berns has
combined dance, aerobic, and sportspecific movements to produce an
intense 60-minute workout that is
nonimpact and loads of fun. The
routine not only produces solid
aerobic benefits, but also works a
number of muscle groups, including
the hamstrings, quadriceps, and
glutes. Urban Rebounding provides
everything required: a two-day, 12hour certification program, the
rebounders ($250 if purchased
individually), marketing materials, etc.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
A new turnkey group-exercise activity,
Urban Rebounding was created by
AQUATIC EQUIPMENT
Aquatic
Equipment
Arm Cycle, Aquatic Ski Trainer,
Aquatic Slide Board, and Aquatic
Parallel Bars.
■ EESI-Ferno
Manufacturer's list price:
$3,900 per unit
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
■ STOTT Equipment
Sales, Inc.
AquaGaiter
NEW
Aquatic Circuit Gym
NEW
The Power Mat Workout
This new program combines the
mental focus of mind/body fitness
with a fast-paced, group-exercise
format to create a unique workout
that builds lean muscle mass, burns
fat and calories, and improves
endurance. The Power Mat Workout
Video is the first entry in STOTT's new
Group Exercise Series of videos, which
also includes the resistance-based
"Power Fitness Circle Workout" and
66
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
The Aquatic Circuit Gym is a
complete underwater training
system featuring eight different
fitness machines. Each freestanding
piece offers one or more specific
exercise movements that are
specifically designed to be
performed in chest-to-neck-deep
water. These patented units are
simply constructed, safe to operate,
and easy to move in and out of a
pool without the use of lifting
devices. The Aquatic Circuit Gym
currently includes the Aquatic
Cycle, Aquatic Rower, Aquatic
Stepper, Aquatic Treadmill, Aquatic
The new AquaGaiter is a submersible
treadmill that provides extremely safe,
low-impact exercise. This easy-to-use
machine is designed to take full
advantage of the natural buoyancy
and resistance of water, and is suitable
for both rehabilitation and aquatic
fitness programs. It features a belt
surface that measures 58” x 22”, a
maximum speed of 5 miles per hour, a
chemical-resistive construction, and a
power source that consists of a
variable speed motor, hydraulic pump,
motor controller, and a speed control
device. Ferno-Washington
manufactures and distributes aquatic
therapy and fitness equipment
through its Ille brand of products.
Manufacturer’s list price: $12,995
■ The Hygenic
Corporation
Aquatic SuperGym
From Ferno, this multistation, freestanding, underwater exercise
machine can be used either in a pool
or at poolside. Designed to assist
clinicians who practice aquatic
therapy, the Aquatic SuperGym
accommodates a variety of
cardiovascular exercises, including:
backstepping; climbing leg presses;
cross-country skiing; cycling; rowing;
running; and walking. It also permits
more targeted moves, such as
abdominal and back curls, ankle
rotations, dips, presses, and lateral
sweeps.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,900
NEW
Aquafins Aquatic Exercise Kit
This water-fitness kit includes four
injection-molded, synthetic rubber
fins, a mesh carrying bag, the Quick
Start Workout Guide, and two
Aquafin Cuffs made from a highstrength plastic polymer. The cuffs
can be worn on either the ankles or
wrists, and are fitted with neoprene
padding to eliminate the soreness
often caused by similar buoyancy
devices. Aquafin products are
intended for both fitness and
therapy applications, and feature a
unique design that allows for
multidirectional rotation. The
company also offers Thera-Band
Kickboards; Thera-Band Hand Bars;
Thera-Band Swim Belts. All are
designed for fitness, rehabilitation,
and recreational applications.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Hydro Track
The Hydro Track is a variable-speed,
underwater treadmill that’s
appropriate for both aquatic therapy
and general exercise. Because it
makes use of the buoyancy and
resistance of water, the Hydro Track
minimizes the risk of injury during
training, and can decrease the
average recovery time needed
between exercise sessions. Its unique
foyer design allows the user to enter
and exit the unit using only a small
step. Among the Hydro Track’s other
key features: dual-speed resistance
jets, a 265-gallon water capacity, and
dimensions of 96” x 35.5” x 62”.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ WaveTek Aquatic
Development
Group, Inc.
swimmer and sends a video back to
the computer, helping coaches to
better analyze technique. This
synchronization of underwater video
with biomechanical feedback makes
the evaluation and programmed
improvement of swimmers both fast
and accurate.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
MaxaWave Wave
Generation System
The MaxaWave Wave Generation
System was developed to add
excitement, fun, and diversity to
pool programming. It’s designed for
easy installation on virtually all
existing pools, and can generate
waves of up to two-feet high. The
wave action that it creates is
intended to make “open-water”
training safe and realistic. Kayak
training, fitness training, lifeguard
training, and recreational swimming
games are just some of the ways
that clubs can use the MaxaWave to
enhance their pool programs and
value, and consequently increase
club revenue.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Sparta 2000 Speed Trainer
The Sparta 2000 Speed Trainer is a
unique tool designed for swim
coaches and instructors. By
connecting a lightweight tether to a
swimmer, it’s able to compute the
swimmer’s velocity, average velocity,
velocity by each arm, distance, total
time, and stroke rate per minute. It
also includes an underwater, video
camera mounted on a push-cart
dolly that follows alongside of the
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
67
BIKES
SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Special Populations
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
profiles. Their patented, compound
weight stacks (from 300-1,000 lbs.,
depending on the unit) offer a low
minimum weight and incremental
increases of two pounds, while their
low-maintenance ball bearings help
ensure low-friction operation.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ PowerSport
International, Ltd.
NEW
Sprint Torso Ergometer
Well-suited for health clubs,
rehabilitation facilities, and schools,
the Sprint Torso Ergometer provides a
means for both upper-body
conditioning and cardiovascular
exercise, and offers a removable seat
to accommodate wheelchair users.
The unit incorporates adjustable crank
arms, an ultra-responsive, eddycurrent resistance system, a resistance
dial that allows users to easily adjust
intensity levels, and a large console
that provides feedback in the form of
numerical readouts and bar graphs.
Compact and durable, the Torso
Ergometer requires no external power
source and utilizes minimal floor
space, allowing it to be placed virtually
anywhere in a facility.
Manufacturer's list price: $2,995
■ MedX 96, Inc.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,179
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
Guardian Integra
This original and unique family of
exercise machines is designed to
provide equal benefits for both ablebodied and disabled exercisers.
Guardian Integra can truly
accommodate all types of users,
offering such special features as:
simple, easily accessible start positions;
swing-away seats for wheelchair
access; transfer rails for easy entry and
exit; raised weight figures to assist the
visually impaired; and multi-position,
soft-touch hand grips to
accommodate both short and tall
users. The machines in the Integra line
are available as stand-alone or multistation units, and consist of the Chest
Press, Lat Pulldown, Lever Row, Multi
Press, Pec Deck, Preacher Curl, Tricep
Dip, and Variable Pulley.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
MedX Strength Equipment
MedX manufactures 20 high-grade
selectorized machines, each durable
enough to be backed by a 10-year
warranty on the frame and a five-year
warranty on moving parts. These
heavy-duty machines are designed to
help users achieve efficiency in
training by offering resistance curves
that match proven and tested strength
68
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
walking aid. Likewise, the 881E can
be used as an upper-body
cardiovascular machine by
paraplegics, amputees, and people
with other physical disabilities. The
unit features: electronic readouts of
pedal revolutions/minute, total pedal
revolutions, and time; crank arms
that individually adjust both vertically
and horizontally; and a control knob
to adjust the resistance.
■ Quinton Fitness
Equipment
Monark 881E Rehab Trainer
The Monark 881E has the flexibility
to be used as either an upper- or
lower-body ergometer. Designed for
individuals requiring rehabilitation,
it’s particularly useful for those who
are confined to a wheelchair or use a
■ TECA
TECA Strength & Medical
This attractive line of strengthtraining equipment features
advanced biomechanics and highquality components that make the
machines virtually maintenance free.
The series consists of 40 different
models-including the advanced chest
press, horizontal leg press, and the
unique advanced hack squat-all of
which offer adjustable seat and back
supports, conveniently placed
weight stacks, and compact, userfriendly designs; twenty-four of the
machines incorporate range-ofmotion limiters. The Rehab Systems
line is suitable for all types of users,
from novice exercisers to physicaltherapy patients. TECA is an ISO9001 registered company.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Product Comparisons • Treadmills
Dimensions
Bodyguard Fitness
Bodyguard Cartier
CYBEX International
54”H x 73”L x
54”W
33” x 82”
Running Surface/ Speed
Incline
Range
20” x 56”
20” x 60”
CYBEX International
33” x 82”
Fitnex Fitness
AC5000
Hoggan Health
Industries
20” x 60”
29.5” x 68”
22” x 62”
0-25%
21” x 48”
0-15%
Power
Supply
Weight Warranty Price
time, distance, pace, calories,
calories/hr., heart rate, time
remaining
2.5HP
110V or
220V
240 lbs.
0.5-10mph
10 preset plus
10 custom
calories burned, calories per
hour, speed, incline, distance,
elapsed time, pace, program
profile
2.5HP
115V or
230V
350 lbs. Parts & Labor: $6,495
full 3 yrs.
.5-12.4 mph
5 preset,
infinite custom
program profile, calories burned,
calories per hour, speed, incline,
distance, elapsed time, pace
3 HP
220V
350 lbs. Parts & Labor: $7,995
full 3 yrs.
2HP
220V
350 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs; $4,350
Labor: 1 yr.
none
none
450 lbs.
Frames: $2,995
lifetime; Belt:
3 yrs; Parts &
Electronics:
2 yrs;
External
Components
& Freight/
Labor: 120
days
3HP
220V
300 lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs; $3,695
Labor: 1 yr.
$4,695
See above
3HP
220V
415 lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs; $4,295
Labor: 1 yr.
$5,295
time, distance, distance
climbed, heart rate, incline,
speed, pace, watts, total
calories, calories/hr., mets,
workout profile
4HP directdrive AC
motor w/
Magna
Drive motor
controller
All major
voltage
configurations
400 lbs.
Frame,
$5,999
Motor &
Lifespring
Shock
Absorbers:
Lifetime;
Electrical
Parts: 2 yrs;
Mechanical
Parts &
Labor: 1 yr.
See above
-5%-20%
57”H x 85”L x
30”W
Drive
Motor
6 including 8
saved heart-rate
control
15%
900T Treadmill
Performance
Feedback
.5-12 mph
0-15%
710T Treadmill
Programs
1-12 mph 12 plus heart rate
speed, pace (min./mile),
control and self distance, calories, time, heart
test
rate, grade, level
no top end
speed
user dictated
time, distance, speed, pace,
calories burned, incline
Sprint Runner
Landice Treadmill, Inc. 73”L x 32”W
L7 Club Treadmill
20” x 54”
Landice Treadmill, Inc.
L8 Club
20” x 63”
82” x 32”
0-15%
0%-15%
Life Fitness
9100 Treadmill
62”H x 83”L x
37”W
20” x 60”
Life Fitness
9500HR Treadmill
62”H x 83”L x
37”W
20” x 60”
Life Fitness
9700HR Treadmill
62”H x 83”L x
37”W
20” x 60”
Magnum Fitness
Systems
M220
88”L x 32”W
22” x 63”
Magnum Fitness
Systems
M6330
88”L x 32”W
Newform Fitness
9010 Centaurus
106 cms H x
230 cms L x
97 cms W
Precor
45”H x 80”L x
32W
C964i Low-Impact Treadmill
0-15% in .1%
increments
.5-11 mph 5 preset, 5 custom, time, distance, % elevation,
1 HRC
pace, calories, calories/hr., pulse
(w/optional chest strap)
0.5-11.0
mph
.5-10 mph 6 (2 are interactive
heart rate)
.5-12 mph
12 (2 are
interactive heart
rate; 6 are custom)
4HP directdrive AC
motor with
Magna
Drive motor
controller
All major
voltage
configurations
410 lbs.
See above
$6,999
.5-15 mph
12 (2 are
See above;
time, time in target HR zone,
interactive heart
and Power
distance, distance climbed,
rate; 6 are custom) heart rate, incline, speed, pace, Factor Plus
torque
watts, total calories, calories/hr.,
optimizer
mets, workout profile
All major
voltage
configurations
440 lbs.
See above
$7,499
0-15% in .1%
increments
0-15% standard,
3% decline
optional (.1%
increments)
0-15% in .5%
increments
22” x 63”
0-15% in .5%
increments
150 cm x 50 cm
-2%-12%
20” x 61”
-3%-15%
5 preset, 5
custom, 1 HRC
Parts &
$2,995
Labor: 2 yrs.
.5-12 mph
(220V) or
1-10 mph
(110V) in .1
mph
increments
none
speed, incline, time, distance,
pace, calories expended,
calories per minute, mets
2.2HP
110V or
220V
320 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs; $5,495
Labor: 1 yr.
.5-12 mph
(220V) or 110 mph
(110V) in .1
mph
increments
10
speed, incline, elapsed time,
distance, program profile, time
remaining, calories, calories/hr.,
pace, mets, heart rate
2.2HP
110V or
220V
320 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs; $5,995
Labor: 1 yr.
1.5-22
Kms/h
8
telemetric hearth control, speed,
distance, time, calories, pulse
3HP
220V
230 Kgs
15
time, distance, speed, incline,
work level, segment time left,
min./mile, pacer distance, pacer
speed, watts, mets, calories,
cal./min.
4HP
120V or
240V
410 lbs.
.5-15 mph
n/a
$12.750
Italian
Lire
Parts: 2 yrs.; $6,295
Labor: 1 yr.
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
69
Product Comparisons • Treadmills
Dimensions
Running Surface/ Speed
Incline
Range
Programs
Performance
Feedback
Drive
Motor
Power
Supply
Weight Warranty Price
TREADMILLS
Quinton Fitness
Equipment
ClubTrack 510 /
ClubTrack 510 Plus
51.5”H x 83”L 20” x 55”
x 31.5”W
0-12% in .5%
increments
1-10 mph in manual (510), 20
plus manual,
.1 mph
increments interval & heart
rate control
(510 Plus)
speed, grade, distance, pace,
calories, mets, heart rate
2HP AcHyperdrive
™
115V or
220V
350 lbs.
Parts &
$4,995
Labor: 2 yrs. (510),
$5,395
(510
Plus)
Quinton Fitness
Equipment
ClubTrack 612 /
ClubTrack 612 Plus
51.5”H x 88”l
x 31.5”W
1-12 mph in manual (612), 20
plus manual,
.1 mph
increments interval & heart
rate control
(612 Plus)
speed, grade, distance, pace,
calories, mets, heart rate
2HP AcHyperdrive
™
115V or
220V
360 lbs.
Parts &
$5,695
Labor: 2 yrs. (612),
$6,095
(612
Plus)
SCIFIT
SCIFIT AC7000
57”H x 85”L x
30”W
22” x 62”
pace, distance, speed, %
grade,calories, time, heart rate,
work level
5.5 HP
220V
350 lbs.
SCIFIT
49.5”H x 70”L
x 29”W
20” x 55”
.6-12 mph manual, 4 preset interval time, total time, incline,
& custom
heart rate, mph, km/h, calories,
distance
2.5 HP
110V
280 lbs.
4 yrs. drive $6,733
system,
Parts: 3 yrs.;
Labor: 1 yr.
Parts: 3 yrs; $3,295
Labor: 1 yr.
Max 5 hrs of
use/day
.5-10 mph 12 pre-set, 8 race, time, speed, distance, elevation,
2 custom intervals,
calories, heart rate
heart rate control,
manual quick start
3HP
110V
328 lbs.
Full
$3,995
commercial,
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
.1-12 mph 12 pre-set hills, 8 time, speed, distance, elevation,
race, 2 custom
calories, heart rate
intervals, heart
rate control,
manual quick start
3HP
110V
330 lbs.
$4,595
Full
commercial,
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
3HP
110V
396 lbs.
$5,695
Full
commercial,
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
DC500
20” x 60”
0-15% in .5%
increments
0 to 25%
0-15%
Sports Art America
Sportsart 6005 Club
Treadmill
55”H x 77”L x
28”W
18” x 54”
Sports Art America
Sportsart 6150 Club
Treadmill
55”H x 77”L x
30”W
20” x 55”
Sports Art America
Sportsart 6200 Club
Treadmill
61”H x 80”L x
32”W
22” x 61”
0-15%
0-15%
.3-10 mph,
.3-15 mph
-3-12 mph
-3%-22%
StarTrac
Simplemill TR 3900 Series
33” x 81”
20” x 62”
StarTrac
TR4500
33” x 81”
TECHNOGYM
Runrace HC1200-HC1400
36” x 88”
TRUE Fitness
600P
64” x 28” x
52”
20” x 54”
TRUE Fitness
700HRC
64” x 28” x
54”
20” x 54”
TRUE Fitness
725HRC
74” x 28” x
54”
20” x 63”
TRUE Fitness
750 CI
74” x 33” x
56”
TRUE Fitness
TNT 2000
62.4”H x
78.8”L x
30”W
0-15% in .5%
increments
20” x 62”
0-15% in .5%
increments
20” x 67”
-5%-25% in .5%
increments
0-15%
0-15%
0-13%
23” x 63”
0-13%
18” x 64”
0-10%
Woodway USA
Woodway Desmo Elite
55”H x 68”L x
38”W
22” x 63”
Woodway USA
Woodway Mercury S
56”H x 68”L x
33”W
17” x 63”
Woodway USA
Woodway Path
56”H x 52”L x
33”W
17” x 52”
0-15% (optional
0-25%)
manual plus
time, speed, incline, distance,
contact heart rate
calories, heart rate
.5-10 mph.
(110V);
.5-10mph
(220V)
user dictated
time, track, distance, calories,
incline, speed
2.5HP
110V or
220V
284 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs; $5,395
Labor 1 yr.
.5-10 mph
in .1 mph
increments;
.5-12 mph
with 220V
8 + Trekking
feature
time, distance, speed, calories,
laps, pace, heart rate,
track/program profile
2.5 HP
110V OR
220V
284 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs; $5,995
Labor: 1 yr.
$6,295
.5-15 mph
max in
.1 mph
increments
12 standard
99 custom
heart rate, time, distance, speed,
grade, calories, submaximal &
maximal protocols
3HP
220V
595 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs; $7,795
Labor: 1 yr.
distance, grade, time, speed,
calories; w/ touch of button
shows pace & metabolic rate
2.5HP
115V
240 lbs.
0-12 mph 4 preprogrammed heart rate & interval heart rate
control programs by speed
/ 9 levels of
&/or grade, distance, grade,
intensity
time, speed, calories; w/ touch
of button shows pace &
metabolic rate
2.5HP
115V
300 lbs.
$2,995
Frame:
Lifetime;
Parts &
Labor: 2 yrs.
$4,495
Frame:
Lifetime;
Parts &
Labor: 2 yrs.
0-12 mph 4 preprogrammed
/ 9 levels of
intensity
See above
2.5HP
115V
310 lbs.
Frame:
$5,395
Lifetime;
Parts &
Labor: 2 yrs.
0-12 mph 4 preprogrammed
/ 9 levels of
intensity
See above
3.0 HP
115V
400 lbs.
Frame:
$6,495
lifetime;
Parts &
Labor: 3 yrs.
start-up information, time,
distance, speed, heart rate, work
level, grade, mets, calories
none
115V
363.8 lbs.
Full
$3,995
commercial,
Parts &
Labor: 3 yrs.
2 HP/5 HP
peak
110V or
220V
460 lbs.
Fitness:
Consult
Parts: 3 yrs; factory
Labor: 1 yr.
0-10 mph 4 preprogrammed
/ 9 levels of
intensity
user
determined
manual
0-12.5 mph unlimited custom user log-in w/personal fitness
(optional to programmable
history, aerobic evaluations,
15 mph.)
tracking of personal goals,
administrative features,
multilingual display, cable-ready
color TV
0-11 mph
PT Board has 10 time, speed, distance, elevation,
programmed & 10 calories, pace, mets, heart
programmable
rate(optional)
2 HP/5 HP
peak
110V or
220V
400 lbs.
Fitness:
Consult
Parts: 3 yrs; factory
Labor: 1 yr.
0-11mph
PT Board has 10 time, speed,distance, elevation,
programmed & 10
calories, pace
programmable
2 HP/5 HP
peak
208V or
220V
400lbs.
Fitness:
Consult
Parts: 3 yrs; factory
Labor: 1 yr.
15%
0-15%
14
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
70
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Manufacturer’s list price: $6,495
See our ad on page 1
stylish, ergonomic design, and a
host of high-tech features. The unit
makes use of a variable pitch pulley
system that maximizes power when
it’s most needed, actually multiplying
motor torque at low speeds. The
running area is a generous 22” W x
62” L, and a large 3” roller and waximpregnated running deck delivers
years of dependable operation; a
special shock-absorbing system
provides comfortable cushioning of
foot impact. A special feature is
contact heart rate monitoring, which
employs a computer to automatically
adjust elevation (up to 25%) to keep
the user in their desired heart rate
zone; the user-friendly LED dotmatrix display provides a wide range
of real-time feedback information. A
total of 13 programs are offered.
Cybex 900T
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
TREADMILLS
Treadmills
■ Bodyguard Fitness
also features: a uniwelded, 12-gauge
steel frame; a flippable, multi-layered
running deck; a .5 to 10 mph speed
range; and both Polar and Contact
heart-rate-monitoring capabilities.
NEW
Cartier Treadmill
This dependable and easy-to-use
treadmill features a 20” x 56” running
surface, a speed range of 0.5-12 mph,
and an incline of up to 15 degrees.
Incorporating Bodyguard’s unique
Electronic Slide Control technology,
the Cartier is specifically designed to
control ‘over-speeding,’ permitting
even the heaviest of users to safely
exercise at any speed or elevation. The
unit’s silicone keypad and gas-plasma
display screen allow users to choose
from a variety of programs, including:
JustGO, Manual, Elevation, Speed, 5Tracks, and Heart Rate Control. The
display is available in English, French,
and Spanish.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,995
■ CYBEX
International, Inc.
The 900T is the sleekest, quietest,
most rugged treadmill that Trotter
has developed. To provide users with
a stable, yet shock-absorbing running
surface, the body of the unit
combines a 10-gauge, steel chassis
and a wax-impregnated, plywood
running deck with a precisionmachined, aluminum-cast motor
base. Its 20” x 60” running surface is
capable of both inclining and
declining, and its three-horsepower,
continuous-duty, DC motor is
designed to ensure that the treadmill
meets the most difficult of demands,
24 hours a day. Comes standard with
both Polar and Contact heart-rate
monitoring capabilities.
Manufacturer’s list price: $7,995
See our ad on page 1
■ Fitnex Fitness
Equipment, Inc.
Cybex 710T
An industrial-grade, continuous-duty
motor and unique, front-end drive
system make the 710T among the
quietest treadmills available.
Incorporating the company’s
Stableflex System, this treadmill’s
running surface is stable at the back,
and flexible at the front; this allows
the shock to be absorbed where it
occurs, at the front, without affecting
the biomechanics of running. The unit
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
Sprint Runner
Because the Sprint Runner is
nonmotorized, it generally costs less
to purchase and maintain than other
commercial-grade treadmills. With
no electrical requirements, the
Runner is nearly maintenance-free,
and can be placed virtually anywhere
in a club. On this unit, users simply
“get on and go;” they set their own
pace, rather than having to compete
with a motor. High-speed and longdistance runners will appreciate the
fact that the Runner is selfpropelled, and has no top-end
speed. Its console features a
receptacle for a water bottle, as well
as a cassette holder.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,995
NEW
AC5000 Treadmill
The FITNEX AC5000 is a
professional-grade treadmill with a
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
71
■ Landice Treadmill, Inc.
provides 1,000 pounds of thrust. The
L8 incorporates Landice's reversible
VFX floating deck technology and a
four-ply treadbelt, and is available
with four different control panels—
Sport Trainer, Pro Trainer, Cardio
Trainer, and Executive Trainer.
Manufacturer's list price:
$4,295-$5,295
TREADMILLS
■ Life Fitness
NEW
L7 Club Treadmill
Designed for high-volume health
clubs, the L7 Club Treadmill features
the same industrial-grade
components as the company's L8
Series, but offers a more
straightforward design and spaceconscious frame, and a lower userweight capacity (400 lbs.). The L7
offers an impressive three-year parts
warranty, a 3-HP drive motor, and a
maximum 15-degree elevation for its
20" x 54" running surface. This
treadmill affords the same choice of
control panels as the L8—such as
the premium Executive Trainer, with
a computer-animated video
display—and speeds of between 0.5
and 11 mph. Runner's World
recently surveyed commercial-quality
treadmill users and rated Landice
number one in customer
satisfaction.
Manufacturer's list price:
$3,695 - $4,695
NEW
9700HR Treadmill
Life Fitness’ latest treadmill, the
9700HR incorporates an ultracontemporary, revolutionary new
design, as well as advanced
ergonomics, outstanding
performance features and a variety
of service- and maintenance-related
enhancements. Features include a
400-pound user-weight capacity, a
0-15 mph speed range, a 15-degree
incline with an optional three-degree
decline and the company’s patented
FlexDeck shock-absorption system.
The unit offers a number of unique
exercise options, including
interactive heart-rate programs and
custom workouts. With its expanded
running surface, longer, flared,
open-ended side handrails, and
deluxe rubber side-rail extrusions,
the 9700HR is designed to provide
an extra-comfortable workout
experience for all types of users.
Manufacturer's list price: $7,499
See our ad on the back cover
L8 Club Series
A "premier" treadmill in every sense
of the word, the Landice L8 Club
Series treadmills are designed to
meet the demands of today's highprofile clubs. They feature a 20" x
63" running surface, a 500-pound
user-weight capacity, a speed range
of 0.5-11 mph, and an elevation
range of 0-15 degrees. A 220-volt,
3-HP, continuous-duty drive motor
powers these durable treadmills,
while a heavy-duty elevation motor
72
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
company’s treadmills feature the
patented FlexDeck shock-absorption
system that significantly reduces
impact on joints. The patented
Lifepulse digital heart rate
monitoring system and Polar
telemetry track the user’s heart rate,
and Heart Rate Zone Training
automatically guides exercisers
through safe, effective workouts.
The convenient RapidWorks service
enhancements report and timestamp all service and maintenance
issues and provide notification for
preventive maintenance. A patented
automatic wax lubrication system
extends belt and deck life
significantly. Life Fitness treadmills
are backed by a lifetime warranty on
the motor, frame, and Lifespring
shock absorbers, a two-year
warranty on electrical parts, and a
one-year warranty on mechanical
parts and labor.
Manufacturer’s list price: $6,999
See our ad on the back cover
9100HR Treadmill
The 9100HR is Life Fitness' bestselling, fully featured, heavy-duty
treadmill. It features the company's
patented FlexDeck shock-absorption
system, Polar telemetry heart-rate
monitoring and interactive Heart Rate
Zone Training. Users can choose from
such traditional programs as Hill,
Random, Manual and Fit Test. The
treadmill's revamped design offers an
expanded 20" x 60" running surface,
a raised console for easier use and
viewing, new Ergo handlebars, and
large dual accessory holders with a
built-in reading rack. The unit can be
raised to a maximum 15-degree
incline and includes an improved
motor controller that provides a
speed range of 0.5-12 mph.
Manufacturer's list price: $5,999
See our ad on the back cover
9500 HR Treadmill
Life Fitness’ 9500 HR is an
attractively priced, fully featured,
heavy duty treadmill. All of the
■ Magnum Fitness
Systems
and “SPR” (Steady Pulse Rate).
Additional features include an
automatic belt-alignment system, a
low-impact, shock-absorbing surface
to minimize body stress, and an
emergency safety button that
immediately stops the machine.
maintain. The C964i treadmill is
compatible with the Fitlinxx
Interactive Fitness Network, the
Cardio Theater entertainment system,
and Polar heart-rate monitors, making
it one of the most “network-ready”
treadmills available.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
Manufacturer’s list price: $6,295
See our ad on the Elliptical tab
insert
■ POWERJOG, Inc.
NEW
Magnum Treadmills
M2200/M6300
Magnum Treadmills by Trackmaster
describes the collaboration that
yielded the new M2200 and M6300
treadmills. Trackmaster brings its
shock-absorption deck, superior
quality construction, ease of
operation, easy-to-read displays, and
large 22” x 63” running surface to
the partnership. Both treadmills
feature ergonomically positioned,
contact heart rate grips, and Polar
heart rate monitoring. Unlike the
M2200, the M6300 is
programmable: members can select
from among 10 programs.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$5,495 (M220); $5,995 (M6330)
See our ad on page 15
■ NEWFORM
International S.P.A.
■ Quinton Fitness
p/u Fit 1998
p. 62
Powerjog J Series
Powerjog is another in the line of
aesthetically pleasing “British”
treadmills that continue to make
strides in the U.S. market. Particularly
impressive is the array of high-tech
features that Sport Engineering has
engineered into its Powerjog J Series.
These treadmills feature preset
programs, electronic elevation
controls, low-impact running beds,
and large, user-friendly consoles that
display speed, distance, elevation,
time and calories burned. At top
performance levels, runners can
challenge themselves with a 25degree incline and speeds that top out
at 15.5 mph.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Precor
NEW
ClubTrack 510/510 Plus
The new ClubTrack 510 treadmills
boast a low-profile design, enhanced
performance, and lower, affordable
pricing. To appeal to a variety of
users, these machines offer a 1-10
mph speed range, an incline range
of 0-12 degrees, a 400-pound userweight capacity, and a 20" x 55"
running surface. The ClubTrack 510
incorporates a simple, "walk-upand-use" control panel that
continuously monitors speed, grade,
distance, pace, calories, mets, and
heart rate. The more sophisticated
510 Plus provides 20 programmable
workouts, customized intervals, and
heart-rate control. Both models
feature the company's TripleFlex
shock-absorbing deck, and a twoyear, parts-and-labor warranty.
Manufacturer's list price:
$4,995 (510), $5,395 (510 Plus)
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
NEW
9010 Centaurus Treadmill
Among the most reliable treadmills
available, the Centaurus incorporates
a heavy-duty composite frame built
to endure the most extreme
conditions, a 3 H.P. motor designed
to ensure trouble-free operation, and
an incline range of -2.0-12 degrees.
This smooth, quietly operating
treadmill offers a variety of built-in
programs, including three pre-set hill
profiles, two evaluation tests, an
interval and weight-loss program,
C964i Low-Impact Treadmill
Improvements to the C964 have
made Precor’s top-of-the-line
treadmill even better. The recently
upgraded model is called the C964i,
and it offers a variety of new software
and mechanical features that enhance
its performance, reliability, and ease
of maintenance. Its new, 4-HP motor,
for instance, affords increased power
and torque, and the fact that it now
has fewer moving parts makes it
easier and more cost-effective to
NEW
ClubTrack 612/612 Plus
Affordably priced, the ClubTrack 612
Series is intended to meet the needs
of members of every type. The two
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
73
TREADMILLS
treadmills in this line offer
dependable performance, low-profile
designs, and the company's
TripleFlex shock-absorbing deck. The
machines feature a 1-12 mph speed
range, a maximum incline of 15
degrees, and a 20" x 60" exercise
surface. Both the 612 and 612 Plus
are covered by a two-year, parts-andlabor warranty, and can accommodate
users of up to 400 pounds. The 612
Plus offers 20 programmable
programs, as well as customized
intervals, heart-rate control, and a
one-step manual workout.
Manufacturer's list price:
$5,695 (612), $6,095 (612 Plus)
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
■ SCIFIT
DC500 Treadmill
SCIFIT’s DC500 is a durable,
economically priced treadmill built for
small fitness centers, rehabilitation
centers, apartment complexes, and
hotels. Its 20”-wide deck and shockabsorbing suspension guarantee a
comfortable and secure exercise
experience, regardless of whether the
user is walking at 0.6 mph, or
running at 12 mph. The user-friendly
display panel provides continuous
feedback on time, calories, distance,
speed, incline, and heart rate, as well
as simple instructions for both manual
and program mode options. Large,
easy-to-read control buttons, coupled
with SCIFIT’s one-button Quick Start
feature, make the DC500 an inviting
machine for first-time users.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,295
SCIFIT AC 7000
Boasting one of the largest walking
surfaces available, a user-weight
capacity of 500 pounds, and a deck
that inclines to a 25-degree angle,
the AC 7000 can accomodate
everyone from deconditioned users
to super-well-conditioned athletes.
Its drive controller-a Torque Vector
AC Inversion system-works together
with a 5.5 HP, continuous-duty
motor to produce a smooth and
consistent exercise experience at any
speed or elevation. Designed for
long-lasting, nearly silent operation,
the AC 7000 offers such programs
as: Wireless Heart Rate Control; VO2
Self Test; Calorie Burn; and seven,
different, hill profiles that provide 20
levels of intensity.
Manufacturer’s list price: $6,733
■ SportsArt America
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
The 6150 Club Treadmill features a
durable, 20” x 55” running surface,
a tri-color, dot-matrix display, and
LED readouts of time, speed,
distance, elevation, calories, and
heart rate. Measuring 55” H x 77” L
x 30” W, the 6150 incorporates 4”
rollers in the deck, and a 3 HP,
continuous-duty motor that
generates a 0.1-12 mph speed range.
SportsArt’s full warranty covers parts
for two years and labor for one year.
This piece offers a variety of popular
exercise options, including 12 preset
hill profiles, eight race programs, two
custom intervals, manual quick start,
and heart rate control.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,595
See our ad on page 47
■ Star Trac
NEW
6005 Club Treadmill
The 6005’s reversible, nomaintenance deck measures 18” x
54”, elevates to a maximum, 15degree incline, and features a special
Shock Dissipation System (SDS) to
minimize impact. The machine offers
users 12 preset hill profiles, eight
race programs, two custom intervals,
heart-rate control, and a manual
quick-start program, and provides
performance feedback on time,
speed, distance, calories, elevation,
and heart rate. Backed by a two-year
parts warranty, the 6005 Club
Treadmill requires a 110-volt power
supply for its 3 HP drive motor,
which can produce speeds of up to
10 mph.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,995
See our ad on page 47
74
NEW
6150 Club Treadmill
Simplemill TR3900 Series
Star Trac’s new TR3900 Simplemill is
affordable, easy-to-use, and
equipped with all the performance
features that treadmill users typically
demand. It features a patented
Impact Absorption system that
cushions impact by dispersing it
along the entire length of the unit’s
deck; the deck is reversible, waxtreated, and made of composite
fiberboard. The Simplemill’s frame is
constructed of custom extruded
aluminum, and designed to minimize
vibration. Among the machine’s
other key features are: a maximum
15% incline; a speed range of .5 to
10 mph; and a patented Sport Utility
Display that incorporates a built-in
reading rack, as well as a towel,
water-bottle, and personal-stereo
holder.
■ TECHNOGYM
Manufacturer’s list price: $5,395
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
700
Runrace HC 1200/HC1400
TR4500
With its Personal Trainer Studio
interface, the TR4500 enables up to
50 trainers to design and save
customized exercise programs on
each machine. The TR4500 offers
fitness evaluation programs, eight
preset programs—including Alpine
Pass, Forest Walk, Mystery Hike, and
Trail Blaze—and a special Trekking
group training feature. Users can
begin their workout, and change the
unit’s speed and incline, with the
simple push of a button. The
patented Sport Utility Display
provides readouts on work level,
elapsed time, calories burned, total
distance, speed, watts, and heart
rate as well as a built-in rack for a
water bottle, personal stereo, towel
and reading materials. Available with
both Contact Heart Rate and
Dynamic Heart Rate Control™ with
Polar™ telemetry, the TR4500
incorporates an aircraft-quality
chassis, a patented Impact Absorption
System, and a dependable, 2.5-HP,
DC-powered motor.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$5,995-$6,925
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
These treadmills are designed to meet
the needs of both deconditioned
individuals and top athletes.
Deconditioned users will enjoy their
smooth and natural walking pace,
their .1 mph increments, and the way
they self-adjust speed based on the
user’s heart rate. Experienced athletes
will appreciate their stability, their
maximum, 15.5 mph speed, the
ample length of their running surface,
and their 25% maximum incline.
Technogym System compatable, the
Runrace treadmills incorporate a selflubricating bed and belt system, and a
high-frequency dampening system
that dissipates foot-strike impact.
725
Manufacturer’s list price: $7,795
See our ad on page 5
■ TRUE Fitness
NEW
600 Treadmill
The 600 Series Treadmill is durable,
reliable, and intelligently engineered.
The machine features TRUE’s
patented Continuous Lubrication
System, which automatically
lubricates the belt and deck surfaces,
a deck designed to fully cushion
impact and not move from side to
side, and a 20” x 54” running
surface that affords speeds of up to
10 mph, and a maximum, 15-degree
incline. The unit’s user-friendly
console is equipped with a dotmatrix display and five LED windows
to provide readouts of time,
distance, speed, calories, and grade.
750CI
700/725/750 Series Treadmills
Recognizing that each facility has its
own distinct needs, TRUE
manufactures the 700, 725, and 750
Series of treadmills. Each series
includes three different models, and
is designed to provide exceptional
performance, durability, warranties,
and value. From the top-of-the-line
750 Series, to the dependable and
cost-effective 700 Series, TRUE
treadmills offer quality features and
components, such as: TRUE’s
patented Continuous Lubrication
System for extending treadmill life;
the S.O.F.T System maximum-shockabsorbing deck; and TRUE’s
patented Heart Rate Control on
select models. Weight capacity: 700
and 725 Series, 400 lbs.; 750 Series,
500 lbs.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$3,895-$4,495 (700 Series),
$4,795-$5,395 (725 Series),
$5,895-$6,495 (750 Series)
See our ad on page 9
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,795-$2,995
See our ad on page 9
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
75
■ Woodway USA
TREADMILLS
NEW
TNT2000
The one-of-a-kind TNT2000
treadmill features arms that users
can push and pull while using the
machine. The unit is designed to
replicate natural walking
movements, and effectively tone and
strengthen the muscles of the abs,
back, chest, shoulders, arms, quads,
glutes, and calves. The result: an
intense, full-body cardio and
strength workout. The TNT2000 is
self-powered, and offers resistance
that can be increased or decreased
at any time during the workout via
fingertip controls mounted on the
exercise arms. A sleek, low-profile
design and solid construction
complete this unique product.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,995
See our ad on page 9
Woodway Path
Woodway Desmo Elite
The distinguished Elite treadmill
incorporates a variety of
sophisticated features, including: a
sleek computer console with touchscreen controls; a cable-ready color
television; multilingual displays; and
an optional heart rate transmitter
and integrated VCR. The Elite’s
unique Control and Feedback System
allows users to log their personal
fitness history, program their goals,
and monitor their progress. Designed
for rehabilitation, general
conditioning, and advanced athletic
training, the Desmo Elite permits
speeds of up to 12.5 mph, and a
maximum incline of 15 degrees, and
features Woodway’s patented
StatFlex belt and exclusive running
surface.
Manufacturer’s list price: $15,900
Woodway Mercury S
Providing a soft, cushioned surface
that’s safe on bones, joints, muscles,
and tendons, the Mercury S treadmill
features Woodway’s trademark
SlatFlex belt, which is factory set and
never needs adjusting, and a lowfriction, ball bearing design that
helps to minimize its energy
requirements. The machine’s
comfortable running surface permits
speeds of up to 11 mph, affords an
elevation range of 0-15 degrees, and
measures 17” x 63”. The Mercury S
is available in either black or white,
and with the choice of two different
display consoles.
Manufacturer’s list price: $7,995
76
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
This is Woodway’s most economical
treadmill model, with a compact yet
sturdy design that features a
comfortable, 17” x 52” running
surface, a 0-11 mph speed range,
and a maximum elevation of 15
degrees. The Woodway Path is
available with either a standard
control panel, which provides
readouts of time, speed, distance,
calories, and elevation, or Woodway’s
Personal Trainer panel, which offers
10 pre-programmed workouts, 10
user-programmable workouts, and
both digital and graphic displays of
speed and incline. The Path’s modular
design allows it to be easily upgraded
or refurbished.
Manufacturer’s list price: $5,950
Product Comparisons • Climber/Steppers
Dimensions
Range
Speed
54”H x 37”L x 22”W
14”
15-200
ft/min.
55”H x 42”L x 22”W
14”
CYBEX International
700S
(formerly ClimbMax2000)
59”H x 43”L x 31”W
CYBEX International
800S
(formerly ClimbMax3000)
Fitnex Fitness
Display
Feedback
Programs
Weight
LED
ft/min, segment time, floors, 22 pre-set, HRC, 110V or
elapsed time, heart rate, 5 towers, 8 user 220V
calories/hr., mets, feet
Id’s, 8 memories
climbed, HRA
125 lbs.
Parts & Labor: $2,295
2 yrs./
Institutional
15-200
ft/min.
Gas
Plasma
ft/min, segment time, floors, 22 pre-set, HRC, 110V or
elapsed time, heart rate, 5 towers, 8 user 220V
cal/hr, mets, feet climbed, Id’s, 8 memories
HRA
125 lbs.
Parts & Labor: $2,995
2 yrs./
Institutional,
Parts: 2 yrs.,
Labor: 1 yr./
Club
0-16”
10-200
ft./min.
LED
elapsed time, calories burned, 6 preset, 2
distance climbed, heart rate,
heart rate
time remaining, calories/hr.,
control, 5
floors climbed, level, climbing advanced, 39
speed
manual
110V or
250V
151 lbs.
Parts & Labor: $ 2,895
3 yrs.
73”H x 46”L x 31”W
0-16”
10-200
ft./min.
LED
elapsed time, calories burned, 6 preset, 2
distance climbed, heart rate,
heart rate
time remaining, calories/hr.,
control, 5
floors climbed, level, climbing advanced, 39
speed
manual
110V or
250V
167 lbs
Parts & Labor: $ 3,195
3 yrs.
68”H x 37”L x 30”W
14”
0-220
ft./min.
Dot matrix
12 plus manual
heart rate, laps time,
remaining time, ft./min., watts,
calories, total feet, level
110V or
220V
160 lbs.
61”H x 42”L x 28”W
0-15
Unlimited
LCD
elapsed time, calories, total user dicatated
steps, steps/minute,
resistance level, target pace
4 C cell
batteries
200 lbs.
Frame:
lifetime;
Moving Parts
& Electrical:
2 yrs; External
Components
& Freight/
Labor: 6 mths.
$2,295
Incliner Enterprises
Everclimb
92” H x 52” L x 39” W
0-16”
No limit
LCD
Elapsed time, total steps,
steps/minute
user dicatated
2 AA
batteries
210 lbs.
Mech.: 3 yrs;
Elec.: 1 yr.
limited
$2,195
Life Fitness
63”H x 42”L x 33.5”W
12”-16”
N/A
LED
message
center
elapsed time, distance
climbed, total calories,
calories/hr., speed, watts,
mets, heart rate
6 (including 2
interactive
heart rate
w/telemetry)
120V or
220V
207 lbs.
Electrical &
Mechanical
Parts: 2 yrs.
$2,599
N/A
LED
message
center
elapsed time, distance
climbed, total calories
expended, calories expended
per hr., speed, watts, mets,
heart rate info
8
(including
2 interactive
heart rate
workouts)
120V or
220V
211 lbs.
Bodyguard Fitness
Quantum LS3
Bodyguard Fitness
Executive LS3
LS5000 / FS5000
Hoggan Health
Industries
Sprint Climber
9100 Stairclimber
Life Fitness
9500HR
NuStep Inc.
63.5” H x 42” L x 33.5” W
12”-16”
Warranty
Price
Power
Parts: 2 yrs; $2,100
Labor: 1 yr. (LS5000),
$2,255
(FS5000)
Elec. & mech.: $2,999
2 yrs.
44”H x 59”L x 27”W
2-10”
15-210
steps/min.
LCD
mets, heart rate, steps/min.,
watts, time, total steps,
calories, workload level
user dictated
cordless
210 lbs.
Limited 3 yr.
$3,195
71”H x 48”L x 28”W
N/A
N/A
LED
(analog &
digital)
time, distance, speed, watts,
calories, high-profile
programs, summary of data,
heart rate control, heart rate
10
110V or
230V
202 lbs.
varies
call for
pricing
PowerSport
XT3000 Airstepper
56”H x 55”L x 33”W
N/A
N/A
LCD
time, revs/min., watts,
calories
none
none
182 lbs.
varies
call for
pricing
PowerSport
XT3500 Seated Airstepper
55”H x 55”L x 33”W
N/A
N/A
LCD
time, revs/min., watts,
calories
none
none
198lbs.
varies
call for
pricing
The Original Seated Stepper
NuStep® TRS4000
PowerSport
Evolution Climber
continued
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
77
Product Comparisons • Climber/Steppers
Speed
Display
Feedback
Programs
Power
Weight
4.75”-17.75”
20-150
ft/min.
LED/dot
matrix
time, distance, speed, work
level, segment time left, steps
per minute, pacer distance,
pacer speed, watts, mets,
calories, calories per min.
12
120V or
240V
185 lbs.
varies
$2,695
58” H x 39” L x 33” W
N/A
N/A
LED
time, steps, floors, feet,
calories, watts
6
110V
200 lbs.
2 yr.
$1,499.95
Schwinn
340i HRC Stepper
39”L x 33”W x 58”H
N/A
N/A
LED
time, steps, floors, feet,
calories, cal./hr., heart rate
6
none
200 lbs.
2 yr.
$1,999.95
SCIFIT
70”H x 39”L x 26”W
0-14”
5-220
ft./min.
LED
time, climb rate, watts,
calories, total climb, heart
rate, level
12
120V or
240V
160 lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,625
62”H x 36”L x 33”W
14”
25-160
ft./min.
Dot Matrix
plus LED
resistance level, time, steps 12 pre-set, 2
custom
per minute, calories, height
intervals, heart
climbed, heart rate
rate control,
manual quick
start
173 lbs.
Full
commercial,
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$1,995
StairMaster
Crossrobics 1650LE
Conditioning System
72” H x 64.5” L x 41” W
2-36”
30-180
ft/min.
LED
computer
console
elapsed time, tonnage lifted,
distance traveled, calories
burned, strength total,
crossrobic total, watts, mets
425 lbs.
Parts: 1 yr.
$3,450
StairMaster
FreeClimber 4600PT
Exercise System
69” H x 41” L x 22” W
1-14”
17-116
ft/min.
alphanume elapsed time, calories burned, 9 preset plus 9 110V or
ric/LED
distance traveled, floors
custom
220-240V
computer climbed, step rate, watts, mets
console
126 lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs.
$2,650
StairMaster
Stepmill 7000PT Exercise
System
78” H x 50” L x 29” W
8 (fixed)”
17-116
ft/min.
LED
elapsed time, calories burned, 7 preset, 9
custom
distance traveled, floors
climbed, step rate, watts, programmable
plus 14 manual
mets
control settings
110V
409lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs.
$3,450
Star Trac
SC4100 Series
59.75” H x 38” L x 30” W
16”
0-300
ft/min.
LED
work level, elapsed time, total
calories expended, calories
expended per hour, total floors
climbed, heart rate
4
none
142lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$2,495 $2,695
TECHNOGYM
Steprace
57.5” H x 55” L x 26” W
0-15”
calorie consumption, watts,
heart rate, climbing speed
values, time, # of floors
12
110V
340lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$3,995
7’10” x 48” x 48”
0-10” (Legs), 0-20”
(Arms)
0-250
ft./min.
LED
time, speed, ft./min., feet,
total feet, calories burned,
calorie burn rate, step height
in inches, standard, program &
race mode
12
120V
140 lbs.
3 yr. Limited
$3,295
7’10” or 8’10” H x 48” L
x 48” W
0-20”
0-250
ft/min.
LED
time, ft/min., distance in total user dictated
steps and total feet, calories
burned and calorie burn rate,
step height in inches,
standard program and
race modes
120V
145 lbs.,
3 yr. limited
Precor
Dimensions
Range
60” H x 49” L x 32” W
C764
Schwinn
330i Stepper
TC1000
SportsArt America
Sportsart 7005 Club Stepper
CLIMBERS
145 steps LED & LCD
per min.
8
110V
Warranty
Price
Tectrix — see CYBEX
VersaClimber
CL-108EZ
VersaClimber
Versaclimber
CL-108LX/109LX
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
78
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
108 - $2,995
109 - $3,150
CLIMBERS
■ Bodyguard Fitness
allows users to set performance
goals based on time, distance, and
calories burned, and is equipped
with a built-in reading rack.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,495
■ CYBEX International,
Inc.
NEW
Executive LS3
Designed to produce a smooth and
quiet climbing experience, this sleek
new unit incorporates an eddycurrent drive system and self-leveling
step design. It offers a speed range
of 15-200 feet per minute, a 14
1/2” step height, and a gas plasma
display that provides a number of
exciting programs-e.g., Eiffel Tower,
Sears Tower, and CN Tower-each of
which provides 15 different levels of
intensity. The machines are equipped
with a built-in reading rack, can
“speak” English, Spanish, and
French, and are designed so that
they can be easily daisy chained
together to share one power source.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,995
700S
(formerly ClimbMax 2000)
An updated version of the original
ClimbMax machine, the 700S is
designed to satisfy the most
demanding club members and
owners. The machine features
simple, one-touch-programming
capabilities, and Tectrix’s patented
brake system, which delivers
consistent speed control regardless
of the user’s height and weight.
Options include a CardioTouch Heart
Rate Monitor, which allows users to
enjoy quick and accurate heart-rate
monitoring simply by resting their
hands, palms or fingertips on the
unit’s specially balanced bar.
Brewers
Ledge
b/w
New
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,895
See our ad on page 1
NEW
Quantum LS3 Climber
The Quantum LS3 Climber features
self-leveling foot pedals, a 14.5”
step height, a speed range of 15200 feet per minute, and wraparound-style handlebars to help
ensure user safety. The unit
incorporates a gas-plasma display
and offers a variety of exciting
programs, including Eiffel Tower,
Sears Tower, CN Tower, and heart
rate control. The Quantum LS3
800S
(formerly ClimbMax 3000)
The 800S is engineered to reflect
Tectrix’s commitment to quality,
reliability, performance, and value. It
eliminates the maintenance concerns
associated with greasy drive chains,
and employs a patented, cable drive
system that permits a smooth and
quiet climbing motion. The 800S’s
ergonomically designed handrail
makes it easy for users to maintain a
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
79
correct and comfortable climbing
posture, while its wide selection of
programs and climbing speeds
makes it suitable for everyone from
beginners to triathletes.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,195
See our ad on page 1
■ Fitnex Fitness
Equipment, Inc.
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
Hoggan
health Sprint
Climber
p/u FIT 98
pg 69
can help them achieve and maintain
the highest levels of fitness. It has a
stroke range of up to 16” and
requires no maintenance. Sturdily
constructed, the Everclimb measures
52” L x 39” W x 92” H.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,195
■ Life Fitness
Sprint Climber
CLIMBERS
NEW
LS/FS5000 Climbers
FITNEX’s LS5000 (level step) and
FS5000 (floating step) climbers make
use of much of the same,
sophisticated technology found in
the company’s treadmills, bikes, etc.
Including: an eddy current brake
system, which utilizes magnetic
resistance, rather than belts or
brakes, to provide smooth, quiet,
and dependable performance; a
high-ratio brake and cable system;
contact heart rate monitoring and
companion heart rate program; and
a variety of workout profiles (nine in
this case), along with an innovative
Race option, and a unique self-test
function. The independent step
movement and large footplates
make workouts appealing, as well as
productive. Both models measure
30” W x 37” L x 68” H, and weigh
in at 160 lbs.
The Sprint Climber is a “reciprocalaction” stair climbing machine that’s
designed to be easy to maintain and
operate. It features extra-large foot
pedals that combine with an upright,
“vertical” handle position to ensure
a safe and correct exercise posture,
as well as a quiet, smooth, exercise
movement that’s generated by an
infinitely adjustable, closed-loop,
hydraulic resistance system. The
Sprint Climber provides an enjoyable,
low-impact workout that all types of
users can appreciate, is nearly
maintenance free, and has no
electrical requirements, meaning that
it can be placed virtually anywhere in
a facility. Its console includes
receptacles for a water bottle and
cassette player.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,295
■ Incliner Enterprises
Everclimb
The Everclimb is a total-body
conditioner that simultaneously
exercises a person’s upper and lower
body. Designed to tone muscles and
improve aerobic capacity, this easyto-use climbing machine provides
users with a total body exercise that
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Designed to offer unparalleled value,
the Life Fitness 9100 Stairclimber
features Polar telemetry and
Lifespring shock absorbers, as well
as a climbing- or pace-mode
stepping action. In the climbing
mode, the pedal resistance increases
as the hills grow higher; in the pace
mode, as the hills steepen, the pedal
pace increases. The unit’s two
interactive heart-rate programs
utilize a telemetry chest strap to
keep users at the high or low end of
their target-heart-rate zone. This
unique stairclimber comes equipped
with 20 resistance levels and
traditional Life Fitness workouts-i.e.,
Hill, Random, Manual and Fit Test.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,599
See our ad on the back cover
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
80
NEW
Life Fitness 9100 Stairclimber
from deconditioned individuals to elite
athletes. The TRS 4000 features 10
workloads, a belt-driven resistance
system, a large, easy-to-operate
computer monitor, and a comfortable
swivel seat with extra-thick padding.
Beneath the NuStep’s high-impact,
polystyrene cover is a strong, durable,
welded steel frame backed by a threeyear warranty.
Life Fitness 9500HR
Stairclimber
Intended for general conditioning
and weight loss, this fully featured
stairclimber incorporates a belt drive
that eliminates the “play” found on
other stepper units. The machine
allows for heart-rate monitoring at
any time via its Lifepulse sensors,
built-in telemetry receiver and
optional, hands-free, heart-rate
strap. Its Fat Burn and Cardio
programs automatically increase and
decrease the machine’s pedal
resistance to keep users within their
target heart rate zones. The Life
Fitness 9500HR measures 42” x 33
1/2” x 63 1/2”.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,999
See our ad on the back cover
■ NuStep Inc.
The Original Seated Stepper
NuStep TRS4000
Inviting and easy to use, this totalbody seated stepper provides a lowimpact motion that feels just as
natural as walking. The awardwinning NuStep is well suited for
people of all ages and ability levels,
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,195
See our ad on the Bike tab insert
■ PowerSport
International, Ltd.
Evolution Climber
XT3000 Airstepper
The XT3000 Airstepper is a userfriendly, cardiovascular trainer that’s
biomechanically designed to simulate
a smooth, stairclimbing motion. This
stepper offers “immediate exercise”—
not complex programming—and
allows users to govern their own
climbing speed. Its large, molded
handrails and footplates afford a
secure exercise experience, and its
durable, low-friction, continuous belt
drive requires no lubrication or
adjustments. Ideal for cross training
and circuit training, the XT3000
Airstepper provides users with instant
feedback on time, steps per minute,
and total steps.
This confident-looking climbing
machine is among the latest releases
from PowerSport. It’s user-friendly
console displays information in both
digital and analog form, and also
provides easy access to the unit’s 10
programs and 20 effort levels.
PowerSport’s unique four-button
control system allows riders to quickly
adjust the programs and resistance.
Other key features of the Evolution
Climber include: a sleek, spaceefficient design; FitLinxx compatibility;
heart rate control; fitness-testing
capabilities; and a two-year,
extendable warranty with full-service
support.
Manufacturer’s list price:
call for pricing
Manufacturer’s list price:
call for pricing
Particularly well-suited for the
mature-adult and deconditioned
markets, PowerSport’s XT3500
Seated Airstepper features an
inviting, semirecumbent climbing
position, and an airfan resistance
system that permits smooth
operation—even at extremely low
speeds and resistance levels. The
XT3500 Seated Airstepper
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
81
XT3500’s unique, semirecumbent
posture places minimal stress on the
user’s ankles, knees, and hips, while
its soft, padded side rails and
cordless design help to ensure safeand-easy entry and exit. The Seated
Airstepper’s user-friendly console
displays time, steps per minute, and
total steps.
■ Schwinn
■ SCIFIT
Manufacturer’s list price:
call for pricing
■ Precor
CLIMBERS
C764 Climber
The C764 features a drive system
that requires no routine
maintenance, because it
incorporates durable, quiet belts,
instead of noisy chains or weak
cables. Its large, 10" x 8" footplates
provide ample room for varied foot
positions, and prevent the user’s feet
from hanging over the front edges.
These footplates remain parallel to
the floor throughout the movement
to replicate a natural, stairclimbing
motion. The C764 also features: a
clutch assembly that can hold over
3,780 pounds without slipping; a
fall-rate control system that delivers
accurate speed adjustments; and a
clear and uncomplicated display
console.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,695
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
TC1000 Climber
330i Stepper
Appropriate for both commercial
and residential use, this heavy-duty
stepper is designed to satisfy the
most demanding requirements. Its
stable construction and contact-free,
electromagnetic resistance system
guarantee long-lasting, reliable
performance, and its self-levelling,
four-bar-link foot pedals and sturdy
multiposition handrails ensure safe
and efficient workouts. Among the
330i’s other features: independentleg-action capabilities; eight levels of
intensity; and dimensions of
39" x 33" x 58".
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,499.95
This new climber from SCIFIT provides
a smooth and quiet climbing motion
courtesy of its unique V-belt drive and
friction-free, electromagnetic brake
system. The TC1000’s rubberized, 14”
x 7” footplates afford independent
step action and superior traction, and
can operate within a speed range of
5-220 steps per minute. To
accommodate both beginners and
advanced athletes, it features
ergonomically designed handlebars
that permit multiple hand positions, as
well as a wide variety of user-friendly
programs, such as Wireless Heart Rate
Control, and a Manual program that
allows users to change their climbing
speed at any time in one-foot-perminute increments.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,625
■ SportsArt America
340i HRC Stepper
This heavy-duty stepper is built to
withstand the most intense
commercial use. Its ultra-strong,
stable construction and contact-free,
electromagnetic resistance provide
for long-lasting, reliable
performance, while its wide, selflevelling footbeds, independent leg
action, and multi-position side rails
help ensure ease of use and optimum
workout efficiency. The 340i’s userfriendly computer features Easy Start
programming, 112 different workout
options, and telemetric, heart-ratemonitoring capabilities.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,999.95
NEW
7005 Club Stepper
The SportsArt 7005 incorporates a
reliable, friction-free, eddy-current
resistance system and a 14” step
range, and permits climbing speeds
of 25-160 feet per minute. This
machine features an easy-to-use
control panel equipped with 12
preset hill profiles, two custom
intervals, a manual quick start
program, and heart rate control.
Feedback includes time, resistance
level, steps per minute, height
climbed, calories burned, and heart
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
82
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
programs, and nine programmable
ones–as well as a user-friendly,
submaximal fitness test that analyzes
the relationship between the user’s
heart rate, oxygen uptake, and work
rate. This step machine features a
durable, black-wrinkle, powder-coat
finish, requires minimal
maintenance, and is compatible with
an optional Polar heart-rate monitor.
rate. The 7005 offers exercisers a fun
and challenging workout, and is
backed by a full, two-year
commercial warranty on parts.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,995
See our ads on page 47
■ StairMaster
NEW
SM FreeClimber 4600 PT
Crossrobics 1650 LE
Conditioning System
A recumbent, stairclimbing machine,
the Crossrobics 1650 LE is designed
to condition and strengthen both the
heart and the major muscle groups
of the lower body. It features the
company’s patented Crossrobic
loading system, which precisely
controls resistance throughout the
exercise movement, while
simultaneously maintaining control
of the machine’s operating velocity.
Each of its eight, predesigned
programs has 20 intensity levels, and
each intensity level features 14
distinct velocities. Crossrobics allows
users to safely combine aerobic
conditioning and strength training in
a single workout.
A unique rail-less design encourages
an upright stance that balances the
involvement of the quadriceps,
hamstring, and gluteal muscles. An
electromagnetic brake system
interfaces with the unit’s computer
console to control and monitor the
speed of the drive system and the
step pedals. A state-of-the-art,
contact heart rate monitor, pivoting
console, and constant heart rate
training program complete the
package. Check out the larger
reading rack, cassette holder, and
new “hot dog” soft pedals. This
stylish climber also features speedcontrol buttons that allow users to
adjust the intensity of their workouts
at any time during the exercise
session.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,650
See our ads on the inside front
cover and Climber tab insert
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,450
See our ads on the inside front
cover and Climber tab insert
Stepmill 7000 PT
Exercise System
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,450
See our ads on the inside front
cover and Climber tab insert
■ Star Trac
SC4100
Reliable and versatile, this selfpowered climber eliminates the need
for cumbersome power cords. By
automatically sensing the user’s
weight, the SC4100 adjusts its
resistance accordingly. It offers a
wide range of speeds, and highly
accurate calorie-expenditure
readouts. Standard features include:
a self-lubricating, marine drive train;
sealed internal mechanisms; and
spring-loaded, stress-relief foot
pedals. Options include the
company’s QuickCheck Contact
Heart Rate system or Polar™
monitoring system. The machine rolls
easily into its designated spot on
durable casters.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,495 - $2,695
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
The Stepmill relies on a patented,
revolving staircase, not step pedals,
to produce a rhythmic and
continuous climbing motion. It offers
a diverse array of challenging and
motivational conditioning programs–
including seven predesigned
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
83
■ TECHNOGYM
■ VersaClimber
NEW
CL-108EZ
Steprace
CLIMBERS
The versatile Steprace utilizes selfleveling foot pedals, and offers both
independent and dependent stepping
action. The independent movement is
appropriate for athletes interested in
advanced training, while the
synchronized, dependent movement
is well-suited for beginning exercisers
and mature adults. This machine’s
straightforward console provides a
continuous readout of workout data.
Steprace measures 55” x 26” x 57
1/2”, features Constant Heart Rate
technology, and is Technogym
System-compatible.
From the originators of climbing
exercise, VersaClimber introduces the
EZ model for, as its name implies,
novice climbers. Designed for club
members who found the original
VersaClimber too difficult, the CL108EZ combines a shortened leg
motion with a lengthened arm
motion. Similar to the 10-inch rise of
stepping machines, the VersaClimber
CL-108EZ requires just 50% of the
energy expenditure of its predecessor,
enabling any and all club members to
get a satisfying total-body climbing
experience. Hydraulic resistance can
be utilized by advanced users.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,295
Manufacturer’s list price: 3,995
See our ad on page 5
VersaClimber
(CL-108LX/109LX)
The VersaClimber features foot
pedals for lower-body stepping that
move in unison with upper-body
hand grips, providing users with a
complete, total-body workout. Its
hydraulic control system can be used
to deliver cardiovascular
conditioning, as well as to develop
strength, power, and endurance.
Non-traumatic, safe, and easy on the
joints, the VersaClimber is suitable
for both sedentary individuals and
elite athletes. Options include a
“sport seat” for specialized exercise,
and heart-rate control and preprogrammed work levels, both of
which vary the climbing pace based
on the user’s heart rate.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,995-$3,150
PSA AD
84
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Product Comparisons • Elliptical Motion Trainers
Levels of Power
Programs Resistance
Dimensions
Display
Feedback
54”H x 73.5”L x 31.5”W
LCD
time, calories burned, total
miles, miles per hour,
resistance
Controlled
by the user
0-10
70”H x 76”L x 28” W
LED
message
center
time, calories/hr, total
calories, speed, workout
level, distance, watts,
mets, heart rate
7 (2 are
interactive
heart rate
programs)
70”H x 76”L x 28”W
LED
message
center
time, calories/hr., total
calories, speed, workout
level, distance, mets,
watts, heart rate
Life Fitness
8500 Total Body CrossTrainer Rear-Drive™ System
62”H x 82”L x 25”W
LED
message
center
Life Fitness
9100 Total Body CrossTrainer Rear-Drive™ System
62”H x 82”L x 25”W
Life Fitness
9500HR Total Body CrossTrainer Rear-Drive™ System
PowerSport
Evolution Elliptical
Weight
Warranty
Price
4 D-Cell
Batteries
260 lbs.
Frame: lifetime;
Belts, Moving
Parts & Electrical:
2 yrs; External
Components &
Freight/Labor:
6 mths.
$2,995
20
120V
365 lbs.
Electrical &
Mechanical: 2 yrs.
1 yr Labor
$4,999
7 (2 are
interactive
heart rate
programs)
20
120V
365 lbs.
Electrical &
Mechanical: 2 yrs.
1 yr Labor
$3,999
time, total calories,
distance, resistance level,
mets, rpm, heart rate
(optional)
3 standard;
2 optional
interactive
heart rate
programs
20
selfpowered
235 lbs.
electrical,
mechanical &
labor: 1 yr.
$3,699
LED
message
center
heart rate, time, total
calories, calories/hr,
distance, resistance level,
watts, mets, rpm
7 (2 are
interactive
heart rate
programs)
20
selfpowered
235 lbs.
electrical &
mechanical: 2 yrs;
labor: 1 yr.
$4,199
62”H x 82”L x 25”W
LED
message
center
heart rate, time, total
calories, calories/hr,
distance, resistance level,
watts, mets, rpm
7 (2 are
interactive
heart rate
programs)
20
selfpowered
240 lbs.
electrical &
mechanical: 2 yrs;
labor: 1 yr.
$4,699
65”H x 64”L x 65”W
LED
(analogue &
digital)
time, distance, speed,
watts, calories, high profile
programs, summary of data,
heart rate control, heart rate
10
20
110V or
230V
209 lbs.
Varies
Contact
Manufacturer
59”H x 81”L x 20” W (at
base), 39”W (at handrails)
LED
time, strides, strides/min.,
calories, calories/min., heart
rate, resistance level,
incline, course profile,
Smart Rate™
8 + manual
10
120V or
240V
310 lbs.
Labor: 1 yr; Parts:
2 yrs; Frame &
Weld: 5 yrs.
$3,995
61.5”H x 78”L x 30”W
LED
time, segment time, mets,
calories, calories/min., total
strides, distance, heart rate
8
20
120V or
240V
220 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$4,495
Precor
EFX® 556 Total Body
Elliptical Fitness
Crosstrainer
61.5”H x 78”L x 30”W
LEDs
time, segment time, strides,
distance, resistance level,
calories/total, calories/
minute, mets, heart rate,
smart rate
5 plus
manual
20
120V or
240V
220 lbs.
parts: 2 yrs; labor:
1 yr; frame
(weldments):
lifetime
call for
pricing
Reebok/CCS Fitness
Reebok Fusion Elliptical
Runner
46”H x 84”L x 29”W
LED
time remaining, calories,
calories/hr, speed, distance,
resistance level, stride length,
heart rate
none
10
110V-120V
400 lbs.
parts: 2 yrs.
limited; labor: 1 yr.
$4,995
Reebok/CCS Fitness
67”H x 60”L x 28”W
LED
calories, calories/hr., distance
climbed, rate of climb, time
(remaining or elapsed),
heart rate
8
10
100/115/
220/240V
300 lbs.
Parts & Labor:
2 yrs. Limited
$4,295
64 1/4”H x 65”L x 29”W
LED
calories, calories/hr., distance,
speed, time (remaining or
elapsed), heart rate
8
10
100/115/
220/240V
290 lbs.
Parts & Labor:
2 yrs. Limited
$4,295
Hoggan Health
Industries
CT-500 Sprint Cross Trainer
Life Fitness
Cross Trainer
Total Body System
Life Fitness
Cross Trainer
Lower Body System
Precor
EFX544
Precor
EFX546
Reebok Body Peak
Reebok/CCS Fitness
Reebok Body Trec
continued
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
85
Product Comparisons • Elliptical Motion Trainers
Levels of Power
Programs Resistance
Dimensions
Display
Feedback
Schwinn
410i Elliptical
66”H x 76”L x 23”W
LED
speed, distance, calories,
rpms
6 plus
manual
16
selfgenerating
200 lbs.
SCIFIT
51”H x 77”L x 25”W
LED
time(remaining & elapsed),
rpm, watts, calories,
distance, heart rate, level
14
bi-directional
120V or
240V
170 lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$3,295
Sports Art America
Sportsart 8007
Elliptical Trainer
64”H x 83”L x 20”W(base),
37”W(handlebars)
Dot matrix
plus LEDs
time, resistance level, strides 12 pre-set hill
per minute, total strides,
profiles with
calories, heart rate (control
override
or contact)
capabilities,
heart rate
control (fat
burn or
cardio), 2
custom
intervals,
manual quick
start
14
selfgenerating
with
battery
back-up
264 lbs.
Full commercial,
parts: 2 yrs; labor:
1 yr.
$3,395
Sports Art America
Sportsart 8100 Club
Elliptical Trainer
66”H x 101.5”L x
22”W(base),
38”W(handlebar)
Dot matrix
plus LED’s
time, resistance level, ramp 12 pre-set hill
level, strides per minute, total profiles with
override
strides, calories, heart rate
capabilities, 2
(contact)
custom
intervals,
manual quick
start
14, ramp level
0 to 10 (each
level 2.5% for
a total of 25%)
110V
379 lbs.
Full commercial,
parts: 2 yrs;
labor: 1 yr.
$3,795
42”L x 53”W
LED/Alphanumeric
stride rate & length,
calories, distance, heart
rate, elapsed time, met level
4 preset, 1
manual,
Quick-Start
Option
1-20
110V or
220V
460 lbs.
Parts: 3 yrs.
$3,595
Star Trac
Elliptical EDGE™
62”H x 86”L x 33”W
dot-matrix
time, mph, distance, calories,
cal./min, heart rate, resistance
level, pace, course profile,
met level, watts
7 preset,
dynamic
heart rate
control,
personal
trainer (up to
50 PT’s can
customize
workouts),
Fitlinxx &
Cardio
Theater
compatible
1-15
self
powered,
optional
adapter
230 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$3,995
TECHNOGYM
66”H x 79”L x 34”W
n/a
heart rate, watts, distance,
time, calories, speed
8
12
110V
397 lbs.
Parts: 2 yrs;
Labor: 1 yr.
$4,495
62.4”H x 80.4”L x 34.3”W
Dot Matrix
16, plus
manual
selfpowered
242.5 lbs.
Parts & Labor:
3 yrs.
$3,495
SX1000
StairMaster
FreeRunner™ 5400 ESS
ELLIPTICAL
Rotex XT D280
TRUE Fitness
750E Elliptical Trainer
start-up information, time,
3 predistance, rpm, heart rate, work programs, 1
level, watts, mets, calories
random, 1
heart rate
control with
cruise control,
1 manual
Weight
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
86
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Warranty
Price
Frame: Lifetime; $1,799.99
Electrical
components: 2 yrs;
Mechanical
components &
Labor: 1 yr.
ELLIPTICAL MOTION TRAINERS
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
CT-500 Sprint Cross Trainer
The revamped Sprint Cross Trainer
features beefed-up mechanics for
enhanced durability, and a seveninch-shorter, space-efficient design.
This sophisticated machine works
both the upper and lower body, and
provides a non-impact, elliptical foot
motion that simulates natural walking
and running movements. The Sprint
Cross Trainer can be operated in
either forward or reverse, and offers
such additional features as: extrawide footpedals for safety and
stability; no electrical requirements;
and a console that displays speed,
time, calories, distance, and resistance
level, and includes a water- bottle and
radio holder.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,995
■ Life Fitness
NEW
Total Body Cross-Trainer
Rear Drive System
This latest line of Life Fitness CrossTrainers affords a versatile and
effective total-body workout, and
features an LED message center that
provides continuous readouts of
total calories, calories per hour,
resistance level, heart rate (optional
with the CT 8500), time, distance,
mets, watts, and rpms. Equipped
with upper-body attachments that
operate in unison with the unit's
foot pedals, these three elliptical
trainers—i.e., the CT8500, CT9100,
and CT9500HR—are designed to
produce a fluid and natural,
nonimpact exercise and offer 20
separate levels of resistance. Each
machine is self-powered and backed
by a complete electrical, mechanical,
and labor warranty.
Manufacturer's list price:
$3,699 (CT 8500), $4,199 (CT 9100),
$4,699 (CT9500HR)
See our ad on the back cover
Life Fitness Cross-Trainer
Front Drive Systems
Available in two versions—the Total
Body System and the Lower Body
System—the Life Fitness CrossTrainer provides both novice and
advanced users with a wide range of
exercise options. It features 20
resistance levels; two new CrossTraining programs; a variety of
traditional,
Life Fitness programs, such as Hill,
Random, Fat Burn and Cardio; and a
built-in reading rack and accessory
tray. Backed by a two-year warranty
on its electrical and mechanical parts
and a one year labor warranty, the
Cross-Trainer allows users to exercise
using either a forward or reverse
motion.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$4,999 (Total Body System),
$3,999 (Lower Body System)
See our ad on the back cover
■ PowerSport
International, Ltd.
NEW
Evolution Elliptical Trainer
This well-crafted machine offers the
exercise benefits of treadmills and
steppers, but without producing any
impact or stress on the lower back,
hips, or knee joints. Designed to
exercise the majority of the body's
major muscle groups, the Evolution
Elliptical Trainer provides a smooth
range of motion for both the upper
and lower body, and features userfriendly controls, an analogue and
digital display, nine programs with
20 effort levels, and heart-rate
monitoring and control. The unit is
FitLinxx compatible, and backed by a
two-year, extendable warranty.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
■ Precor
EFX 544 Elliptical Fitness
Crosstrainer
This is the machine that gave rise to
the “elliptical-motion” category.
Designed to mimick the “eggshaped” foot motion of walking and
running, the EFX 544 can operate
both in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction. Among the
machine’s other interesting features
is the fact that its ellipse-shaped
stride can be adjusted to simulate
the leg motion of stationary bikes,
steppers, and cross-country ski
machines. Users can select from the
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
87
unit’s eight programmed courses, or
simply hit the Quick Start key to
activate its manual mode. The EFX
weighs 310 pounds, and has a
footprint of 81" x 20".
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,995
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
EFX546 Elliptical Fitness
Crosstrainer
ELLIPTICAL
Featuring the latest in ellipticalmotion technology, the Precor
EFX546 offers even more challenges
and crosstraining options than its
predecessor. The unit’s special
CrossRamp feature provides a unique,
elliptical ramp incline that encourages
maximal gluteal involvement, with
settings between 10 and 40 degrees.
Its smooth, sturdy design offers
exceptional stability during even the
most vigorous of workouts. With 20
CrossRamp settings, 20 levels of
resistance, and eight programmed
courses, the EFX546 is designed to
offer a higher level of no-impact,
cardiovascular training, and is
appropriate for people of all ages and
fitness levels.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,495
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
NEW
EFX 556
This newest addition to Precor's line
of Elliptical Fitness Crosstrainers
incorporates many of the features of
88
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
the popular EFX546, plus handlebars
that function in unison with the
machine's lower-body mechanism to
optimize upper-body muscle
involvement. Its CrossRamp is fixed
at a 25-degree angle to
accommodate the widest range of
users, and fully involve the major
muscles of the lower-body, such as
the glutes, hamstrings, quadriceps,
and calves. The EFX556 offers a
display console featuring an easy-touse, "intuitive" interface that can be
activated by the slightest touch, and
a 10-key, numeric keypad that
makes data input as simple as
possible. The unit's frame is
warranted for a lifetime, while its
parts are covered for two years.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
■ Reebok/CSS Fitness
Reebok Body Peak
This innovative cardiovascular
machine from Reebok/CCS Fitness
can claim the distinction of being
both a total-body conditioner and an
elliptical-motion trainer that
simulates natural climbing motion. It
features a patented linkage system
that automatically synchronizes arm
and leg movements, and a colorful,
easy-to-use, LED display that offers
eight pre-programmed courses. The
Reebok Body Peak is designed to
effectively tone the biceps, triceps,
back, chest, glutes, and hamstrings,
and promises to burn more calories,
provide a smoother motion, and
work muscles more aggressively than
conventional climbing machines.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,295
NEW
Reebok Fusion
Elliptical Runner
This futuristic, variable-stride unit
allows members of all sizes and
fitness levels to walk, jog, or run—or
all three—as gently, or aggressively,
as desired. The elliptical orbit and
variable stride length (21"-31")
produce a natural, no-impact
movement, and the footplate design
ensures proper positioning of the
ankles, knees, and hips. The Reebok
Fusion allows exercisers to modify
their workouts virtually mid-stride,
making the unit particularly wellsuited for interval training.
Constructed of welded structural
steel, the Fusion measures 84" L x
29" W x 46" H, relies on a
computer-controlled electromagnetic
brake for resistance, and is backed
by a two-year limited warranty on
parts. Displays include time
remaining, calories, calories/hour,
speed, distance, resistance level,
stride length, and heart rate.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,995
Reebok Body Trec
This machine provides a smooth, noimpact, total-body exercise that
simulates a natural striding motion.
Whether operating in forward or
reverse, the Reebok Body Trec
automatically synchronizes the user’s
arm and leg movements into the
same biomechanical rhythm,
effectively toning the arms, chest,
back, hips, legs and gluteal muscles.
Its easy-to-use display offers the
choice of eight, built-in workout
programs. Backed by a limited, twoyear warranty on parts and labor,
the Body Trec weighs 290 pounds,
and measures 65” x 29” x 64 1/4”.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,295
■ Schwinn
no minimal rpm requirements, bidirectional resistance, and a workload
that’s adjustable in one-watt
increments, the SX1000 is well-suited
for both fitness and rehab settings.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,295
■ SportsArt America
NEW
410i Elliptical
The 410i provides a non-impact, totalbody, cardiovascular workout, and
smooth and quiet operation in both
forward and reverse, allowing users to
recruit a variety of different muscle
groups. With the arms dependent on
the foot pedals, the machine
automatically synchronizes the user's
arms and legs to produce a natural,
fluid, exercise movement. The 410i
features an on-board computer that
offers over 100 workout options with
16 levels of intensity, and immediate
feedback on time, distance, calories,
and rpms. The unit's institutionalquality steel construction is designed
to withstand the most intense
workout environments.
Manufacturer's list price:
$1,799.99
■ SCIFIT
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,545
See our ads on the inside front
cover and Climber tab insert
NEW
8100 Club Elliptical Trainer
A self-proclaimed "granddaddy" of
club elliptical units, the SportsArt
8100 incorporates a reliable, frictionfree, eddy-current resistance system,
sealed ball bearings at every
movement point, and a large, sturdy,
welded steel frame designed to
withstand the most severe
punishment. This machine can be
operated in either forward or
reverse, and features an easy-to-use
control panel equipped with 12 preset hill profiles, two custom intervals,
a manual quick start program, and
"heart rate touch." Feedback
includes time, resistance level, ramp
level, strides per minute, total
strides, calories, and heart rate. The
8100 offers exercisers a fun and
challenging non-impact workout,
and is backed by a full, two-year
commercial warranty on parts.
Manufacturer's list price: $3,795
See our ad on page 47
NEW
SX1000 Elliptical Walker
The new SX1000 Elliptical Walker
makes use of the unique BioFlex
footpad, which pivots to match the
user’s natural gait motion, resulting in
reduced foot stress, ankle strain, and
overall impact. The unit’s high-density
LED display features: a dot-matrix,
scrolling message center; a heartrate-control program that integrates
the user’s heart rate with the
machine’s microprocessor; computer
controlled isokinetics capable of
challenging the most advanced users;
and seven different work profiles,
each with 20 levels of intensity. With
between 12” and 36”. This unique,
variable stride length (VSL) feature is
designed to accommodate all types
of exercisers, and also serves to
promote enhanced lower-body
conditioning, particularly in the
glutes, quadriceps, and hamstrings.
StairMaster’s unique, VSL technology
provides club members with the
variable stride length and range of
motion associated with a treadmill,
while offering the fun, low-impact
movement of a well-built elliptical
trainer.
■ StairMaster
■ Star Trac
Elliptical EDGE™
Designed to minimize strains of the
back, joints, and muscles, and
engage all of the muscles of the
lower body, the Elliptical EDGE
exerciser provides a smooth, fluid
workout that simulates non-impact
walking and running movements.
The machine’s patented, userfriendly Sport Utility Display includes
eight preset programs, a “Quick
Start” feature, a Personal Trainer
Studio, Polar telemetry heart-rate
measurement, and Cardio Theater
compatibility, as well as
compartments for water bottles and
personal stereos, and built-in towel
and reading racks. Equipped with
casters for easy mobility, the EDGE
offers a slim, self-powered design
that requires no wiring.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,995
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
FreeRunner 5400 ESS
The StairMaster FreeRunner ESS is an
innovative new machine that allows
users to vary their stride length
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
89
■ TECHNOGYM
ROWERS
■ Concept II
Real Racing feature, and immediate
feedback regarding members’ fitness
progress. The Windrigger also
provides easy-to-read LCD displays of
time, speed, distance, stroke rate,
watts, and calories burned.
Manufacturer’s list price: $999.95
Rotex XT D280
This dynamic piece of equipment
belongs to the XT line—a family of
cardiovascular machines designed to
balance biomechanics, functional
features, and intelligent, aesthetic
design. Like all of Technogym’s XT
pieces, it conforms to the exclusive
Technogym CHR system, which
ensures a safe and effective workout
for users by maintaining a preset
heart rate. The Rotex XT offers a
variety of integrated functions,
including Quick Start, Programmed
Routes, Manual Training, Level Test,
and the CHR system.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,495
See our ad on page 5
■ TRUE Fitness
Concept II Indoor Rower
Found in health clubs worldwide, the
Concept II Indoor Rower is a smoothflowing, space-efficient, lowmaintenance rowing machine that
requires no external power source. This
popular, lightweight rower offers a
true, on-the-water feel, and a
resistance range that makes it suitable
for people of all ages and ability levels.
The unit’s standard, electronic monitor
delivers immediate performance
feedback, and is designed to interface
with both a heart-rate monitor and a
PC. The Concept II provides an impactfree, total-body exercise that can be
performed either individually or in a
class setting.
Manufacturer’s list price: $765
plus shipping ($715 plus shipping
for five or more)
ELLIPTICAL
■ Schwinn
NEW
750E Elliptical Trainer
Providing a smooth and comfortable
exercise experience that minimizes
body stress and fatigue, the 750E
Elliptical Trainer affords a natural,
heel-to-toe walking pattern that
precisely mimics natural motions.
The unit’s glide wheels are enclosed
in an all-aluminum extruded track to
help ensure safety and enhance
aesthetic appeal. Backed by a full
commercial warranty that covers
parts and labor for three years, the
750R offers a simple-to-use control
panel equipped with a dot-matrix
display, and an easy-to-read message
center that provides readouts of
time, calories, distance, heart rate,
work level, rpms, mets, and watts.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,495
See our ad on page 9
90
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Airdyne Windrigger
This sleek, stylish rower features
Schwinn’s reliable, patented fanwheel
technology, a two-stage, belt-to-belt
drive, and cast urethane seat rollers
with sealed ball bearings to provide
smooth action. An on-board
computer includes manual mode, two
pre-programs, Regatta mode with
■ WaterRower, Inc.
NEW
The WaterRower
Rowing was originally about boats
and water, so it seems only
reasonable that the WaterRower
combine the warmth of wood,
water-generated resistance, and a
naturalistic motion that capture the
aesthetics of rowing. The result is a
unique rowing machine that
provides a pleasant and rewarding
exercise activity that’s invigorating to
the body and relaxing to the mind.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$895 to $1,745
CROSS COUNTRY SKI MACHINES
■ Reebok/CCS Fitness
Reebok Body Mill
This innovative, total-body
conditioner offers an efficient
cardiovascular workout that
integrates the benefits of cross-
country skiing and walking.
Delivering continuous arm and leg
resistance, the Body Mill is designed
to tone the arms, back, chest, hips,
legs, and gluteus muscles. Its
patented Crosslink System
automatically synchronizes upperand lower-body movements, making
the machine remarkably easy to use,
and its no-impact design minimizes
stress on joints. The Body Mill’s userfriendly display features eight
preprogrammed courses, as well as
heart-rate-monitoring capabilities.
Durable and reliable, this unit is
backed by a two-year limited
warranty on parts and labor.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,995
ALTERNATIVE CARDIOVASCULAR EQUIPMENT
■ CyberSports
■ CYBEX
International, Inc.
■ H.I.T. Fitness
The HIT
This self-powered, full-body cross
trainer stimulates every major muscle
group of the body with one
comfortable, complete motion. The
HIT provides a high-intensity, shortduration workout that exercises the
body through both its full range of
movement and natural planes of
motion; a typical HIT workout lasts
between four and 12 minutes.
Offering virtually no impact on
joints, the unit is designed to build
lean muscle, burn fat, promote
flexibility, improve cardiovascular
fitness, and enhance performance in
sports and real life activities. The HIT
can be used for both individual
workouts and group classes.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,995
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
NEW
The Flycycle
Cybex 600H Hiker
Combining resistance-based
pedaling, a three-dimensional motion
platform, and interactive gaming
software, the Flycycle provides a
fun-filled, full-body, cardiovascular
workout. Riders can choose from a
variety of virtual adventures,
including flying through space while
blasting enemy spaceships,
maneuvering around city buildings
and other obstacles, and sailing over
a calm island setting. Measuring 76"
H x 72" L x 60" W, the Flycycle offers
display readings of calories burned,
cadence, heart rate, and time
elapsed, and pedal-resistance and
game-difficulty levels that range from
easy to almost impossible.
An alternative to elliptical-motion
machines with fixed gears that
restrict range of motion, The Hiker
allows users to determine their
length of stride and load
resistance–without making any
adjustments to the machine. This
total-body exerciser allows a person’s
upper and lower body to work
together harmoniously. It features
five exercise programs (Alps Tour,
Pikes Peak, Trail Hike, Interval, and
Manual), cordless operation, and
built-in, heart-rate sensors. The
Hiker’s console tracks steps per
minute, watts, time remaining, total
time, heart rate, total calories, miles
per hour, and total miles.
Manufacturer's list price: $9,000
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,895
See our ad on page 1
NEW
Sprint Torso Ergometer
Well-suited for health clubs,
rehabilitation facilities, and schools,
the Sprint Torso Ergometer provides a
means for both upper-body
conditioning and cardiovascular
exercise, and offers a removable seat
to accommodate wheelchair users.
The unit incorporates adjustable
crank arms, an ultra-responsive,
eddy-current resistance system, a
resistance dial that allows users to
easily adjust intensity levels, and a
large console that displays numerical
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
91
readouts and bar graphs. Compact
and durable, the Torso Ergometer
requires no external power source
and utilizes minimal floor space,
allowing it to be placed virtually
anywhere in a facility.
Manufacturer's list price: $2,995
■ Orion Fitness Systems
individuals requiring rehabilitation,
it’s particularly useful for those who
are confined to a wheelchair or use a
walking aid. Likewise, the 881E can
be used as an upper-body
cardiovascular machine by
paraplegics, amputees, and people
with other physical disabilities. The
unit features: electronic readouts of
pedal revolutions/minute, total pedal
revolutions, and time; crank arms
that individually adjust both vertically
and horizontally; and a control knob
to adjust the resistance.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,179
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
insert
■ Schwinn
TBX Total Body Cross Trainer
ELLIPTICAL
The revised TBX features Orion’s
newly introduced, Variable Exercise
Grip handlebar system, which adds a
dynamic, new dimension to the totalbody workout. The new, rotating
handle grips and enhanced handlebar
design permit a number of additional
exercises for various, upper-body
muscle groups. Providing 16 levels of
smooth, electronic resistance, the TBX
simultaneously engages the major
muscles of the upper and lower body,
and delivers a safe and efficient
workout that’s designed to improve
stamina, strength, and cardiovascular
health. Orion’s TBX cross trainer offers
a variety of built-in programs,
including fat burning, interval, peak,
and advanced heart-rate control.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Quinton Fitness
Equipment
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,195
(PRO1000), $3,795 (PROII)
■ TRUE Fitness
Airdyne Windjammer™
A new addition to the Airdyne line,
the Windjammer offers users a oneof-a-kind, upper-body workout. This
wheelchair-accessible machine can
be set for either simultaneous or
independent arm action, and
operated from both a seated and
standing position. It features a twostage belt drive that provides for
smooth and quiet exercise, and fully
adjustable seat, crank-length, and
resistance settings, allowing it to
accomodate a wide range of users.
The Windjammer’s computer offers a
manual mode, three pre-designed
programs, and readouts of calories,
distance, rpms, time, watts, and
workload level.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,599.95
■ SCIFIT
PRO1000/PROII
Monark 881E Rehab Trainer
The Monark 881E has the flexibility
to be used as either an upper- or
lower-body ergometer. Designed for
92
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
increments, and optional, variablelength hand cranks for rowing
movements. Its sister unit, the
versatile PROII, can be used as a
total-body conditioner, an upperbody ergometer, or a recumbent
bike. Both units are durable and
wheelchair accessible, and feature:
an easy-to-read, high-density, LED
display; German-designed,
electromagnetic brakes; and
comfortable, ergonomically angled
hand grips.
The PRO1000, SCIFIT’s Upper Body
Rotary Exerciser, is a state-of-the-art
ergometer that incorporates a stepthrough-seating design, bidirectional resistance, a workload
that’s adjustable in one-watt
NEW
TNT2000
The one-of-a-kind TNT2000
treadmill features arms that users
can push and pull while using the
machine. The unit is designed to
replicate natural walking
movements, and effectively tone and
strengthen the muscles of the abs,
back, chest, shoulders, arms, quads,
glutes, and calves. The result: an
intense, full-body cardio and
strength workout. The TNT2000 is
self-powered, and offers resistance
that can be increased or decreased
at any time during the workout via
fingertip controls mounted on the
exercise arms. A sleek, low-profile
design and solid construction
complete this unique product.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,995
See our ad on page 9
ABDOMINAL TRAINING EQUIPMENT
■ Cadex System, Inc.
Abench is a brand of Fitness
Products International.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
and on pages 7, 22
B-205 Ab Crunch Bench
Designed to tone and strengthen the
abdominal muscles, the Cadex Ab
Crunch Bench features a unique pivot
system that simulates an anatomically
correct, ab crunch movement. Its
stainless steel footrest helps users to
maintain proper form throughout the
exercise and effectively isolate the
lower torso, while the stainless steel
weight holders located on each side
of the unit provide the option of
adding resistance. To ensure a safe
and comfortable exercise, the Ab
Crunch Bench incorporates two,
specially gripped handles that stabilize
and assist users during the
movement, as well as soft, 1 1/2”thick padding to support their arms,
back, seat, and head.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Fitness Products
International
■ Ideas for Sale (IFS),
Inc.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
NEW
The Abdominal Bench
The Abdominal Bench is meant to be
twice as effective as traditional sit-up
benches, and offers users a safe and
efficient method for strengthening
the abdominal muscles and
protecting the health of the back.
This sturdily built piece is
constructed primarily from heavyduty, powder-coated steel, and
features a thick, lumbar support pad
that adjusts to different positions
along the bench. The IFS Abdominal
Bench requires a 60" x 48" floor
space, and weighs approximately
160 pounds.
Manufacturer's list price: $1,200
See our ad on page 31
■ Paramount Fitness
Corporation
AB100 Abench Classic
Unlike some abdominal trainers that
lack the durability required for
commercial use, and others that
feature questionable, if not
ineffective designs, the Abench
Classic is crafted to withstand heavy
use, and provide maximum upperback and head support to help users
maintain proper alignment.
Featuring a unique floating pivot
point, this abdominal trainer delivers
an effective crunch movement.
unit from Paramount employs the
latest in plate-loaded technology.
The Total Ab allows club members to
perform three strength-training
exercises-i.e., one for the upper
abdominals, one for the lower
abdominals, and one for the oblique
muscles-on a single compact station.
The machine’s competitive price and
“counter-balanced” movements
make it an appropriate and
appealing choice for a wide variety
of fitness facilities. Its key design
features include: a contoured back
pad and multi-position foot rollers to
help properly align and support the
user; a self-adjusting neck pad for
extra support and comfort;
convenient, pin-loaded adjustments;
and angled hand grips.
■ Precise Exercise
Equipment
AB Trainer CLUB PRO
A commercial version of the
company’s popular AB Trainer, the
CLUB PRO provides a safe and
effective method for strengthening
and toning the abdominal muscles;
its patented “rocking system”
simultaneously supports the head
and neck while mimicking spinal
flexion, permitting an isolated
abdominal contraction without the
stress and strain of a normal sit-up.
The CLUB PRO comes complete
with: an exercise mat; two, threepound weights; an instructional
video and poster; and a warranty
that covers its frame for five years,
and its pad for one year.
Manufacturer’s list price: $295
NEW
PFW-9300 Total Ab
Representing the most recent
addition to the company’s Total Body
System series, this innovative new
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
93
FREE WEIGHTS
Free Weights
■ Ace Specialty
Manufacturing
Company, Inc.
American-made, 1/2”, fine-thread
bolts. The Rubber Encased Dumbbell
features a sleek, compact,
maintenance-free design, and is
surrounded by Virgin black rubber to
prevent scratching and chipping. Both
are available with 1 1/4”-diameter
handles and require no assembly.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Criterion Body
Building Equipment
NEW
World Barbells & Dumbbells
Designed by Joe Gold, of World
Gym International, the World
Dumbbell is designed to provide a
particularly accurate balance.
Predicated on Gold’s vast experience
in strength training, World Barbells
and Dumbbells are intended to be
used with rubber weight plates. The
large diameter inner collar, coupled
with steel engraved end plates,
provide more gripping surface area,
which produces a solid product that
requires less maintenance. World
bars and handles are made and
assembled in the U.S.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ CEMCO Physical
Fitness Products
STRENGTH
Cemco offers a wide assortment of
free-weight equipment, including
Olympic bars and plates, Fixed Cast
Iron Barbells, and two new
products—the Fixed Dumbbell and
the Rubber Encased Dumbbell.
Available in black or gray, the Fixed
Dumbbell ranges in weight from five
to 150 pounds, and features 1 1/4pound rubber end plates and
94
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Flex Olympic Stations
Recent improvements to the Flex Free
Weight line have made its Olympic
Stations even more complete. These
stations include the Bench Press,
Decline Press, Incline Press, Leg Press,
Military Press, Squat Rack, Power
Rack, Super Smith, and Hack, and
each features: chrome-plated, barcatch areas; chrome-plated, weightstorage holders on each side of the
unit; and convenient increment
markings to keep the plate-storage
area uncluttered. The Flex Olympic
Stations are designed to be
unmatched in durability, functionality,
user-friendliness, and aesthetic design.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 51
NEW
Criterion Dumbbells
Criterion Dumbbells are designed to
be safe—because they’re 20% to
50% smaller than some other
dumbbells, they offer greater
control. And because users have
more control, they can lift heavier
weight, which makes for a more
efficient workout. Criterion
dumbbells feature a solid steel fulllength center shaft for maximum
strength and durability. A unique,
square, knurled ergo handle
provides a superior grip. A lead core
is encased by a 1/4” steel shell and
end plate for complete safety.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Fixed Dumbbell/Rubber
Encased Dumbbell
■ Flex Equipment, Inc.
■ Fitness Products
International
(see page 98)
■ Hammer Strength
NEW
Hammer Strength Benches,
Racks
Hammer Strength now offers 25
pieces of premium, heavy-duty
benches and racks that feature a
sturdy, bolt-together design and are
constructed of the same durable
components as Hammer Strength
plate-loaded equipment. The Olympic
family consists of a squat rack and
four benches. The Free Weight family
has 13 pieces, including five fixed
benches, a double-tier dumbbell
rack, and a standing or seated arm
curl. The Body Weight family uses the
exerciser’s weight as resistance and
has five pieces.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$99 to $949
See our ad on the back cover
■ Hampton Fitness
Products
Rubber Plate Dumbell, which is
designed to reduce weight room
wear and tear.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ HOIST Fitness
Systems
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Dura-Bell
The new Dura-Bell from Hampton
Fitness is a rubberized, hexagonal
dumbbell that’s designed to protect
floors and equipment from impact
damage, reduce the noise level
associated with free weights, and
eliminate the burden of having to
tighten loose plates. The Dura-Bell’s
many custom features include: zincchromate coating and consistent
knurling to ensure a secure grip;
ergonomically designed, solid steel
handles crafted for comfort and
safety; a compact, attractive design;
and superior quality rubber.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,125
(5-50 lbs., set in 5lb. increments);
$3,750 (5-100lbs., set in 5lb.
increments)
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
■ Iron Grip Barbell
Company
Freeweight Line
Hoist’s comprehensive Freeweight
Line consists of 28 sturdy units, all
relying upon “tried and true”
principles of effective strength
training. The expansive line includes
a complete array of racks and
benches, as well as a variety of
attractive plate-loaded pieces, such
as the Counterbalance Smith
Machine, the 42-Degree Angled Leg
Press, and the Seated Calf Raise. All
of the units feature a rugged steel
construction, quality workmanship,
and a safe, low-maintenance design.
Hoist’s comprehensive, commercial
warranty covers frames for a
lifetime, moving parts for five years,
and cables for one year.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,890 (Counterbalance
Smith/Angled Leg Press),
$690 (Seated Calf Raise)
■ IGX Strength
STRENGTH
96
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Free-Weight Equipment
Iron Grip offers a complete selection
of high quality American-made free
weight equipment. Iron Grip iron
Olympic plates feature integrated
handgrips and a 12-sided, “anti-roll”
design. The Urethane Olympic plates
incorporate the same patented
features found on the original Iron
plates, but are encapsulated in
durable urethane to prevent
scratching or scuffing equipment,
walls, and floors, Both Iron Grip Solid
Steel and Urethane-encased
Dumbbells and Fixed Barbells are
heavy-duty and maintenance-free.
Iron Grip’s Hard Chrome Olympic bars
feature aircraft-quality plating that is
impervious to chipping or flaking. The
company also offers a complete line of
high quality screened and
embroidered apparel and accessories.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Hoggan Dumbells
Hoggan Dumbell products come in a
variety of designs to meet the
different needs of fitness facility
owners. The company’s top-of-theline offering is the “indestructable”
Stainless Steel Dumbell. For the fairly
cost-conscious owner, Hoggan offers
the alternative of the Chrome
Dumbell. The truly budget-conscious
owner will appreciate the high quality
of the even more affordable Cast
Plate version. And, for the owner
who’s also interested in minimizing
flooring costs, there’s the company’s
grips, making them particularly safe
and comfortable to use. IGX Pro-style
dumbbells and fixed barbells are
available in either iron or rubber, and
both come with heavy duty, rubberencased steel end caps and Americanmade handles. IGX Olympic bars are
also made in America, and feature
machined steel sleeves and Nylotron
bushings for added durability. IGX
Strength is a division of the Iron Grip
Barbell Company.
■ Ivanko Barbell
NEW
Free-Weight Equipment
IGX Strength is an aggressively priced
line of free weight equipment that
includes iron and rubber Olympic
plates, iron and rubber pro-style
dumbbells and fixed barbells, and
American-made Olympic bars. IGX
plates feature patented opposing
Neoprene Aerobic
Hex Dumbells
Sporting hot colors such as purple,
pink, turquoise, and red, these
dumbbells are designed to be used as
aerobic accessories, and feature a rustresistant, cast-iron core encased in a
durable neoprene covering. Their
unique hexagonal shape makes them
stackable, and also prevents them
from rolling. Weight figures and the
Ivanko logo are prominently printed
on both sides of each dumbbell. Also
available from Ivanko is the Vinyl
Aerobic Hex Dumbbell line, which is
similar to the Neoprene line, except
for the fact that these dumbbells are
vinyl-encased.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 95
NEW
Rubber E-Z Lift Plates
The new Rubber E-Z Lift Plates feature
Ivanko’s patented E-Z lift design, and
are guaranteed not to chip, crack,
flake, peel, rust, or tear. Because
these plates are rubber, they do not
damage floors or upholstery, and will
not dent or scratch equipment.
Ivanko’s plates can be used with any
style of plate racks-e.g., post, shelftype, sliding, etc.-without the worry
of compression dents or other
damages that can occur with
urethane-coated plates. As with all
Ivanko E-Z lift products, the plate
openings offer a smooth radius and
rounded edges for maximum comfort
while grabbing the plates.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 95
■ Nautilus
NEW
Steel E-Z Lift Plates
These durable steel plates feature the
company’s traditional, round-shaped,
E-Z lift design, and are available with a
baked-on, polyester-based,
hammertone-grey painted finish. They
incorporate seven openings-not just
two or three-which makes them
especially easy to handle. Ivanko’s E-Z
lift plates are the same diameter as
conventional round Olympic plates,
and easily integrate with a club’s
existing free weights. Expected
additions to the line include a
urethane version and an exclusive
“ultrathane” model.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 95
■ Kraiburg
NEW
Nautilus Free Weight Line
This new 23-piece line from Nautilus
is comprised of Olympic stations,
racks, and benches. Each of the
pieces is crafted from heavy-gauge
steel, and offers a host of safety and
performance-enhancing features,
including: Boltaflex upholstery, Efson
molded nylon pulleys, and nyloncoated cables. Other construction
components include: zinc-plated
weight horns, mushroom-headed
racking pegs, molded rubber foot
pads, and impregnated bushings on
pivot points and sliding members.
Manufactures list price:
Call for pricing
■ Nebula Fitness
Equipment
NEW
Kraiburg Weight Plates
Available in 10-, 15-, 20-, and 25kilogram versions, Kraiburg Weight
Plates are built to absorb every kind
of conceivable impact. These highly
durable rubber plates incorporate a
specially reinforced brass insert, and
are designed to minimize weight
room noise and help extend the life
of a club's floors. The company's
product offering includes the
Kraiburg Weight Plates, and a
complete line of fitness facility
flooring for aerobic, aquatic,
cardiovascular, childcare, locker room,
retail, and strength-training areas.
Manufactures list price:
Call for pricing
NEW
6026 Eagle Rack
Nebula Fitness Equipment is a
leading manufacturing of strength
equipment in both the free-weight
and modular-racking-system
categories, and its products can be
found in a wide range of facilities—
from fine clubs to the fitness centers
of professional sports teams. Among
its newest products is the 6026
Eagle Rack, a multiuse training
center in and of itself. This Eagle
takes flight with an adjustable, lockin bench that inclines 0-85 degrees,
a swiveling chin station, dip rack,
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
97
and convenient plate storage. All of
the core strength exercises can be
executed on this rugged, but
handsome, unit, which requires only
6’ x 8’ of floor space.
Manufacturer’s list price: $5,195
■ Pro Maxima M.F.G.
innovative tri-cornered shape allows
for a truly natural grip, as well as
maximum lifting efficiency and
comfort, regardless of hand size.
Using the Tri-Bar grip as its point of
departure, the company has
designed an entire line of barbells
and dumbbells. The Tri-Bar line also
includes Oly Bars and Plates,
Neoprene Dumbbells, Hex and
Beauty Bells, Smooth End Bars, Spin
Lock Bars, and cable attachments.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ York Barbell
Company, Inc.
Smith Machine Series
Pro Maxima now offers three
variations on its budget-priced Smith
Machine Series. Each model
represents a total-body conditioning
system, allowing users to train their
arms, calves, hamstrings, and
quadricep muscles, as well as their
chest and shoulders with the simple
addition of a flat or flat-to-incline
bench. The series includes a basic
model priced at under $1,000 (if
purchased as part of a circuit), and
two linear-bearing versions—one of
which features a counter-balance
system, and both of which retail for
under $1,400 (if bought in
conjunction with other Pro Maxima
products). The Smith Machine Series
is backed by a lifetime warranty on
the frame, and a five-year warranty
on moving and mechanical parts.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for exact pricing
STRENGTH
■ Tri-Bar Gripping
System, LLC
Tri-Bar’s Free Weight Line
Tri-Bar’s patented, anatomically
correct gripping system is designed
to fit the human hand. The
98
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
NEW
Free Weights,
Husker Power Rack
A leading manufacturer of freeweight equipment for well over 60
years, York Barbell produces a
variety of high-quality, Americanmade barbells, plates, and strengthtraining machines. Among its
newest products is the Husker Power
Rack, part of the company’s Sports
Performance Series; an extremely
versatile unit, this rack facilitates a
variety of exercises, from the bench
press to Olympic movements, and
requires minimal space. York is also
reintroducing its commercial free
weight series, which has been
completely redesigned and refined.
Other highlights of the company’s
extensive catalog include its
Urethane-Covered Pick-Up Plates
and Iron/Rubber Gym Style
Dumbbells. The company also offers
a full line of selectorized and freeweight equipment under the “Elite”
and “Force” brand names, as well as
a complete selection of nutritional
supplements and energy bars.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Late Addition
■ Fitness Products
International
Icarian Freeweights
The roots of Icarian were originally in
high quality benches that were buillt
tough and built to last. Icarian’s new
series of Olympic benches, freeweight
accessories and racks continue this
tradition. What’s different about this
new equipment is its stylish
contemporary design and cosmetic
features that speak to today’s
marketplace. Icarian’s benches today
are as beautiful as they are functional.
The 408 Olympic Bench provides a
stable platform for conventional
bench press movements and a variety
of paint protectors to keep the unit
looking like new.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
and on pages 7, 22
Jade Olympic Plates
Fashioned from fire and earth, valued
for its durability and form... that’s
JADE. As the popularity of strength
training has grown, so too have its
tools. The new JADE Olympic plate is
just such an evolution. Featuring a
specially contoured, tri-handle design,
th JADE plate is easier to use and has
fewer pinch points than a
conventional Olympic plate. The new
JADE Olympic plate is offered in both
steel and steel-surfaced.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
and on pages 7, 22
MULTISTATION MACHINES
Strength Training
(MultiStation
Machines)
■ Fitness Products
International
seated rows, and tricep pushdowns.
Rounding off the FS Series are the FS061 Adjustable High/Low Pulley, the
FS-063 Cable Crossover, the FS-064
Lat Pulldown, the FS-065 Low Row,
and the FS-066 4-Station Pulley Gym.
Available upholstery colors include
blue jay, hunter green, slate gray, and
tomato red.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$11,990 (FS-067)
■ Pacific Fitness
Corporation
Icarian Multi-Station
Machines
The Icarian equipment line includes
a number of different, commercialquality, multi-station machines.
Designed to withstand the heaviest
of use, these units feature Icarian’s
trademark, 2” x 4” steel frames,
which provide a base strong enough
to support a lifetime warranty. In
order to meet the particular needs
of sports and fitness facilities, the
Icarian multi-stations are available in
two-, four-, seven-, and 10-station
designs.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
and on pages 7, 22
■ HOIST Fitness
Systems
The Coronado
Compact and contemporary, the
four-station Coronado was designed
with both first-time exercisers and
serious athletes in mind; the latter
will appreciate the machine’s heavy
construction and biomechanical
correctness, while the former will
find its ease of operation, simple
adjustments, and comfortable,
contoured seats appealing. Customdesigned top plates allow for a
starting resistance of only five
pounds at each station. Constructed
from 3" x 3", heavy-guage, steel
tubing, and solid, 1/4" steel plates,
Coronado measures 108" x 93" x 83
1/2", and is backed by a 10-year
limited warranty.
■ Paramount Fitness
Corporation
FIT5000 Multi-Station System
The FIT5000 offers a variety of
popular strength-training exercises,
including the biceps curl, lat
pulldown, leg extension, row, and
triceps extension, and is available
with either the three-wayadjustable, Advanced Rotary
Technology press bench, or the
vertical butterfly and chest press
station. Backed by Paramount’s full
commercial warranty, the versatile
FIT5000 System features: 1 1/4”thick weight plates with freefloating bushings; aircraft-quality
cables and extended-life pulley
wheels; a heavy-duty frame, with
chrome components in high-contact
areas; quick-set adjustable seats;
and smooth, quiet operation.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ PowerSport
International, Ltd.
Manufacturer’s list price: $4,895
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
Guardian Integra
Model FS-067
Six colorful pieces constitute Hoist’s FS
Series of freestanding, multi-purpose
cable machines. The biggest, if not
the boldest, is the FS-067 8-Station
Pulley Gym. Featuring eight weight
stacks, it can be custom-configured to
meet the needs of particular facilities,
and used for such exercises as cable
crossovers, chin-ups, lat pulldowns,
This original and unique family of
exercise machines is designed to
provide equal benefits for both ablebodied and disabled exercisers.
Guardian Integra can truly
accommodate all types of users,
offering such special features as:
simple, easily accessible start
positions; swing-away seats for
wheelchair access; transfer rails for
easy entry and exit; raised weight
figures to assist the visually
Winter 1999 Fitness Industry Technology
99
impaired; and multiposition, softtouch hand grips to accommodate
both short and tall users. The
machines in the Integra line are
available as stand-alone or
multistation units, and consist of the
Chest Press, Lat Pulldown, Lever
Row, Multi Press, Pec Deck, Preacher
Curl, Tricep Dip, and Variable Pulley.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
MultiGym Multi-Station
Exerciser
This effective, economical, and
versatile weight training system
features a mainframe unit that can
consist of either eight or nine exercise
stations. The MultiGym stations
include an abdominal conditioner,
bench press, lat pulldown, low pulley,
overhead press, and a chin station,
dip station, and hip flexor (available
only on the nine-station model).
Designed to be used for all types of
training programs and work all of the
major muscle groups, the Powersport
MultiGym is backed by a 10-year
warranty on frames and welds, and a
two-year warranty on all moving
parts (except pulleys and cables,
which are warrantied for six months).
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Pro Maxima M.F.G.
The Mini Max
On-Line 3800/4800
Pro Maxima manufactures
multistation machines in sizes
ranging from two weight stacks, to
six weight stacks. Among them is
the upgraded Mini Max, a budgetminded, three-weight-stack system
that can be used for a variety of
exercises, including arm curls, leg
extensions, seated and upright rows,
and tricep pushdowns. Its recent
enhancements include a larger foot
rest platform at the low-pulley
station for increased comfort and
traction, and the addition of
durable, cable-protection washers
designed to extend cable life and
minimize wear. The Pro Maxima
warranty covers moving and
mechanical parts for five years, and
frames for a lifetime.
Vectra Fitness hopes that club owners
will stand “in line” to purchase its new,
On-Line 4800 multi-station gym. Like
its predecessor, the On-Line 3800, this
latest release from Vectra offers a wide
variety of exercise options, and allows
exercisers to complete a full-body
workout without ever having to
reconfigure the machine or adjust
cables. Unlike its predecessor, however,
the 4800 features a fourth weight
stack that facilitates such additional
exercises as calf presses, leg presses,
preacher curls, and seated tricep
extensions. The 4800 occupies
approximately 80 square feet of floor
space, while the 3800 requires
approximately 70 square feet.
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,995
■ TUFF STUFF
NEW
Apollo 250, 350, 450
STRENGTH
The Apollo series of selectorized,
multistation units is designed for clubs
where space is at a premium. The 250
requires only a 113” x 130” area; the
350, 119” x 129”; and the 450, 129”
x 141”. These stylish, state-of-the-art
pieces boast such appealing features
as safety steel shrouds for the weight
stacks, convenient range-of-motion
adjustments, contoured back pads
that adjust easily and provide solid
lower-back support, accurate
ergonomic design, and the practicality
of permitting a variety of exercises on
each piece.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
100
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
■ Vectra Fitness
Manufacturer’s list price:
On-Line 4800
$8,500
On-Line 3800
$6,200
On-Line 1100
$2,600
(Suggested list prices with
standard weight stacks.)
PLATE-LOADED
Plate-Loaded
■ Agaton Fitness AB
of Sweden
series represents an exciting
alternative to traditional, plate-loaded
calf machines. The unit is built to
minimize pressure on the balls of the
feet and allow exercisers to achieve a
complete range of motion while
training the lower legs. Appropriate
for health clubs, hospitals, physical
therapy centers, and chiropractic
facilities, the Calf Master 400 is
designed to accommodate users of
every age, size, and fitness level.
stainless steel footrest helps users to
maintain proper form throughout the
exercise and effectively isolate the
lower torso, while the stainless steel
weight holders located on each side
of the unit provide the option of
adding resistance. To ensure a safe
and comfortable exercise, the Ab
Crunch Bench incorporates two,
specially gripped handles that stabilize
and assist users during the
movement, as well as soft, 1 1/2”thick padding to support their arms,
back, seat, and head.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Manufacturer’s list price: $699
■ Cadex System, Inc.
NEW
Agaton Max Series
The Agaton Max Series is a unique
training machine that uses
independent loads and real weights in
an innovative design that results in
more effective strength training with
less stress and harmful impact to the
joints. Over the same period of time,
strength training with the Agaton
Max Series has been shown to
produce a 12% higher increase in
muscle strength than many
conventional machines. Agaton Max
Series is a simple, user-friendly system
that consists of one “mother unit”
and six separate accessories, which,
together, engage all of the major
muscle groups. The complete system
replaces up to six conventional
strength units.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ ARC International
PL-200 Angled Leg Press
A counterbalanced carriage, angled
plate holders, and a sturdy
framework are just some of the
components incorporated into the
design of Cadex’s Seven Degree
Smith. Measuring 84” x 85” x 58”,
this versatile machine makes use of a
seven-degree pressing angle, and is
appropriate for squats, bench
presses, and other strength-training
exercises. It features: a 25-pound,
counter-balanced Olympic bar; plate
guards to protect its powder-coated
finish; and protective bumpers to
reduce shock loads, wear, and noise.
This sturdy and reliable resistance
machine is designed to provide a
smooth and effective leg press
exercise. Incorporating a main frame
angled at 40 degrees, the unit is
equipped with four weight storage
rods made from solid stainless steel,
durable wear guards that protect its
frame from damage, and comfortable
1 1/2”-thick padding to support the
user’s seat, back, and head. Additional
features of the PL-200 include: a
heavy-duty, linear-bearing drive system
with 1 1/4”-diameter hardened shafts;
a 1,250-pound load capacity; durable,
elastomer, load-shock bumpers; and
dimensions of 98” x 67” x 56”.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Manufacturers list price: Call for
pricing
Seven Degree Smith Machine
■ Fitness Products
International
B-205 Ab Crunch Bench
NEW
Calf Master 400
Incorporating the company’s unique,
patent-pending, arc-shaped footplate,
this latest addition to the Calf Master
Designed to tone and strengthen the
abdominal muscles, the Cadex Ab
Crunch Bench features a unique pivot
system that simulates an anatomically
correct, ab crunch movement. Its
Flite Plateload
An acronym for “freeweight loaded
iso-verging training equipment,” Flite
includes a number of innovative
machines, including a Bench Press,
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
101
Incline Press, Pulldown, Row, Shoulder
Press, Shrug, Leg Extension, and Leg
Curl. Pressing and pulling movements
feature independent arm movement
and a smooth converging or diverging
plane of motion. All of the units offer
a small footprint and non-intimidating
appearance, as well as minimal
adjustments and rugged commercial
construction. Expected additions to
the line include a Biceps Curl and
Triceps Extension. Flite is a brand of
Fitness Products International.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
insert and on pages 7, 22
Icarian
The Icarian reputation for freeweight quality and durability was
earned over a decade ago in the
hard-core bodybuilding world of
Venice, California. Evolved, more
sophisticated, and more appealing in
appearance, Icarian free-weight
equipment still maintains its
reputation for durability and its
trademark 2” x 4” bent steel
construction. Including a variety of
benches, racks, and plate-loaded
designs, Icarian products provide a
complete selection for all strengthtraining facilities. Icarian is a brand
of Fitness Products International.
STRENGTH
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
insert and on pages 7, 22
102
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
■ Flex Equipment, Inc.
patented Iso-Lateral technology
moves muscles in natural arcs
towards and away from the body,
while always providing essential
support for the torso and back.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on the back cover
■ Magnum Fitness
Systems
Leverage
A 12-piece line, Leverage is designed
to mimick, if not not improve upon,
the feel of free-weight training, while
also providing the safety of traditional
resistance machines. These plateloaded machines provide “controlled
variable-resistance training;” they
incorporate a series of levers that
serve to manage and distribute
resistance, and emulate and conform
to known strength curves. Among
the equipments’ other key features
are small footprints, and plate pegs
that are located low to the ground for
easy loading.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,595 each
See our ad on page 51
■ Hammer Strength
Magnum Plate-Loaded Series
All 11 machines in Magnum’s plateload series feature prelubricated,
sealed ball bearings, three-layer pad
construction, and precision
components. The five upper-body
machines exploit Magnum’s
proprietary Biangular technology to
provide safe, effective multimotion
movement. Whether exercise
patterns are diverging or converging,
they remain controlled, fluid and
biomechanically sound.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,195 to $1,595
See our ad on page 15
■ MedX 96, Inc.
Hammer Strength
The Hammer Strength line of plateloaded equipment includes more
than 50 different machines, each
specifically tailored to strengthen
particular movement patterns. The
machines are capable of working the
limbs independently or dependently,
allow a starting resistance of as low
as one pound and offer the flexibility
to make adjustments in half-pound
increments. Designed to fit around
the human body, Hammer Strength
products promote natural
movements and functional strength
for all users, regardless of their size
or physical condition. The line’s
NEW
Avenger Training System
Featuring computer-analyzed, fullrange resistance curves for
biomechanical precision, a six-horn,
on board, plate storage capacity,
and waist-level, plate-loading with
most of the machines, the new
Avenger Training System currently
consists of 10 well-equipped, singlestation models. The line includes
the: Chest Press, Incline Row, Leg
Curl, Leg Extension, Leg Press,
Pulldown, Rotary Press, Seated
Bench, Seated Row, and Shoulder
Press. Virtually maintenance-free,
the Avenger series carries MedX’s
comprehensive 10-year frame
warranty, and a five-year warranty
on moving parts.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,295-$2,995
■ Paramount
Fitness Corporation
NEW
PFW-9300 Total Ab
Representing the most recent
addition to the company’s Total Body
System series, this innovative new
unit from Paramount employs the
latest in plate-loaded technology.
The Total Ab allows club members to
perform three strength-training
exercises-i.e., one for the upper
abdominals, one for the lower
abdominals, and one for the oblique
muscles-on a single compact station.
The machine’s competitive price and
“counter-balanced” movements
make it an appropriate and
appealing choice for a wide variety
of fitness facilities. Its key design
features include: a contoured back
pad and multi-position foot rollers to
help properly align and support the
user; a self-adjusting neck pad for
extra support and comfort; heavyduty, pin-loaded adjustments; and
angled hand grips.
Body Bar Systems
b/w
New
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
103
commercial-grade, mildew resistant
naugahyde, and the pads on each
unit feature two types of doubledensity foam designed for unmatched
comfort and durability.
■ Strive Enterprises,
Inc.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Total Body System
Paramount’s Total Body System is
designed to increase the efficiency
and convenience of plate-loaded
equipment by permitting a number
of exercises to be performed at one
station. The six units in the Total
Body package include: the PFW8700 Total Chest; the PFW-8800
Total Leg; the PFW-9200 Total
Shoulder; the PFW-8900 Total Back;
the PFW-9100 Total Arm; and the
new PFW-9300 Total Ab. The Total
Chest makes use of Paramount’s
Advanced Rotary Technology (A.R.T.)
design, adjustable, nine-position
handles to vary the isolation path of
muscles, an adjustable arm stop
assembly that provides three
different starting positions, and a
convenient, three-position seat. All
of the units in the line offer sturdy
construction, easy-access
adjustments, exercise instructions, a
nonskid platform, and durable
upholstered pads.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Pro Maxima M.F.G.
Plate-Loaded
Powerline PL-20 Unilateral
Variable Chest Press
Among several new additions to the
Powerline direct-drive series is the
PL-20 Unilateral Variable Chest Press.
Designed to effectively isolate and
strengthen the inner pectoral
muscles, this plate-loaded machine
involves a safe, independent arm
motion that closely simulates
dumbbell training. The Powerline PL20 Chest Press is constructed of
extra-heavy, .08-gauge steel, and
retails nationally for less than $800
when purchased as part of a Pro
Maxima circuit system. The company
produces over 300 pieces of
strength-training equipment, all of
which are backed by a lifetime
warranty on the frame, and a fiveyear warranty on parts.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for exact pricing
STRENGTH
Power Leverage Line
The Pro Maxima Leverage line consists
of 34 rugged units made of eightand 11-gauge, 2”, 3”, and 4” tubular
steel frames that are backed by a
lifetime warranty. The machines’
high-quality, pillow-block, linear and
tursite bearings ensure a smooth,
dependable, long life for all pivot
points and moving parts, while
attractive, but simple designs
miminize cost and space
requirements. All upholstery is
104
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Intended to establish a new, higher
standard for strength-training
equipment, Strive’s Target Loading,
plate-loaded line promotes extensive
muscle fiber recruitment and
neuromuscular conditioning. The
machines in the series offer timeefficient workouts that are effective
and appealing to all members,
regardless of their personal
objectives or limitations. With the
choice of one or more of three
different plate arms, users can
experience a variety of different
resistance curves. Each of the Target
Loading units features a low profile,
a small footprint, and the
biomechanics and quality that Strive
customers have come to expect.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
SELECTORIZED EQUIPMENT
Selectorized
■ Apex Fitness
Equipment
A100 Leg Extension
Part of Apex’s expansive selectorized
series, the A100 Leg Extension
features a back pad that automatically
adjusts to align the user’s knees with
the machine’s axis of rotation, and a
comfortable, angled seat and lumbar
support to promote effective isolation
of the quadricep muscles. This colorful
and versatile piece is equipped with a
range-of-motion roller assembly,
which affords users a choice of height
and pre-stretch settings, and a variable
resistance cam that provides proper
muscle loading throughout the
exercise movement. The A100’s
maintenance-free, pillow-block
bearings help to ensure consistently
smooth and reliable operation. New to
this line are Kevlar belts, pulleys, and
weight stack covers.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Body Masters
Sports Industry
NEW
CX 280 Shoulder Press
BodyMasters, already well known for
its innovative efforts, has introduced
a new, high-performance selectorized
line known as the CX Series, which
incorporates the very latest in
technology and biomechanics. One
unit that reflects the line’s stylishness,
sophistication, and other fine
features is the CX280 Shoulder Press.
Its unique, contemporary design
replicates the feel and function of
free weights, while its cross-extensor
movement patterns maximize the
benefits delivered by its converging
planes axes. The CX280 corrects the
body’s natural tendency toward
asymmetry by allowing each arm to
work independently. All units in the
CX Series offer independent or
simultaneous movement, precise cam
design, easy entry and exit, and
pronated grips.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 25
■ Cadex Systems, Inc.
■ CYBEX
International, Inc.
Galileo Strength Equipment
Galileo is one of Cybex’ two
premium strength lines, and has
earned a reputation for its state-ofthe-art biomechanics and innovative
design, which permit it to be used
effectively at varying speeds.
Galileo’s unique features include its
high-mass/short-travel weight stack
design; converging-axis technology;
and attractive, uniformly low-height
profile across the entire line. It
utilizes four-bar linkages in all
shoulder, chest, and upper-back
units to enhance alignment, variable
resistance, and independent arm
motion, which increases workout
variety and effectiveness. The line
consists of 25 individual products.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,295 to $5,395.
See our ad on page 1
Cadex Selectorized
Cadex’s 38 piece line includes such
selectorized units as the SC 500 Chest
Press and Fly, the SC 501 Rear Deltoid
and Fly, and the SM 400 Cable
Crossover. All are designed to provide
an accurate plane of movement, and
complete range of motion, to exercise
muscles selectively and effectively. The
SC 500 and 501 make use of a 250pound weight stack (10-lb. increments),
and a variable resistance cam with a
three-position range selector, and
feature an adjustable seat, heavy-duty
Naugahyde upholstery, and
comfortable grip handles. All of the
selectorized pieces are constructed
from 11-gauge steel tubing, and are
available in white, silver-gray, and black
powder-coated finishes.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,475 (SC 500 and 501)
VR Strength Systems
The Cybex VR (Variable Resistance)
line is designed to provide quality
performance and high value. It
includes many of the design
features present in the company’s
premium lines, but is engineered to
be more space-efficient and
affordable. It boasts fully welded
frames, cold-rolled steel weight
plates, a reliable sealed bearing
system, and user-accessible weight
stacks. In addition to club settings,
the 15-piece line is also particularly
well suited to environments with
restricted space, such as hotel and
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
105
apartment fitness centers, and
corporate wellness centers.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,995 to $3,695.
See our ad on page 1
for special populations include startand-finish range limiting (ROM)
devices. Icarian is a brand of Fitness
Products International.
■ Ground Zero
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
insert and on pages 7, 22
■ Flex Equipment, Inc.
Free Motion System
VR2 Strength Systems
VR2 (Variable Resistance 2) is one of
Cybex’ two premium strength lines,
and is known for its biomechanics,
sleek design, and solid results. VR2’s
unique features include dual-axis
technology on select upper-body
pieces, a proprietary kevlar/urethane
belt drive, and sliding, 5 lb.increment weights to allow users to
fine-tune resistance levels. The line,
which consists of 24 individual units,
also offers thermoplastic grips,
durable, fully-welded construction, a
patented RLD system, and standard
adhesive rubber feet.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,595 to $4,795.
See our ad on page 1
■ Fitness Products
International
Selectorized
Flex’s commitment to innovative
engineering and quality control is
evidenced in its fleet of 29, singlestation, selectorized machines.
Available in eight standard frame
colors and 12 different upholstery
colors, the line includes such
interestingly named units as the
Bisolator, Thighsolator, and the
Hamtractor, as well as a long list of
other specialized pieces, such as the
Dip Machine, Flat Head Curl, LungeOr, and the Vertical Press. The spaceefficient Vertical Press measures 50”
(H) x 60” (D) x 46” (W), weighs 400
pounds, and features a 285-pound
weight stack. Two-station, fourstation, and nine-station machines
complement the company’s
selectorized lineup.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 51
STRENGTH
Icarian
Icarian manufactures over 30 different
individual selectorized units that are
ideal for use in combination, as a
circuit, or by themselves. Each unit
features the Icarian trademark 2” x
4” bent steel frame construction, and
a lifetime warranty on the frame.
Icarian single stations offer a modest
number of adjustments for easy
operation, and are designed to
provide years of reliable use. Features
106
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
The Free Motion System by Ground
Zero permits users to perform both
traditional and functional motion
exercises. Rather than isolating
muscles, Free Motion selectorized
machines are designed to exercise
your entire system in the same way
that normal daily activities do. The
result: improved muscle balance,
agility, posture, and joint function.
There are a total of 13 machines in
the Free Motion System.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,550 to $4,850
■ Hammer Strength
NEW
Hammer Strength-Motion
Technology Selectorized
This newest edition of the Hammer
Strength line is a selectorized version
of the popular plate-loaded machines.
Each of the units offers independently
functioning arms and a converging
movement pattern that closely
replicates the body's natural
movements. Their dual weight stacks
—one for each arm—are designed to
preserve the purity of Hammer's
hallmark independent movement and
minimize friction to enhance the
smoothness of the exercise. The initial
line consists of an Iso-Lateral Row, IsoLateral Incline Press, Iso-Lateral High
Row and Iso-Lateral Decline Press,
with additional pieces scheduled to be
released this year.
Manufacturer's list price: $3,195
See our ad on the back cover
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
The D-900 permits members to
exercise either their pectoral fly or
rear deltoid areas. It makes use of a
390 lb. Silent Steel Weight Stack,
and boasts rotating handles, E-Z
Glide Inserts, and multiple starting
points for both exercises. Both
provide users with efficient and
diversified workout opportunities.
Manufacturer’s list price:
D-800, D-900, $3,295
tubing. These machines feature Silent
Steel weight stacks with selflubricating bushings in each plate.
The CL-series machines use a Kevlar
Belt drive system for weight
transport, with steel safety shields for
the weight stacks.
Manufacturer’s list price:
approximately $2,700
■ KEISER
CamStar 3000 Series
A complete circuit, the CamStar 3000
Series can be used for both strengthtraining and rehabilitation purposes.
The machines in the line offer many
notable features, including tubular
steel frames, uniquely shaped cams,
Kevlar reinforced belts, bilateral and
unilateral capabilities on all upperbody units, and an optional Digital
Biofeedback System (a selfcontained, electronic, exercisemonitoring system that tracks usage
on each machine). On average, these
units measure 60” x 60” x 36”, and
weigh 400 pounds. The CamStar
3000 Series warranty covers the
machine frames and belts for a
lifetime, and moving parts and
electronics for two years.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,000-$2,500 per machine
(average)
■ HOIST Fitness Systems
Duals
Hoist Fitness Systems is proud to
announce the addition of three new
pieces to its recently unveiled Duals
line—the Inner/Outer Thigh, Pectoral
Fly/Rear Deltoid, and the Weighted
Chin/Dip Assist. Each of the machines
in this expanded, nine-piece series
offers two different exercise
movements, and requires minimal
adjustments to switch from one
movement to the other. Hoist has
outfitted these machines with gasspring-assisted pad adjustments,
easily accessible weight stacks, and
high-quality, friction-free
components. The Duals’ distinct
design permits them to be positioned
flush against walls, or even beside
one another, thus minimizing floor
space requirements.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$3,295 (average)
KeiserAir
The Keiser line of nearly 30 strengthtraining units allows users to regulate
resistance in one-pound increments
by using foot pedals and fingertip
controls. Changes can be made even
while exercising. Resistance is
generated by pneumatically powered
air cyclinders, connected to a central
compressor, which offers quiet, lowimpact workouts. The KeiserAir line is
exercise-specific, with individual
pieces for arm curls, leg curls, military
presses, lateral shoulder raises, etc.
Each machine features a digital
display that provides the user with
constant resistance information.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,700-$5,600
■ Life Fitness
D-800 and D-900
Dual Machines
Designed to make for better space
utilization, and more efficient
workouts, Hoist’s new D-800 and D900 Dual Machines each combine
two exercise options in one unit.
The D-800 allows club members to
work either their inner or outer
thigh. In addition, this unit features
an adjustable angle for back
support, a front-facing weight
stack, self-aligning thigh pads, and
a 440 lb. Silent Steel Weight Stack.
Selectorized CL-series
The Hoist Selectorized CL-series
machines all feature a primary frame
constructed of bent 2” x 4” 11gauge structural steel tubing. The
CL-series is engineered with an easylift ratchet system for seat
adjustment and chromed telescopic
Life Fitness Strength Systems
The Life Fitness Strength Systems line
includes 13 upper-body stations, 10
lower-body stations, two torso
stations as well as a Multi-Jungle,
Smith machine, cable cross-over,
free-standing adjustable pulley and
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
107
Multi-Adjustable Bench. Trouble-free
weight stacks, enclosed pulleys,
sealed pillow block bearings and
thermoplastic rubber grips make the
Life Fitness Strength machines easy
to maintain, and their aerospace
welds, laser-cut cams and triplesecured cables ensure durability,
precision and safe operation. All
pieces are backed by a 10-year
warranty on the structural frame, a
five-year warranty on the pillow
blocks, pulleys, guide rods and
weight plates, and a one-year
warranty on the linear bearings,
cables and grips.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$699-$11,999
See our ad on the back cover
■ Magnum Fitness
Systems
■ MedX 96, Inc.
MedX Strength Equipment
MedX manufactures 20 high-grade
selectorized machines, each durable
enough to be backed by a 10-year
warranty on the frame and a five-year
warranty on moving parts. These
heavy-duty machines are designed to
help users achieve efficiency in
training by offering resistance curves
that match proven and tested strength
profiles. Their patented, compound
weight stacks (from 300-1,000 lbs.,
depending on the unit) offer a low
minimum weight and incremental
increases of two pounds, while their
low-maintenance ball bearings help
ensure low-friction operation.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Muscle Dynamics
Magnum Selectorized Series
STRENGTH
Magnum’s trademark feel is a
function of its patented Biangular
mechanism, which uses multijoint,
multiplane movement patterns to
achieve optimal form. The quality of
these machines is evident in the
solid-steel weight stacks with Teflon
bushings in each plate, ground and
polished hard-chrome finish guide
rods, and urethane belts with Kevlar
cords. The result is smooth and silent
operation. This comprehensive line
includes a total of 30 machines.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,195 to $2,995
See our ad on page 15
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
The Nautilus 2ST Line
The 2ST line combines the workout
efficiency of CAM design with the
smooth and quiet feel of a beltdriven weight stack. This series
offers one-pound, weight-stack
increments and hydraulic adjustable
seats-features meant to specifically
appeal to seniors, women, and the
deconditioned market. The 2ST
machines can be used in
conjunction with Nautilus’
“EXPRESSWAY” program (included
with all purchases), which provides a
time-efficient, strength-training
protocol for both group and
individual exercise. The company’s
generous trade-in, leasing, and
extended warranty programs, as
well as its continuing education
programs and workshops, are
available to all customers.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Pacific Fitness
Corporation
NEW
Maxicam Multi-Hip Machine
This innovative piece of exercise
equipment is designed to strengthen
and shape the hamstrings, hip flexors,
buttocks, and inner and outer thighs.
The easy-to-use unit conveniently
combines the capabilities of four,
conventional, resistance-training
machines, and incorporates an
adjustable lever arm and selfadjusting platform to accommodate
exercisers of different fitness levels
and heights. The Maxicam Multi-Hip
Machine promises smooth and
dependable operation, and features a
standard, 150-pound weight stack.
Manufacturer's list price: $2,490
See our ad on page 38
108
■ Nautilus
S/E Line
The S/E Line consists of 18, easy-touse, strength-training machines
designed to produce optimum results
for users. A minimal number of
adjustments and sleek, low profiles
make SE well suited for circuit
training. Machine smoothness and
durability are emphasized via centerpull cable connections, which
eliminate lateral torque and provide
consistently balanced movements.
Steel ball bearings, self-lubricating
pivot points, and body-contoured,
perspiration-resistant pads are among
the line’s other quality features.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,800 per unit (average)
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert
■ Paramount
Fitness Corporation
steel container called a “Power
Pack”—instead of cables, cams, and
weight stacks—in order to create
varying levels of resistance. Users
simply slide the Power Pack along the
linear track to the desired resistance,
and then start to exercise. The Direct
Power line currently includes a bicep
curl, calf press, chest press, lat pull, leg
curl, leg extension, leg press, low row,
shoulder press, and tricep extension.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ PowerSport
International, Ltd.
Advanced Rotary
Technology System
Each of the five, upper-body machines
in this series utilize Paramount’s
patent-pending Advanced Rotary
Technology (ART). This approach
provides curved, rather than linear,
lines of motion, allowing the user’s
body to move in a very natural way.
All of these machines feature dual
independent arms that pivot over
35mm bearings on a single, off-set
axle located either in front of, or
above, the user; a set of adjustable,
rotating handles are coupled to these
arms. The ART system allows for
complete articulation of the shoulder,
elbow, and wrist.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Guardian Integra
This original and unique family of
exercise machines is designed to
provide equal benefits for both ablebodied and disabled exercisers.
Guardian Integra can truly
accommodate all types of users,
offering such special features as:
simple, easily accessible start
positions; swing-away seats for
wheelchair access; transfer rails for
easy entry and exit; raised weight
figures to assist the visually impaired;
and multi-position, soft-touch hand
grips to accommodate both short
and tall users. The machines in the
Integra line are available as standalone or multi-station units, and
consist of the Chest Press, Lat
Pulldown, Lever Row, Multi Press,
Pec Deck, Preacher Curl, Tricep Dip,
and Variable Pulley.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Direct Power
Direct Power is a new strengthtraining line that truly dares to be
different. Each of the novel machines
in this innovative, 10-piece series
makes use of a series of linkage arms,
a pivoting linear track, and a sealed
Guardian Thigh & Knee
Representing the Guardian line of
resistance equipment, the
PowerSport Thigh & Knee machine
incorporates a split weight stack with
a low starting weight, and a unique,
twin-lever, self-aligning-pivot system
that distributes equal resistance to
each limb, and automatically adjusts
the machine to fit the user’s size. The
Guardian’s durable, nylon-coated
cables and sweat-proof, nonslip
handles help ensure smooth, safe,
and dependable operation. To
accommodate individuals with special
needs, such as people recovering
from surgery, the unit features an
easy-to-use, range-of-movement
selector that affords a choice of
starting positions. The Thigh & Knee
measures 51” x 70” x 37”.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Pro Maxima M.F.G.
Pro Maxima Selectorized
This company produces over 300
different pieces of strength-training
equipment. New to its selectorized
line are three, affordably priced
units—the Horizontal Leg Press, the
Dual Tricep, and the new Seated Calf
Raise. Each of the pieces features:
heavy-duty, spring-loaded selector
pins; large, pillow-bock, sealed
bearings; and impact-absorbing,
rubber bumpers for quiet, safe, and
low-maintenance performance.
Pro Maxima’s selectorized pieces are
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
109
backed by a lifetime warranty on
their frames, and a five-year
warranty on their parts.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$995-$1,995
■ Reebok/CCS Fitness
and is so-named because of the
curved, arc-like exercise paths that
its machines provide. The Linear
series consists of 17 machines, each
with graduated weight stacks,
simple adjustments, and body
countoured pads for comfort and
support. Both lines utilize Kevlar
belts, 11-guage tubular steel, and
sealed steel ball bearings, and
feature a lifetime warranty on
structural frames and weight stacks.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the inside front
cover and Climber tab insert
■ Strive Enterprises Inc.
Reebok Strength
The 12 machines in this sleek new
line share a number of distinctive
features, including a space-efficient
footprint, a machine-to-machine
frame design, and a uniform,
“below-the-eye” height that allows
easy visibility for trainers. Each
station offers safe, simple, and quiet
operation, and features a single cam
designed to accurately match the
strength curve of the targeted
muscle group. Instead of
cumbersome chains or troublesome
cables, the Reebok Strength
machines utilize Kevlar belts to lift
the weight stacks. Readily accessible
mechanical adjustments and clear,
biomechanically correct instructions
make the equipment easy to operate
from the working position.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ StairMaster
Selectorized
STRENGTH
Each of the stations in this
innovative series provides an
individualized, effective, and timeefficient workout that promotes
extensive muscle fiber recruitment
and neuromuscular conditioning.
Incorporating the company’s
trademark Target Loading
technology, the machines employ a
patented, adjustable cam that allows
users to select from nine different
resistance curves. The exclusive
design allows any user or trainer to
effortlessly design each exercise
session. Users can increase resistance
where they’re strong and decrease it
where they’re weak—a concept with
special appeal in rehabilitation,
general conditioning, advanced
programming, and sports training
applications. These machines provide
the foundation for Strive’s unique
strength training class—5-9-1 Group
Circuit Training. All of the units
feature a low-profile design and a
small footprint.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Arcuate/Linear
StairMaster proudly presents two
distinct lines of strength-training
equipment—Arcuate and Linear. The
eight-piece Arcuate line is designed
to mirror “natural” human motions,
110
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
■ TECA
TECA Strength & Medical
This attractive line of strengthtraining equipment features
advanced biomechanics and highquality components that make the
machines virtually maintenance free.
The series consists of 40 different
models-including the advanced chest
press, horizontal leg press, and the
unique advanced hack squat-all of
which offer adjustable seat and back
supports, conveniently placed
weight stacks, and compact, userfriendly designs; twenty-four of the
machines incorporate range-ofmotion limiters. The Rehab Systems
line is suitable for all types of users,
from novice exercisers to physicaltherapy patients. TECA is an ISO9001 registered company.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ TECHNOGYM
BioStrength
Designed to provide the style and
comfort of a luxury car, the
BioStrength line incorporates an
array of singular features and
technologies, including: BioPosture,
a Smartkey-based feature that
automatically adjusts the seat and
footrest to comfortably
accommodate the size of the user;
BioMotion, which creates specific,
arcute trajectories simulating natural
joint movements; and the BioLoad
digital weight stack, which totally
eliminates the need for weight
plates and selector pins. Each
BioStrength unit is compatible with
the Technogym System, and
equipped with Power Control, a
feature that allows users to establish
precise training targets based on
their own personal goals.
■ TUFF STUFF
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 5
Duo-Tek
Club-Tek
M431 Arm Curl/M447
Among the many noteworthy features
of Technogym’s M431 are its axial,
sliding handgrips, which permit
pronation and supination of the
hands, as well as continuous
readjustments of the grip throughout
the range of exercise motion. The
main feature of the M447 Chest Press
is its trajectory of movement; as users
press forward on the machine, their
arms follow a downward and inward
course, which allows them to exercise
their pectoral muscles in a
comprehensive, anatomically correct
manner. Both units are compatible
with the company’s trademark
Technogym System.
Replacing the series formerly known
as Powerline, Club-Tek is designed to
enrich TUFF STUFF’s heavy-duty
lineup, lending versatility, added
comfort, and a new, streamlined
appearance to an already balanced
line of selectorized and free-weight
equipment. Club-Tek includes a
selection of 29 selectorized
machines, all of which feature
chrome steel weight stacks and
adjustments controlled by pneumatic
gas cyclinders. TUFF STUFF
equipment blends a combination of
2” x 3”, structural steel tubing and
2”-diameter round tubing to create
machines of exceptional strength.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,499 per unit (average)
Engineered to offer at least two
ergonomically correct exercises per
unit, Duo-Tek is a complete line of
compact, dual-exercise machines
designed to offer all of the
advantages of a full circuit of
strength-training equipment, but at
virtually half the cost, and while
utilizing half the floor space. This
line includes TUFF STUFF’s signature,
precision-milled, bronze pulley
wheels and black steel weight
stacks, and pneumatic gas cyclinders
to facilitate most of the adjustments.
TUFF STUFF blends a combination of
2” x 3”, structural steel tubing and
2”-diameter round tubing to create
the same exceptional strength found
in the company’s Club-Tek line.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$2,699 per unit (average)
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,695
See our ad on page 5
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
111
CIRCUIT TRAINING
Circuit Training
■ Body Masters
Sports Industry
manual, and marketing materials.
With its simple format and exciting
music, the Fit Express system is
intended to appeal to all audiences,
including the inactive and
deconditioned populations. Turnkey
packages are available for small,
women-only facilities and personaltraining studios.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 113
The Circuit Master
The Circuit Master allows club
owners to select from 20 different
exercise stations, and create a circuit
configuration that meets their own,
specific requirements and objectives;
virtually any configuration is
possible, from circuits with leg
stations only, to ones with upperbody stations only, to complete
total-body circuits. Among the
stations recently added to the circuit
are the Abductor, Adductor, Lateral
Raise, Prone Leg Curl, and Seated
Lever Arm Curl. Each of the available
stations features radial modular
construction, its own weight stack,
and a compact, space-efficient
design.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 25
■ Fit Express
■ Hoggan Health
Industries, Inc.
The Sprint Circuit is specifically
designed for individuals interested in
general conditioning. Its patented
weight-stack system and minimal
number of adjustments make it both
simple to understand and easy to
use. Tubular steel frames, highdurability components, and efficient
footprints are among this line’s other
key features. A 12-piece circuit
occupies 300 square feet, and can
handle over 60 users per hour. The
Sprint Circuit machines can be
combined with a variety of different
cardiovascular machines to form a
Sprint Cross Training Circuit.
STRENGTH
■ KEISER
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
■ Life Fitness
Life Fitness Circuit
This unique, 12-station, strengthtraining circuit incorporates
computer-controlled resistance
instead of weight stacks, and is
especially well-suited for individuals
who are new or returning to
exercise. Each machine features
resistance settings in one-pound
increments, a message center that
instructs and informs users and a
special, isokinetic set-up test that
determines the proper weight and
range of motion for the user in order
to prevent under- or overtraining.
Designed to provide motivating
increases in strength and
performance, the Life Fitness Circuit
also affords users the option of
eccentric or heavy negative training.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on the back cover
NEW
Personal Fitness Circuit
112
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Sprint Circuit
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,500-$2,800 per machine
This new line of hydraulic-resistance
machines affords a complete
workout that's quick, fun, effective,
and capable of adapting to any
user's fitness level. The Personal
Fitness Circuit provides a simple
method for offering personal
training in a group setting, and
comes equipped with a
comprehensive training program,
combines three essential
components of exercise—
cardiovascular conditioning, strength
training, and stretching. The circuit
incorporates Keiser bikes, the Keiser
Stretch Zone, and a minimum of six
of the company’s air-powered
resistance machines. The first half of
the 30-minute training system is
dedicated to cardiovascular training
on the bikes, while the second half
entails strength training, with
“active-rest” stretches performed inbetween sets.
Keiser XPress Training System
Designed for individuals who want
to maximize their workout results in
a minimum amount of time, this
research-based training system
■ Ortus Fitness
Filler needed here
NEW
The BERMUDA
Collection/WELL-FIT Concept
Incorporating the latest technology
and cutting-edge design, the
BERMUDA line of strength-training
equipment includes 10 innovative
machines designed for maximum
safety and comfort. All of the
exercises are performed from the
same "feet-on-the-floor," seated
position, and based on simple,
intuitive movements. The seats
feature anatomically designed
headrests, piston adjustments, and
an ergonomic back support. The
BERMUDA Collection is specifically
developed for the WELL-FIT Concept,
a new group-exercise program that
combines the effectiveness of circuit
training with the motivational
properties of group cycling and
aerobics.
Manufacturer's list price:
$23,000
Fit Express
2/c
New
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
113
BOXING/KICKBOXING
Boxing/Kickboxing
■ Balazs Inc.
polyethylene base can be filled with
either sand or water, and is rounded
to provide easy roll-away. When
filled, the Aerobic Wavemaster
weights 150 lbs. Century Inc. also
offers special washable, neoprene
bag gloves ($29.99).
Manufacturer’s list price: $99.99
NEW
H25 Wall Retractable Heavy
Bag Mount, Boxing Products
Balazs offers a complete line of
commercial-grade, modular boxing
stands, in addition to an attractive
selection of speed and heavy bag
mounts. Included in the company’s
boxing product line are the new H25
Wall Retractable heavy bag mount,
which folds flat against the wall to
conserve space when not in use, and
the freestanding Universal Boxing
Stand, which can be configured with
up to four different workout stations
that can be used simultaneously.
Balazs also distributes a
comprehensive line of workout
apparel and accessories, including
boxing gloves, bags, trunks, hand
wraps, sweatshirts, and jump ropes.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Century Inc.
offers an enhanced, more durable
design, and is available in a variety
of attractive colors. Designed
specifically for the fitness market,
the gloves feature a Velcro wrist
support, a “quick-dry,” waterresistant lining to repel sweat, and
now come in smaller sizes to fit a
woman’s hand. New hand wrap
colors include purple, lime, blue, and
red. Lights Out offers a complete
line of specialty gloves, wraps, jump
ropes, punch mitts, heavy bags, and
instructional videos.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$19.99 (gloves), $4.99 (wraps)
■ Promise Enterprises
Body Opponent Bag (BOB)
If you’d like your martial arts
sessions to be a bit more personal,
you might want to work out with
BOB, a Body Opponent Bag
manufactured by Century Inc. BOB is
a lifelike mannequin, with a skin
made of high strength plastisol, and
an inner cavity filled with durable
urethane foam, that mounts on a
special base which can be filled with
either sand or water. BOB can be
adjusted from 5’10” to 6’2” in
height, comes with a one-year
limited warranty, and is particularly
well-suited to sparring and target
training. The company also offers
special washable, neoprene bag
gloves ($29.99).
Manufacturer’s list price: $299.99
■ Lights Out Boxing
NEW
Boxing/Kickboxing
Accessories
STRENGTH
Promise Enterprises provides a wide
range of high-quality equipment for
sports-specific activities, including
boxing/kickboxing, plyometric
workouts, and stretching routines.
Among the items in its extensive
boxing/kickboxing catalog are boxing
gloves, punching mitts, heavy and
speed bags, and punch/kick shields.
The company also offers an impressive
line of instructional videos, including
Boxing Instructional, Kickbox
Instructional, Kickbox Workout, and
Kickbox Choreography.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Aerobic Wavemaster
This free-standing, portable bag has
been specifically designed for the
aerobics enthusiast who’s interested
in a more aggressive workout. The
bag itself stands 40” tall, is made of
high-density foam with a durable
nylon shell, and has an expanded
target area for kicks and punches. It
offers four height adjustments, from
53” to 65”. The low-profile
114
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Aerobic Boxing Gloves/
Hand Wraps
This newly revised edition of the
company’s Aerobic Boxing Gloves
■ Revgear Sports
CHILDREN’S EQUIPMENT
■ Ball Dynamics
International
NEW
Aerobic Boxing & Kickboxing
Kit/Rev Dog Glove
Deodorizer
This comprehensive kit comes
equipped with an adjustable,
“licorice-style” jump rope, a pair of
120” hand wraps, a versatile black
backpack, and a 12-ounce pair of
aerobic boxing gloves available in
red, black, or white. The company’s
new Rev Dog Glove Deodorizer
effectively absorbes glove moisture,
and is constructed from a cotton
flannel shell filled with refined, longlasting, red cedar chips. Revgear
offers a complete line of boxing- and
kickboxing-related products,
including gloves, hand wraps, head
gear, ear guards, shin guards, speed
bags, heavy bags, jump ropes, and
punch and kick shields.
Manufacturer’s list price: $59.99
(Aerobic Boxing Kit), $9.99$12.00 (Glove Deodorizer)
aerobic and strength-training
programs. Their angle can be easily
changed, and the handholds can be
arranged to form a seemingly endless
number of color-coded routes. A
complete line of climbing structures,
including the Climbco Tower, is
available from Brewer's Ledge.
Manufacturer's list price: $8,295
See our ad on page 79
■ Fit Youth Systems
NEW
Kids on the Ball
This recently released educational
publication provides a comprehensive
exercise program for children. The
200-page book is designed to help
youngsters improve their balance,
coordination, and fitness level, and
comes complete with 23 lesson plans,
and photographs and illustrations
depicting 118 different exercise
activities. Developed by physicaleducation and therapy professionals
Linda Kelly, JoAnne Posner-Mayer,
Janet Santopietro, and Anne
Spalding, the Kids on the Ball
program effectively utilizes exercise
balls to create a fun and beneficial
experience for children.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$23 USD
■ Brewer's Ledge
NEW
The Fit Youth Cycle
Providing a smooth and efficient
cardiovascular workout that simulates
the feel of an outdoor ride, the Fit
Youth Cycle is durable, affordable,
nearly maintenance-free, and
intended primarily for children
between the ages of 8 and 15. All of
the unit's components are made in
America by Peloton Cycle, and feature
1/8" stainless steel—rather than the
1/16" grade used by some foreign
manufacturers—an anti-rust design,
and an absence of plastic parts. Also
available in an adult version, the
machine includes a warranty that
covers the frame for three years, the
belt for two years, and all parts
(except grips, pedals, and seats) for
12 months.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
NEW
The KidWall
Intended primarily for children ages 613, the KidWall has joined the
TreadWall family of non-motorized,
rotating climbing walls. These walls are
designed to improve the user's
strength, endurance, flexibility, and
cardiovascular fitness, and represent
an exciting alternative to traditional
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
115
■ KEISER
■ PentesPlay by
GameTime
■ Soft Play, L.L.C.
Keiser Playconcepts
p/u FIT 98
p. 79
Playrobics
PlayConcepts
A division of Keiser Corporation,
Keiser PlayConcepts installs turnkey
play centers that incorporate such
elements as learning toys, colorful
carpeting, bead-and-wire tables,
Space Mazes, The New Curiosity
Shop’s Magnetic Circus, and
interactive theme stations. The
turnkey packages include a marketing
program that provides, among other
things, ideas for special promotions.
With Keiser PlayConcepts, clubs can
help members forget their childcare
concerns.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for consultation and pricing
■ KidzFit International,
A Division of Tosa
Trading, Inc.
Turn underused club areas into activity
centers with Playrobics play systems.
Available in a variety of configurations,
Playrobics provides club owners with a
way to disguise exercise as play. The
play system pictured, the RB-8, is a
two-level, Playrobics maze that
measures 12' 4" x 24' 4" x 14' 11",
offers nine, challenging play events in
three different lanes, and can
accommodate as many as 40 children
at once. The RB-8 features such
components as a ball bath, cargo
climb, fireman’s pole, foam forest,
shoe cubby, and a web tower.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$24,780 (RB-8)
Soft Play PlayParks
Designed to give fitness facilities and
other service-oriented businesses a
distinct marketing edge, Soft Play
PlayParks are self-contained play
systems that provide children with
entertaining areas in which to exercise
and play. Typically constructed of
plastic tubes, foam-padded metal
pipes, and vinyl netting and webbing,
these play parks can be customized to
meet the particular space and budget
requirements of individual facilities.
Soft Play PlayParks are currently
featured in such settings as health
clubs, family entertainment centers,
retail outlets, and restaurants.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Customized to fit any space and
budget; call for pricing.
■ Pro Maxima M.F.G.
Toddler Climb & Slide
Playpool
Series 100-Kids’ Pace
STRENGTH
Kids’ Pace is a comprehensive, noncompetitive, children’s fitness
program that incorporates
equipment and activities intended
specifically for youngsters. It’s
designed to be fun and exciting,
provide both a strength and
cardiovascular workout, and
enhance children’s self-confidence
and social skills—all while teaching
the benefits of a healthy lifestyle.
The circuit comes equipped with 10
turnkey programs that include
manuals, music tapes, videos, and
on-site instructor training. The Kids’
Pace package also features aerobic
accessories, such as hoppy balls,
hula hoops, and jump ropes.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
116
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
KT-100 7-Station
Multi-Trainer for Kids
This cost-effective, space-efficient
machine was developed specifically
for youngsters. Suitable for fitness,
weight-loss, sport-specific, and
rehabilitation programs, the MultiTrainer for Kids incorporates Pro
Maxima’s 33 years of manufacturing
experience. Among its key features
are: bright, multi-colored, mildewresistant pad covers; solid-reinforced,
web-fiberglass pulleys with doublesealed, self-lubricating ball bearings;
1/4”-thick, 4,400-pound-test, nyloncoated cables; and a lifetime
warranty on the structural frame.
The Multi-Trainer occupies 80 square
feet, weighs 1,000 pounds, and
requires no assembly.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,495
Designed for use in compact areas,
the Toddler Climb & Slide Ballpool
offers children a variety of activities,
and a wealth of fun. It features an
abundance of colorful balls that
overflow from its spacious ball pool,
nonslip steps that allow children to
safely and easily climb to the top of
its toddler slide, and a conveniently
placed bench that permits kids to
take a breather. Available with
optional play components, the Climb
& Slide employs only commercialgrade plastics in its construction,
and offers a unique modular design
that allows for easy configuration
changes.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,869
Product Comparisons • Computer Software
ASF
International
Front Counter Check-in
& Facility Management
System
Aphelion, Inc.
Fitness Manager
Aspen
Information
Systems
•
• •
Video
Barcode
•
• •
Video Image,
Barcode Card
Integrates
w/popular
•
accounting
packages
• •
• • •
•
Video ID,
Visual Card
Video Image,
Card Reader,
Mag. Stripe
• • • • • • • • • • •
•
• •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • • • • •
Mail Merger
Financial
Forecast
planner
•
• • • •
Collections,
Artifical
Intelligence
Management
Expert
• • • •
• • •
•
•
• • • • •
•
Bar Coded ID
Card Photoon-screen,
Key Tag, Hand
Scanner
•
•
Keyboard,
Card Swipe,
Key Swipe,
Touchscreen
• • • • • • • • • • •
BetaSPORT
BSDI
Fitness Publisher
CheckFree Corp.
RCM 2001
ClubRunner, Inc.
ClubRunner
•
•
• • • •
• •
•
•
• •
Video Image,
Barcodes
•
• • • •
• • •
•
• •
Barcoded Key
Tag, Video
Image,
Keyboard
•
• •
•
Computer
Outfitters
CM Plus Club
Management
•
Computer
Outfitters
Pronto Club
Management
•
•
•
• • • •
• • • •
Aspen Software
BetaData
Systems, Inc.
Payment Types
Supported:
•
•
Card swipe,
Hand
scanner,
Video
imaging
•
• •
• • • •
•
Card swipe,
Video
imaging
•
•
• • •
Mail Merge,
EFT,
Facility
Booking,
Class
Scheduling,
Locker
Mgmt., Club
Rewards
Interactive
Voice
Response
for
Program
Registration
Exercise
Programming, Medical
screening,
Health Risk
Assessment
client
education,
Marketing
Newsletters,
Word
Processor/
Custom
Reporting,
Staff
Effectiveness
Custom
Report
Capabilities
Mail Merge,
EFT,
Multiple
Site,
Collections
Equipment
checkout,
Inventory
Control,
Multiple
Site Control
• • •
De
m
Five
Use
rs
$995
• •
oS
of
tw
Wi
are
ndo
ws
Av
Win
NT
ail
dow
.
s 95
DO
/98
S
Price:
Sin
gle
Use
r
Ide
ntif
ica
tion
Me
tho
Con
ds
tac
t
Exe Man
age
rcis
Fitn e Log ment
gin
ess
Ass g
Gue
ess
st
me
nt
Pro Track
spe ing
ct T
Sch
rac
kin
edu
g
Usa ling/R
e
ge
Tra gistra
c
tion
kin
Em
g
plo
y
Exp ee Tim
ort
eC
loc
Imp Data
k
ort
D
Rep ata
ort
Wr
iter
Oth
er
Acc
oun
Acc ts Pay
oun
abl
Gen ts Re e
cei
era
v
l
Pay Ledg able
roll
er
Poi
nt o
f Sa
le
Che
ckIn
Affiliated
Acceptance
Front Desk Software
Other Features:
Membership Capabilities
Bill
ing
Dra
fts
EFT
Pay
me
nt B
ook
s
Accounting Modules
Available:
•
• • •
• •
As low as
$95/mo.
Call for
Prices
•
$2,845
$5,500
Full
Working
Version
on CD
or
internet
Software
priced by
module
Call for
Prices
Full
Working
Version
on CD
• •
• •
Credit Cards
•
•
• •
•
• •
Call for prices
•
• •
($2,999 Network Ready)
•
• •
$3,000 +
depending
on options
•
• • •
$895 +
depending
on options
•
• • •
•
• •
•
• • •
(Starts at $3,000)
(PC platform)
Fitness Publisher
$2,495
$1,995
•
Motivation
$1,495
$1,995
Retention Manager
$795
$1,195
• • •
• • • •
• • • •
$2,500 +
depending on
options
• • • •
$895 +
depending on
options
CSI Software
Mail merge
Video
EFT • • • •
Imaging,
• • • • • • • • • • • & &email,
online
Hand
credit cards,
scanning, Bar
Debit cards,
coded cards
Touchscreen,
+/or key tags,
POS, Sales
Magnetic
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges,Analysis
distribution practices, etc.
Cards,
Member
name or
number
• • • • •
•
Pricing available on
request
Product Comparisons • Computer Software
Custom Designs
Systems, Inc.
Power Management
Software
EFTechnologies,
LTD.
ClubONE Management
Software
KI Software
KI Software
Legend
Information
Systems
Facility Management
Software
•
• •
• • • • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • • • •
•
Integrates with
Quickbooks,
MAS 90,
AccPac
Ojai-Bend, Inc.
OBI Software
TooLs Systems
Management
TooLs Systems
Manager
• • • • •
•
Video ID,
Member
name,
Member
Number,
Barcode,
Key Tag
Turnstiles,
Video ID,
Bar Code,
(Key Tag)
Magnetic
Stripe Card
Readers, etc.
User Defined
Video Image,
Fingerprint,
SmartCard,
ID card,
keytag, Laser
Scanner,
Member
Name/
Number
Keyboard,
Barcode,
Video,
Handscanner
Video/Swipe
card
•
•
• • •
• • • • •
• • • •
• • • • •
• • • •
•
• • •
•
• • • •
• • •
•
• • • •
• • • • • • •
• •
•
• • • •
Sales
analysis,
Membership
Production,
Reports,
Commissions,
Inventory,
Attrition,
Usage
Oracle
Database,
Touchscreen
Front Desk
and POS
HRA
(Health Risk
Assestments),
custom
reports
Integration
w/Microsoft
Office,
Goldmine,
Microfit and
others
Lodging
Credit Card
Authorization,
Purchasing
Comprehensive Sales
and
Marketing
Payment Types
Supported:
• • • •
• • •
• • •
• • • •
•
•
• • • •
COMPUTERS
118
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 1999
All prices are expressed in U.S. dollars; prices may vary in other countries because of shipping charges, distribution practices, etc.
Call for
current Pricing
Call for Prices
or
visit www.eftech.net
$999-$3,996
$1,500$4,396
Ranging from $1,195
to $6,995.
Call for actual quote
(Depends on number of
modules and options
purchased)
Bids upon request
De
m
oS
of
tw
are
Wi
ndo
Av
ws
ail
Win
NT
.
dow
s 95
DO
/98
S
Price:
Five
Use
rs
Bill
ing
Dra
fts
EFT
Pay
me
nt B
ook
s
Sin
gle
Use
r
Other Features:
Membership Capabilities
Ide
ntif
ica
tion
Me
tho
Con
ds
tac
t
M
Exe
a
n
age
rcis
Fitn e Log ment
gin
ess
Ass g
Gue
ess
st
me
nt
Pro Track
spe ing
c
Sch t Trac
kin
edu
g
Usa ling/R
ge
e
Tra gistra
ckin
tion
Em
g
plo
y
Exp ee Tim
ort
eC
loc
Imp Data
k
ort
D
a
Rep
ta
ort
Wr
iter
Oth
er
Acc
oun
Acc ts Pay
oun
abl
Gen ts Re e
cie
era
v
Pay l Ledg able
roll
er
Poi
nt o
f Sa
le
Che
ckIn
Accounting Modules
Available:
•
• • •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
online
via
internet
full
working
version
via
internet
and on
CD
via
internet
•
• •
COMPUTERS
COMPUTER
SERVICES
membership base, streamline
communications, generate reports,
and track the sales process. Utilizing
the latest Windows technology, ASF
management software is designed
to be highly efficient and extremely
user-friendly, and easily integrates
with various add-on modules, such
as Point of Sale inventory tracking
and control. American Service
Finance-always striving to be “the
ultimate athletic supporter.”
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on pages 11 and 13
■ Affiliated Acceptance
Corporation
Affiliated Acceptance Corporation
(AAC) develops club management
systems that are both simple-tooperate and easy-to-understand. The
company’s new FrontDesk system,
for instance, is a complete
management package featuring a
wide range of capabilities, including:
Video Photo Imaging; member
tracking and guest recording; pointof-sale and scheduling; and
accounts-receivable, delinquency,
and problem reporting. Compatible
with DOS, Windows, and Windows
95, the FrontDesk system was
designed to complement AAC’s
Success Track service programs.
AAC’s collection services are
provided through Professional
Financial Services, Inc.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ American Service
Finance (ASF)
Traditionally known for its billing and
collection services, American Service
Finance now counts itself among the
leaders in the field of cutting-edge
club computer systems and
software. The company’s Facility
Management System (FMS) allows
clubs to effectively manage their
■ Aphelion Inc.
Aphelion develops management
software and computer systems
specifically for the health and fitness
industry. Touted as the most
comprehensive management tool
available, Aphelion’s management
software is intended to support all
aspects of club operation, from the
check-in process, to billing and
collections. The company’s latest
software release, the Management
Expert System, incorporates the
learning and recommendations of
experienced managers and club
consultants, and is designed to
analyze a club’s business
performance and anticipate
profitability problems. Using
performance-based computer
products that feature state-of-theart components, each Aphelion
system is backed by a 24-hour, nextbusiness-day support plan.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Aspen Information
Systems
Aspen’s state-of-the-art, modular
software is recommended by leading
firms in the fields of corporate and
hospital fitness. Designed to improve
membership sales, retention, and
cash flow, this software is billed as a
“single-source” solution to clubs
operational and management needs.
Accounting, accounts receivable,
activity logging, exercise prescriptions,
member check-in, point-of-sale
transactions, and prospect and
member management are just a
handful of the functions that Aspen’s
software can perform. Also available
from the company: the recently
released Visual ClubMate, a new, club
management system designed
specifically for Windows 95/98/NT.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 123
■ Athletic Net
Athletic Net develops web sites for
clubs and other fitness-related
businesses. These sites are custom
designed, and can include such
features as interactive brochures
with virtual tours, on-line commerce
modules for virtual pro shops, and
on-line supplement sales. The
company offers clubs the choice of
either maintaining the site
themselves, in which case they
receive a template with an easy-touse Windows application and tollfree phone support, or having
Athletic Net manage it for them.
IHRSA members are eligible for a
discount on entry-level site
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
119
packages. Examples of the many
sites designed by the company can
be found at www.athleticclubs.com.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
their home, their workplace, or from
kiosks within the club-at any time.
The promised result-fewer phone
calls, reduced payroll costs, improved
member service, and better retention.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ BetaData Systems,
Inc.
Having served the club industry for
more than 22 years, BetaData Systems
offers BetaSPORT, a complete
Windows-based, club management
software program. BetaSPORT
seamlessly integrates easy-to-use
accounting functions with flexible
membership billing, video check-in,
point-of-sale, and a powerful program
and facilities scheduling system that’s
used by many of the industry’s best
known clubs. Electronic Funds Transfer
(EFT) is direct to the financial
institution of your choice, and doesn’t
incur ongoing charges from BetaData.
Program Scheduling is handled
conveniently at point of sale or via
touch-tone telephone. LEAD-R
transfers data about prospects into
BetaSPORT, and provides information
that facilitates effective follow-up with
expired members. Accounting
features include payroll, accounts
payable, and financial reports.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 121
■ BSDI
Assessment, Training, and
Motivation Software
BSDI’s software systems are
specifically designed to manage and
enhance customer service. Its Fitness
Publisher software, for instance,
offers sophisticated fitness
assessments, performance logging,
health risk analysis, customizable
exercise programs featuring
illustrations, and a variety of other
helpful capabilities. Its Motivation
system includes check-in services,
client workout logging, a Learning
Center, and facilities management
functions. BSDI’s latest release,
Retention Manager, helps manage
club marketing and client retention
programs. All of the company’s
software packages provide highquality, customizable output for
individual or group reporting.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ BookingPlus
COMPUTERS
BookingPlus is an automated,
Internet-based booking system
intended specifically for the health
club industry. Configured for a club’s
specific needs, it incorporates an
easily queried database that manages
reservations, transactions, and
schedules. The software’s Rules
Engine enforces reservation rules,
while its new Intelli-pricing feature
automatically calculates all charges.
Other point-of-sale features include
‘E-coupons’ and gift certificates.
BookingPlus allows individuals to
register and pay for products,
programs, and services from either
120
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
simplify the business of running a
club, the RCM system monitors the
"total club picture," and features
applications such as membership
accounting and usage tracking, as
well as activity, database, and
marketing management. Among the
many options available are: ZAP-ID,
on-screen photo ID; card readers
and laser scanners; point-of-sale and
sales prospecting modules; and
activity registration from any
location via the Internet.
■ CheckFree
Corporation
CheckFree Corporation has provided
the club industry with hardware,
software, and billing services for
almost 20 years. The company's
Y2K-ready product line includes the
RCM2001 club management system,
which combines state-of-the-art
hardware, Windows-based software,
and complete EFT services in one,
easy-to-use package. Designed to
■ ClubRunner, Inc.
In addition to hardware, accessories,
and billing services, ClubRunner
offers a series of software modules
that integrate to form a “seamless”
club management system. This
system is loaded with a wealth of
user-friendly features, including:
“pop-up” windows for fast and easy
system navigation; real-time
processing, which automatically
updates the entire system when new
data is entered; and the ability to
generate either “precanned” or
user-defined reports. Optional
features and components include
barcode key tags, barcode readers,
biometric handscanners, cash
drawers, on-screen photo ID, receipt
printers, and turnstiles and gates.
Every ClubRunner system comes
with a minimum of 12-months
worth of free software support.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 44
check-in, membership information
management, and billing and
accounts receivable.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ CSI Software
Created using Microsoft Access 97,
CSI’s management, accounting, and
fitness software incorporates a
powerful and reliable database that’s
equipped to handle massive
membership bases and large
transaction volumes. With CSI
software, the complete integration
of income-related operations—e.g.,
accounts receivable, point of sale,
and back-office functions such as
inventory, accounts payable, general
ledger, etc.—is accomplished with
one system. Designed to meet the
needs of both single clubs and
chains, CSI’s management software
is backed by full-service customer
support, and 20 years of industry
experience.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 37
Computer Outfitters
P/U from FIT ‘99
pg. 98
Custom
Design Systems P/U
from FIT ‘99
pg. 98
COMPUTERS
122
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ FitnessAge
■ Custom Design
Systems (CDS)
CDS’s distinguished product line
includes Power Management, a
state-of-the-art software system
designed for billing and collections,
membership check-in and tracking,
point of sale (POS) and inventory
control, sales and marketing, and
report writing. This club
management package features the
company’s exclusive Video
Identification Proofing system,
which completely eliminates the
need for membership cards, and a
unique billing process that sends
delinquent members into collections
with only a few, simple key strokes.
New from CDS is their SQL/NT
version for large facilities and multiclub wide area networks.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Computer Outfitters
Founded in 1978, Computer
Outfitters has established a
reputation for providing quality club
management and wellness software
for the health and fitness industry.
Among its products: CM Plus, a club
management system, designed for
high-volume, multi-location clubs,
that includes applications for frontdesk and member-management,
billing and accounts receivable, and
EFT and point-of-sale; HealthCheck,
a user-friendly, fitness and nutrition
software program that compliments
the company’s club management
software; and the PRONTO Club
Management System, which is
oriented towards single-location
facilities that want a basic, easy-touse, affordable system for front-desk
in, point of sale, reservations, sales
prospecting, and accounting. The
software also interfaces with fitnessassessment packages, existing
accounting software, and a variety
of other club systems.
FitnessAge
This innovative Web-based software
provides an easy-to-use and easy-tounderstand method of measuring,
improving, and tracking physical
fitness. FitnessAge uses six standard
tests to assess body composition,
cardiorespiratory condition, flexibility,
and muscular strength and endurance.
Patented algorithms reduce these
results to a single number—a person’s
“fitness age”. The software also
indicates a person’s strengths and
weaknesses in these four key areas of
fitness, enabling fitness professionals
to design a customized exercise
program to improve overall fitness.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ HealthFirst
Corporation
■ EFTechnologies, Ltd.
EFTechnologies is the developer of
ClubONE, one of the most complete
management systems currently
available in the fitness industry. At
the heart of this software package is
an Oracle database, billed as “the
fastest and most secure database in
the world.” Incorporating
comprehensive, in-house, EFT billing
capabilities, ClubONE is designed to
provide unprecedented functionality,
flexibility, and ease of use. Modules
include: member and guest check-
TriFIT 600 Fitness Assessment
System and Software
The patented TriFIT Wellness
Technology is available as a portable
system, stand-alone software, or as an
interactive fitness assessment system
that includes both the hardware and
software. The TriFIT 600 series offers
clubs the ability to provide members
with complete fitness assessments,
health risk appraisals, exercise and
nutritional plans, comprehensive
individual profiles, and progress
reports. This series also includes the
TriFIT appointment scheduler, Health
Encyclopedia, Internet access, mail
merge, database management
capabilities, marketing strategies, and
programs for establishing better
interaction between clients and
trainers.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ KI Software
Karch International (KI) is a
developer and distributor of
software technology for the health
and fitness industry. Among the
company’s offerings is a complete
facility management/client
assessment package that consists of
five, fully integrated software
modules. These modules include:
ClubLogic, a system for check-in,
billing, club management, and point
of sale; ClubLogic Front Desk, a
scaled-down version of ClubLogic;
SportLogic, an exercise tracking and
logging system; PhysioLogic, a
fitness assessment and exercise
prescription program; and
HealthLogic, a health and lifestyle
assessment product. The KI system
software is fully compatable with all
Windows operating systems,
including Windows 3.1, Windows
95, and Windows NT.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Legend Information
Systems
own bank or our full-service financial
company.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 47
Legend Facility Management
Software
Legend Facility Management Software
is a premier, 32 bit, Windows-based
software package written specifically
for Windows 95/98/NT and 2000 with
a Microsoft Access or Microsoft SQL
Database. Legend can be run on a
traditional Microsoft Network or on a
Thin Client Solution over a WAN. A
multi-user and multifunctional product,
it boasts such features as auto check-in,
video capture, turnstile control, pointof-sale, membership management,
corporate billing, EFT processing, guest
tracking, class/court scheduling, locker
management, ID card printing, autoNSF handling, and multi-club
integration. Legend software permits
clubs to bill monthly membership fees,
recurring charges (e.g., towel rentals),
and point-of-sale charges via
statement, credit card, third party and
checking/saving account drafts via their
■ Ojai-Bend, Inc. (OBI)
OBI provides a management software
system that’s designed to suit all
types of club environments. This
modular system permits closed-loop
integration of all functions,
incorporates a user-customizable
membership database, and allows for
member check-in via either biometric
handscanning, video imaging, or
traditional barcode methods. Other
ingredients of the system include:
accounts payable; accounts
receivable; credit card authorization;
EFT processing; financial reporting;
guest tracking; payroll; and
scheduling. The OBI system is
available in a 16-bit version that runs
Aspen Info Systems
b/w
p/u Dec CBI p. 108
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
123
under Windows 3.x, Windows 95,
Windows NT, and DOS, or a 32-bit
version that operates only in
Windows 95/98 and Windows NT
environments.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ PhysioTools Ltd.
PhysioTools Software
Developed in Scandinavia,
PhysioTools software is designed to
help health and fitness professionals
produce attractive and authoritative
training plans and diaries, and
personal information handouts—
quickly and easily. The software
makes use of information compiled
from throughout the world,
complemented by appropriate
pictures, advice notes, etc., and is
enhanced by an ever-growing library
of special PhysioTool-compatible
“collections.” The FitnessTools,
TrainersTools, and Weight Training
collections allow fitness directors,
personal trainers, athletic therapists
and others to draw on more than
6,000 items to develop personalized
flexibility, strength, cardiovascular,
and endurance programs. Text and
images can be arranged, edited, or
added to in a nearly infinite number
of ways.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ TeleCheck (ATA)
offers a complete EFT solution. Its
flexible EFT services allow clubs to
select the date(s) they would like to
receive payment from members, and
the convenience of using one
processor for both checking account
and credit card transactions.
TeleCheck is able to tailor its services
to virtually any facility, regardless of
its size or whether or not it’s
computerized. Clubs utilizing it for
EFT can also employ TeleCheck’s
Recovery Services (TRS) to recover
uncollected EFT payments from
members. The company’s other
services include technical assistance,
toll-free customer service, member
enrollment forms, and easy-tounderstand reports.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ TooLs Systems
Management
TooLs Systems Management provides
simple yet powerful management
systems that feature comprehensive
computer solutions for member
management, sales automation,
fitness assessment, scheduling,
member accounting, billing
collections, point of sales, and facility
control. TooLs has been designed by
experienced health club professionals
to offer system flexibility for varying
business operations. TooLs Sales and
Marketing module is designed to
complement existing club
management packages and to serve
as a “blueprint” for sales automation.
TooLs products are supported with
24-hour customer service and over 25
years of industry experience.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 26
COMPUTERS
Backed by nearly 25 years
experience serving the health and
fitness club industry, TeleCheck
(formerly ATA Information Systems)
124
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
■ WinningHabits
NEW
WinningHabits provides
comprehensive, Web-related services
for fitness facilities, recreation
centers, and gyms. The company
specializes in developing and
upgrading club Websites, offering
valuable member communication
tools, free e-mail accounts, daily
content updates, and on-line
promotions, surveys, and newsletters.
Members are given unlimited access
to nutritional assessments, meal
planners, restaurant guides, fitness
logs, workout recommendations,
wellness tips, etc. WinningHabits
helps clubs to generate leads, keep
members informed, reduce print and
postage costs, and generate profits
through the sale of advertising and
products in an on-line pro shop.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Fitness Networks
■ iTrainer.com
iTrainer Kiosk
Powered by the latest internet
technology, the iTrainer Kiosk is a
fully interactive training aid for club
members and staff. This selfstanding unit can custom-design a
fitness, diet, or rehab program, or
tailor workouts to particular sports.
This virtual training partner will track
members’ weekly workouts and diet
goals. With access to the
iTrainer.com website, users can also
find updated fitness information,
news, and advice and tips from
fitness experts. There’s even a
“Locker Room” chat area.
Manufacturer’s list price: $10,250
■ FitLinxx
FitLinxx Interactive Fitness
Network
Compatible with fitness equipment
made by over 30 different
manufacturers, the FitLinxx network
is designed to help facilities attract a
broader member base, and
substantially reduce membership
attrition by providing personalized
attention and feedback.
Incorporating a high-bandwidth,
hardwired network infrastructure
that produces a rich, graphical
interface, the network interactively
“coaches” members to exercise
properly, and provides staff with the
information required to prescribe
and track individual programs. It also
gives management the ability to
monitor staff performance. FitLinxx
is among the leaders in the field of
interactive fitness networking.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on the inside back
cover
■ Gym In, Ltd.
to monitor and manage a club’s
personal training program. The
system is compatible with both
aerobic and anaerobic fitness
equipment, and features a patented
opto-electronic sensor to detect
weight motion, state-of-the-art
software to track and analyze
exercise programs, and a complete
absence of moving parts and
network cables. Designed to
improve member retention and
instructor productivity, Gymini is
easy to operate and automatically
alerts users if they deviate from their
prescribed workout. This company
will begin marketing in the U.S. this
year and is looking for marketing
partners.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Netpulse
Communications, Inc.
This high-performance,
computerized training system helps
Physical Genius Digital
Fitness Training System
The Physical Genius Digital Fitness
Training System is an innovative
training tool intended to help
maximize and track training sessions.
This system takes advantage of the
latest computer hardware and
software technologies to assist
trainers and fitness enthusiasts in
designing, executing, monitoring,
and analyzing their workout
routines. The Physical Genius System
is comprised of special software for
designing exercise routines, and a
patented hand-held device called a
Digital Training Assistant.
Manufacturer’s list price: $249
■ Schwinn
The Netpulse Internet
Powered Workout
With the addition of sleek, flat-panel
touch screens and a high-speed
connection to the Internet, the
Netpulse Z-Series transforms and
enhances existing cardiovascular
equipment. Users of Netpulse are
able to surf the Web, watch
television, listen to music, read their
e-mail, track their progress, and earn
valuable prizes-all while working
out. Featuring Internet-Powered
Services designed for more efficient
facility management, the system is
equipped with ClubWatch customer
service-24 hours a day, seven days
per week-and VitalStats reporting
tools to track Netpulse usage.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on pages 2-3
NEW
Gymini
■ Physical Genius
Schwinn Fitness Advisor
System
The Schwinn Fitness Advisor system
consists of the main computer
system, and wireless, workoutstation keypads. The computer
features touch-screen technology,
and is housed in an attractive kiosk
with a built-in printer. It continually
monitors and stores information on
members’ workout preferences and
progress, and also provides general
information about fitness. The
workout-station keypads attach to
most brands of selectorized strength
and conditioning equipment, and
use tiny sensors installed on the
machines to collect critical workout
information.
Manufacturer’s list price: 1-800SCHWINN ext. 1625 for pricing
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
125
■ TECHNOGYM
Plus’ additional features: a large,
easy-to-read, dual display (for
stopwatch and heart rate); a
luminescent glow night light; targetzone alarms; a calendar; and a 12or 24-hour clock display.
Manufacturer’s list price: $149
The Technogym System
The purpose of the wireless Technogym
System is to provide clubs with a
platform for driving and
documenting workout results. The
biofeedback technology that the
system relies upon automatically
determines the intensity and
duration of a workout based on the
physiological parameters of the user
(e.g., heart rate, fitness level). The
system’s “closed-loop” approach is
designed to ensure proper initial
workloads, foster adherence on the
part of members, and be a source
for new program development. A
simple “Smartkey” allows users to
access the system.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 5
Fitness Testing
Equipment
■ Acumen
Heart Rate Monitors
intensity (adjustable as a function of
maximum heart rate or
predetermined training zones). Each
box can be set to display heart rate,
percent of maximum heart rate,
color of intensity, or any combination
of the three. A real-time graph is
displayed at the bottom of each box.
Individual and class settings are
saved from one workout to the next.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Arena
NEW
TZ-Max 100/TZ-Max 50
The TZ-Max series is designed for
athletes who are serious about
developing and tracking a
comprehensive, personalized
training program. By recording
training information and
downloading it to a personal
computer, the TZ-Max 100 and TZMax 50 provide athletes with
effective tools for designing and
implementing precise training
regimens. Combining the most
popular sports watch features,
superior heart-rate-monitoring
technology, and computerinterfacing capabilities, both
products offer seamless, two-way
communication between the
Acumen Heart Rate Monitor and any
PC. The primary difference between
the two is that the former boasts a
100-lap memory, as compared to the
50-lap memory of the latter.
Manufacturer’s list price: $299
(TZ-Max 100), $249 (TZ-Max 50)
TRAZER Tracking Software
TRAZER software transforms the
participant into an actual video
“character” who participates in a
variety of functional games, sports
drills, or performance tests. Employing
a sophisticated optical tracking device,
TRAZER engages participants without
the need for headgear, wires, or floor
mats. TRAZER-HP (human
performance) software is designed to
meet the needs of trainers, coaches,
athletes, and clinicians seeking
improvement in sport and functional
movement skills. And TRAZER-Fun-Fit
offers challenging interactive games
that are designed for children.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ AeroSport, Inc.
■ Biodynamics
Corporation
Basix Plus Heart Rate
Monitor
COMPUTERS
This smart watch offers exercisers a
convenient, affordable way to
accurately measure their heart rate,
and helps them better understand
how to monitor their workout
intensity. Backed by a two-year
warranty, the Basix Plus provides all
of the capabilities of a regular watch
and stopwatch, plus reliable, heartrate measurements at a glance, and
under any conditions. It receives
heart-rate signals from a
nonrestrictive, electrode belt that fits
around the chest. Among the Basix
126
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Michelangelo Visual Heart
Rate Feed Back System
The Michelangelo Visual Heart Rate
Feed Back System allows up to 24
individuals to be monitored
simultaneously using wireless heart
rate transmitters. Each individual
reporting box changes color with
Biodynamics Model 310e
Body Composition Analyzer
Employing the latest innovations in
whole body bioimpedance
technology, the Model 310e allows
the training and conditioning
professional to measure and print
out reports on percent body fat, lean
weight, fat weight, basal metabolic
rate, total body water, and target
recommendations. The Model 310e
is portable, powered by a
rechargeable battery pack, with a
built-in microprocessor and printer,
eliminating the need for a separate
computer or printer.
method for calculating body
composition measurements,
including body fat, lean mass, dry
lean mass, and total body water.
This valuable diagnostic tool utilizes
the bioimpedance technique, and is
available with Windows software
that allows users to download data
onto a PC. Bodystat is among the
world’s leading developers of
reliable and accurate, bodycomposition-testing equipment.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Biosig Instruments,
Inc.
■ CardioTech
International
NEW
Insta-Pulse Heart Rate
Monitors
Insta-Pulse is a hand-held baton
that's designed to simply, instantly,
and accurately measure one's pulse
rate during physical activity. Waterresistant and shock-proof, the InstaPulse automatically turns on when
users grasp the device, and is
available in portable, wall, floor, and
custom-designed models. Model 105
is the company's most well-known
product, and is billed as "the most
versatile, reliable, and durable fitness
monitor on the market." The floor
and wall models are commonly used
in clubs and schools, and feature a
patented and rugged design built to
withstand the heaviest usage.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
■ Bodystat, Inc.
The Health Center Series
This computerized line of blood
pressure, pulse rate, and weight
monitoring equipment incorporates
forearm cuff technology to provide
accurate and convenient vital-sign
measurements, and features a
sophisticated audio system that
provides instructions and healthrelated messages. The Health
Center 1150-C is a wheelchairaccessible, sit-down model that
allows for either left- or right-side
entry. Health Center 2000 is a
standup version equipped with a
scale and rollers for easy movement.
Model 3000 features an interactive,
health information system, and can
store individual demographic data
for tracking purposes. Optional
printers and coin mechanisms can
be added to any model.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Bodystat 1500MDD
The Bodystat 1500MDD provides a
quick, easy, and noninvasive
■ Futrex, Inc.
Futrex-5000 Body Fat and
Fitness Analyzers
This new series of Futrex-5000 Body
Fat and Fitness Analyzers features
the same accuracy and reliability of
the company’s other, near-infrared,
body-fat-testing products, plus four,
built-in, software programs. These
programs provide a detailed analysis
of people’s body-fat status, and
recommendations on how they can
improve their overall weight and
composition. The new Futrex-5000
analyzers allow users to perform a
comprehensive, body-fat and fitness
analysis in less than 60 seconds, and
can print out an informative, fourpage, full-color analysis without the
need for an outside computer.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$3,200-$3,700
NEW
Futrex-6100/XL
This advanced body composition
analyzer directly measures body fat
and lean mass, while also providing
printouts on one’s Fitness Analysis
and Physical Activity Rating. Using
the product is easy: simply place its
unique Light Wand on the biceps of
the “dominant” arm, and the bodyfat percentage is automatically
displayed and documented via the
built-in printer; as part of the
printout, clubs can produce specially
designed coupons to advertise profit
centers, and activities such as
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
127
promotional events. The 6100/XL
allows clients to store body-fat
measurements and other physical
parameters, including weight,
height, gender, and age.
■ HEALTH O METER
16”, a waist-high display, and comes
equipped with printer cables and a
starter pack for producing
graphically illustrated reports.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,595
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ HealthFirst
Corporation
NEW
Athletic-Fitness Scale
Model 2950
TriFIT 600 Fitness Assessment
System and Software
The patented TriFIT Wellness
Technology is available as a portable
system, stand-alone software, or as
an interactive fitness assessment
system that includes both the
hardware and software. The TriFIT
600 series offers clubs the ability to
provide members with complete
fitness assessments, health risk
appraisals, exercise and nutritional
plans, comprehensive individual
profiles, and progress reports. This
series also includes the TriFIT
appointment scheduler, Health
Encyclopedia, Internet access, mail
merge, database management
capabilities, marketing strategies,
and programs for establishing
better interaction between clients
and trainers.
With its unique memory feature, the
2950 can record the weight and
weight changes of over 1,000
individuals. It conveniently records
and displays such data as the user’s
weight, goal weight, ideal weight,
highest weight, lowest weight, last
weight, and losses and gains. The
unit calculates the user’s weight in
less than two seconds, and is
constructed from solid-state
components that produce an
accurate weight measurement
within one-tenth of a pound. The
Athletic-Fitness Scale offers a large
LED display, and an easy-to-level
platform and sealed switch panel to
minimize moisture exposure and
allow for easy cleaning.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,237
NEW
Professional Health Scale
Model 2900
Designed for both professional and
home use, the Professional Health
Scale is presently used by pro sports
teams, fitness centers, healthcare
facilities, country clubs, and college
and high-school athletic
departments. It will pinpoint the
user’s “true” weight to within onetenth of a pound, and features
quality construction for a consistent
performance, and a maintenancefree design. The unit requires 14” x
16” x 42” of space, a 115/230V wall
current, and is backed by a two-year,
parts-and-labor warranty.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,063
■ Life Measurement
Instruments (LMI)
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
NEW
Body Composition Scale
COMPUTERS
This electronic analyzer measures
body fat, weight (capacity: 500 lbs.),
lean muscle mass, water weight, and
body-mass index. It intelligently
incorporates bioelectrical
impedance, coupled with Ohms
Modulation Logic (OML) technology,
to provide accurate, repeatable
results for its users. The Body
Composition Scale features a lowprofile platform that measures 14” x
128
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
NEW
The BOD POD Body
Composition System
The BOD POD Body Composition
System is a state-of-the-art, fitnessassessment device that measures an
individual’s body-fat and lean-mass
percentage in less than five minutes.
This high-tech system offers valuable
motivational feedback for its users,
and provides fitness trainers,
healthcare professionals, and
coaches with a practical and highly
accurate means of monitoring the
effectiveness of specific training
programs. The BOD POD’s speed and
accuracy rely on its patented airdisplacement technology, which was
developed with the use of funds
from the U.S. National Institutes of
Health. Current LMI clients include
the NFL, universities, health and
fitness centers, weight-loss clinics,
sports-medicine facilities, and
nutritionists.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ METAbeat, Inc.
NEW
The METAbeat System
The METAbeat System makes it easy to
quantify an individual's fitness level and
design sophisticated heart-rate-training
and weight-loss programs that can
achieve measurable results. METAbeat
determines an individual's "metabolic
fingerprint" via the use of a
SensorMedics analyzer, which measures
direct gas exchange (O2, CO2, volume
of expired air) and heart rate during an
8-12 minute exercise test. The system
produces a printout that documents
heart-rate training zones, calories
burned, caloric intake
recommendations, body-fat percentage,
ideal weight, and current physiological
profile. This turnkey package includes a
two-day, on-site training course.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Microfit, Inc
motivational messages, and calorie
counting. Available in three models:
Ken, Denise and Kathy.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Ken costs $59.95;
Denise and Kathy are each $79.95
■ O.E.M. MEDICAL
HealthWizard 5
HealthWizard 5, the newest version of
MicroFit’s fitness assessment technology,
is a seamlessly integrated suite of
programs that analyze factors that affect
a client’s physical, behavioral, and
psychological health, with specific
recommendations for improvement.
Health information can be entered using
any fitness testing device or by direct
interface with the MicroFit FAS-2
Interactive system for on-line
measurements of blood pressure, resting
heart rate, body weight, body fat, back
flexibility, biceps strength, and aerobic
fitness. Because HealthWizard 5 can be
used independently of FAS-2 hardware,
it is now available for $1,295 for the
single user. HealthWizard 5 is Windows
95/98/2000/NT compatible.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$1,295 (single user)
■ New Life
Technologies
Kinesthetic Ability Trainer
O.E.M. MEDICAL’s Kinesthetic Ability
Trainer (K.A.T.) balance therapy
products come in three models. With
its state-of-the-art computer data
system for balance assessment and
training, the K.A.T. 2000 provides a
variable stability platform, positive
visual feedback, provisions for both
static and dynamic balance
assessment, variable test and difficulty
levels, test data files for analysis and
documentation, and built-in training
modes. The K.A.T. 1000 includes a
microprocessor-based control to
inflate or deflate the pressure bladder,
digital display for continuous patient
feedback, and a stable base and
handrails. For home use, the K.A.T.
500 is portable and can be upgraded.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ Polar
NEW
HEARTalker™ Personal
Trainer heart rate monitors
Accurate, reliable, easy to use,
affordable and AUDIBLE describe the
HEARTalker™ talking heart rate
monitors. These monitors make exercise
safer because you can listen to the
automatic verbal feedback while you
concentrate on pace, form and where
you’re going. Choose between the preset walking and interval workouts and
personal target zone capabilities.
Features include heart rate, timer,
volume and message control,
Polar Pacer HRM
An out-of-zone alarm lets you know if
you’re slacking off or overdoing it.
Meanwhile, the Target Zone function
helps you achieve effective intensity in
your exercise. And, when you’re
finished, just check Polar’s time-in-
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
129
zone function to see how effective
your workout actually was. The Polar
Pace HRM is EKG accurate,
waterproof, and features a one-piece,
lightweight transmitter with a twoyear, maintenance-free warranty.
waterproof transmitter, and the
optional two-piece detachable
transmitter for disposable electrode
patch use.
■ Tanita Corporation
of America
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Manufacturer’s list price: $99.99
■ Sigma Sport USA
TBF-401 Body Fat Analyzer
Polar M52 HRM
An effective heart rate monitor for
the fitness enthusiast, the M52 can
tell you exactly how fit you really are.
In a few minutes, at rest, the M52
will measure your estimated VO2
max, the same concept used to
evaluate world-class athletes. The
OwnCal calorie function tells you
how many calories were burned (and
even how many came from fat!). The
M52 features the OwnZone
automatic Target Zone feature and
the Ultra-Thin transmitter with
comfort-fit strap design.
Manufacturer’s list price: $169.99
Model PC6 Heart Rate
Monitor
Sigma Sport, the world’s largest
manufacturer of bicycle computers,
also produces a stylish and
multifaceted, but inexpensive, heart
rate monitor, the PC6. This
wristwatch-type unit offers the same
reliability, water tightness, and
warranty of some pricier,
comparable models, as well as the
six most common functions—heart
rate display with large, easy-to-read
numbers; programmable heart rate
training zones; visual and beeping
alarm when rate is outside training
zones; 12-hour clock, with 24-hour
clock option; day and date display
with 20-year calendar; and 20-hour
stop watch. The PC6 utilizes digital
radio frequencies to accurately
transmit heart signals from the chest
strap to the watch monitor. It is
intended for running, cycling, and
general sports and fitness training.
Manufacturer’s list price: $70
■ Sensor Dynamics, Inc.
COMPUTERS
Sensor Dynamics builds reliable heart
rate monitors at a variety of price
points. Models such as the Gemini
and the CardioChamp display heart
rate only, while more expensive
models like the Phoenix provide
features such as clock, day/date
calendar, stopwatch, high/low
target-zone alarm, and a back light.
SDI also offers a choice of
transmitter designs: a standard onepiece integrated, lightweight,
130
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Direct body-fat measurements can be
taken in virtually no time with the TBF401 Body Fat Analyzer. A staff member
simply enters the client’s personal data
into the TBF-401’s computer, and has
the client stand on the unit’s stainless
steel scale; a body-fat measurement
then appears on the screen, as well as
readouts of fat mass, fat-free mass, and
hydration level. Equipped with a
thermal printer, the TBF-401 measures
body composition by sending a
harmless, electrical signal into the
client’s body, and then measuring
impedance to that signal.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,950
■ VersaClimber
1*2*3* Heart Rate Monitor
The “speedometer of aerobic
exercise,” this hand-held, heart-rate
monitor provides quick, accurate,
and reliable readings. It incorporates
the same ECG heart-rate technology
employed by NASA, and is packaged
in a durable plastic enclosure, and
unaffected by perspiration or motion.
Users activate the unit simply by
placing their thumbs on its sensors;
their heart rate is displayed after four
successive beats, and this data is then
updated every two seconds. Powered
by a nine-volt battery, the Heart Rate
Monitor measures 5 11/16" x 3
9/16" x 1 3/16", and weighs only
one-half pound.
Manufacturer’s list price: $295
ACCESSORIES
■ Body Bar Systems, Inc.
bumpered track; a safety cord attaches
the roller to the board’s tracked base
to keep both pieces together and
reduce the risk of injuries. The bongo
board is an effective tool for warmups, cool-downs, and general balance
training, and will help users develop
fast reflexes and excellent lateral shift
skills; it’s particularly popular with
skiers, surfers, snowboarders, golfers,
and other sports enthusiasts for whom
balance is important.
constructed from richly finished
birch plywood, and includes five
interchangeable fulcrums that
produce platform angles than range
from 5-12 degrees. Regular use of
the Combo Board helps to improve
fitness, balance, coordination, core
stability, posture, and overall body
awareness. This versatile product is
also designed to prevent and
rehabilitate ankle and knee injuries,
and can be used from a seated
position to strengthen the muscles
of the trunk.
Manufacturer’s list price: $69
Manufacturer’s list price: $85
NEW
Body Bar, MINI Body Bar
The Body Bar and its smaller relative,
the MINI Body Bar, are designed to
bring extra interest and greater toning
and sculpting benefits to cardio
training classes and other types of
workouts. Both bars are crafted from
solid steel, are less than 2” in
diameter, and feature an easy-hold
rubber casing that guarantees a
secure and comfortable grip; both also
have smooth rubber end-caps for
added safety. The MINI Body Bar is 2’
long, weighs 4 lbs., comes in black,
and costs $19.95. The regular Body
Bar comes in 4’ and 5’ lengths, a
variety of colors and weights (9-30
lbs.), and costs $29.95 to $59.95.
Body Bar Systems, Inc., also produces
a wide range of exercise videos,
including several that are Body Barspecific—e.g., the Master Your Body
Complete Workout ($19.95) and
Express Complete Workout ($14.95).
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 103
■ Fitter International
NEW
Combo Balance Board
This simple balance board is
Pro Fitter
Originally intended to train and
rehabilitate elite skiers, the Pro Fitter
Stagestep
b/w
p/u Nov. p. 108
Bongo Board
The hottest balance-training product
of the ‘60s and ‘70s, the bongo board
has been resurrected, in a more userfriendly form, for the ‘90s. This unit is
the same size as a skateboard, and has
one large, double-bearing
polyurethane roller that moves on a
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
131
lateral cross trainer represents an
exciting alternative to traditional
cardiovascular equipment. Involving a
flowing, friction-free motion that
causes no joint or muscle stress, the
Pro Fitter is designed to improve
balance, coordination,
proprioception, and lateral strength—
all key factors in reducing the risk of
athletic injury. This low-maintenance
cross trainer is fun and easy to use,
and offers six tension adjustments,
and over 20 upper- and lower-body
exercises for total-body conditioning.
rehabilitation, and are available in
three different versions: the 16”
Wobble Board, a circle-shaped board
for advanced users; the 20” Wobble
Board, a circular model for
intermediate users; and the 20”
Rocker Board, a square-shaped model
suitable for basic balance and rangeof-motion training. Fitter’s Wobble
and Rocker Boards are intended for
club, clinical, and home use.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$59 (16” Wobble Board), $69
(20” Wobble Board/Rocker Board)
Manufacturer’s list price: $499
safety requirements, and can be
easily expanded with the addition of
Gerstung's optional 40" individual
panels. A washable, suede-like
upholstery covers the sides of this
portable platform, which measures
13" H x 80" L x 80" W.
Manufacturer's list price:
$1,644.50 (Base Unit),
$866.80 (Expansion Unit)
See our ad on page 133
■ Harbinger
■ Gerstung
Running Square/
Action Platform
Power Web
This versatile and effective resistance
exerciser is designed to strengthen
and rehabilitate the hands, fingers,
wrists, and forearms. Used by
individuals from every walk of life—
including elite athletes, musicians,
and computer users—the Power Web
is a valuable tool for improving grip
strength and hand control, as well as
reducing the risk of over-use injuries.
Available in five, color-coded,
resistance levels, the Power Web
provides a convenient and efficient
workout, and is able to duplicate
virtually any movement that the hand
and wrist can perform.
Manufacturer’s list price: $34.95
Tri-Level Wobble and
Rocker Boards
Fitter’s Wobble and Rocker Boards are
an excellent means for improving
balance, coordination, confidence,
and overall body awareness. Handcrafted from top-grade plywood with
a rich, birch grain finish, these
proprioception boards offer a simple
yet dynamic approach to fitness and
132
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Intended for use as a circuit station in
fitness facilities, and for residential
and corporate settings, the Running
Square features a resilient, shockabsorbing, 30" x 30" surface, and an
eight-layered, hardwood veneer
design with a special, foam-based
top. The similarly constructed Action
Platform measures 30" x 60", and is
particularly well-suited for activities
that call for a well-cushioned surface,
such as calisthenics, aerobics, and
plyometric training. Each unit
incorporates Gerstung's hallmark
Energy Foam Blocks, and is built for
both high- and low-impact exercise.
Manufacturer's list price:
$87 (Running Square),
$159.50 (Action Platform)
See our ad on page 133
NEW
Instructor Platform
Available with a wood, vinyl, or
carpet-topped surface, the
lightweight and durable Instructor
Platform is bolstered by a layered
grid of Polaris Foam to maximize
shock absorption. The unit is
designed to appeal to clubs
concerned with space and instructor
NEW
Pro Wash and Dry
FlexClosure Gloves
Pro Wash and Dry FlexClosure Gloves
are double stitched to maximize
durability and abrasion resistance,
and feature wrap-around thumb
protectors that cushion the inside of
the thumb with an extra layer of
leather. These machine-washable
gloves offer a comfortable fit,
incorporating Harbinger’s trademark
FlexClosure design, and are available
in models for both men and women.
A reinforcing layer of resilient foam
provides added protection for the
user’s palms and fingers.
Manufacturer’s list price: $14.95
■ The Hygenic
Corporation
NEW
Thera-Band Exercise Ball
Employing a thick outer wall that can
support up to 1,000 pounds, the
Thera-Band Exercise Ball is a tool for
stretching and strengthening the
muscles, increasing endurance, and
improving posture and range of
motion. It can be used for fitness and
athletic training, and orthopedic and
neurological rehabilitation, as well as
in the treatment of individuals with
Parkinson's disease, cerebral palsy,
and carpal tunnel syndrome. Each ball
comes with two plugs and an
adapter, along with the Thera-Band
Exercise Ball Guide (a poster featuring
24 exercises). This inexpensive
product is available in yellow, red,
green, blue, and silver, with diameters
of 18", 22", 26", 30", and 34."
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
■ Runnin’ Cool
Insulated Water Bottle Carriers
An award-winning, patented product,
the Runnin’ Cool Insulated Bottle
Carriers utilize thin Thermolite
insulation that’s layered with foam
and a comfortable, silky, knit lining.
Developed with the help of DuPont,
the Runnin’ Cool Bottle Carriers’
construction provides the necessary
components for evaporative cooling,
prevents water from freezing, and is
guaranteed to maintain its structural
integrity after repeated washings. The
one-liter model features an outer shell
made of DuPont Supplex, a removable
shoulder strap that converts into a belt
that can carry the Runnin’ Cool Fanny
Pack, and a panel pocket for personal
items such as keys and money. Can be
embroidered with logos.
Manufacturer’s list price: $19.95
■ Sport Training
Devices, LLC.
NEW
NRG Ball
■ SPRI Products, Inc.
Xertube/Xercuff/Xerballs
The NRG BALL is a medicine
ball/barbell combination that provides
great flexibility in workouts, whether in
martial arts, rehabilitation, group
training, or spas and gyms. The NRG
BALL can be used with both bars and
the ball, a single bar and the ball, or
the ball alone. With more than 100
multiplane functional exercises, the
unit can be customized to fit many
workout needs, including isolated
strength training, total body
conditioning, and endurance training.
It comes in a variety of weights as well.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$79 - $134, depending on
weight and quantity
SPRI's extensive line of rubber
resistance exercise products includes
its flagship offering, the Xertube, as
well as the Xercuff and the new
Xerball. The Xertube allows
exercisers to properly isolate their
muscles, and serves as an effective
tool for group sculpting classes and
circuit-training workouts. The Xercuff
affords users the opportunity to
improve their motor skills,
coordination, and strength, and is
especially well-suited for advanced
training. The newly released Xerball is
a unique and versatile total-body
training tool that helps develop
muscular strength, endurance, power,
stability, and joint integrity. The
Gerstung
b/w
p/u Nov. p. 76
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
133
Xerballs bounce, maintain their shape,
and are extremely durable. Other
rubber resistance products from SPRI
include the Resist-A-Ball, Ab Bar, Ultra
Toner, Xering, and Xercise Bar.
Manufacturer's list price:
Call for pricing
■ The STEP Company
Both of these inexpensive
headphone sets are lightweight,
comfortable, and designed to offer
exceptional durability and quality.
Model TM-101 (pictured) offers a
number of deluxe features,
including: an out-of-the-way, singleside, headphone cord and an extrawide, adjustable headband that
ensures a continuously secure fit.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$4.95-$9.95
Tune Belts
The STEP
The original step platform for clubs,
The STEP is used for aerobic classes
and circuit training in fitness facilities
worldwide. To accommodate all
fitness levels, it adjusts from fourinches, to six-inches, to eight-inches
high. The STEP is made of durable,
high-density polyethylene, and
features a shock-absorbing, non-slip
surface, rubber floor pads for
traction and stability, and a load
capacity of 500 pounds. With the
ability to incline or decline, The STEP
can also double as a weight bench.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Step + 4 blocks $80; 5/$350;
10/$670 (prices include
shipping and handling)
Turbo Earhugger
Headphones
The Turbo Earhugger Headphones
are intended for use with personal
cassette and CD players, wired and
wireless entertainment systems, and
sound systems used for group
exercise classes. They’re designed to
stay comfortably in place during the
most strenuous of workouts, and
feature high-tech earbuds attached
to soft plastic frames that fit securely
around the ears. Other features
include turbo-ducted speaker frames
for enhanced bass sound, and an
easy-to-adjust volume control
located conveniently on the cord.
Manufacturer’s list price: $14.95
■ Tune Belt, Inc.
Conventional and Middle Ear
Headphones
Tune Belt offers four models of
conventional and middle ear
headphones that provide clear, fulldimension, digital stereo sound.
134
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 1999
Five attractive carrier belts are
available from Tune Belt. The original
Cassette Player Carrier is
comfortable and lightweight, and
securely holds and protects any
personal stereo. The CD Player
Carrier is a larger model that fits any
portable CD player. The slim Mike
Belt is designed to fit and protect
wireless mike transmitters. The
Cassette Carrier Plus and CD Carrier
Plus—feature three additional
accessory pockets for items such as
keys, spare batteries, and extra CDs.
All are made from snug-fitting
neoprene, and warranted against
defects in materials and
workmanship for one year.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$17.95-$24.95
MISCELLANEOUS
■ Ball Dynamics
International
NEW
The Ball Chair
This latest addition to the Ball fitness
product line combines the benefits
of using an exercise ball with the
convenience of a rolling chair.
Engineered in Europe and
competitively priced, the Ball Chair
features: an adjustable seating
height; a padded back rest designed
to produce the most comfortable,
postural fit; and a 22” Gymnic
exercise ball that accomodates all
sizes of users. Intended for
eductional forums, work settings,
and homes, the Ball Chair is an
interesting and economical
alternative to traditional seating.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ BroadcastVision
NEW
Fitness Cinema
Private Screening
This latest release from
BroadcastVision incorporates a
wireless personal video screen that
can be mounted on, or in front of, a
club’s exercise equipment. By simply
plugging any lightweight headphone
into the unit’s controller, users are
able to select from a host of
television, video, and digital music
channels. The Private Screening
transmitters connect to any cable
box, satellite receiver, VCR, or music
source, and deliver clear digital
signals directly to each monitor.
Optional features include the “Video
Messenger,” which allows clubs to
inform members about various inhouse activities-e.g., membership
promotions, personal-training
programs, etc.-via custom messages
that scroll across the video screen.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 32
■ Cardio Theater
Wireless Cardio Theater LCS
Wireless Cardio Theater LCS is
designed to provide up to 52 channels
of Exercise Entertainment for a club’s
cardiovascular training area. This
moderately priced system delivers
crystal-clear, digital stereo sound to
each cardiovascular machine, while
eliminating the wires linking one piece
of equipment to the next. Individual
volume and channel controls allow
users to personally select their
television or music choice. An
unlimited number of users can tune in
to the Wireless Cardio Theater system
simultaneously.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Wireless Fitness Cinema
900/Fitness Cinema FM
BroadcastVision offers three wireless
entertainment systems that can
accommodate club budgets of any
size. Its premium Fitness Cinema 900
system allows members to select
from among 64 different television
or music selections simply by
plugging any lightweight headphone
into the special receiver attached to
their cycle, or treadmill, or other
cardiovascular equipment; the
result—crystal clear sound. Many
new cardio units come equipped
Fitness Cinema ready. The original
Fitness Cinema FM system offers the
same large number of selections, but
makes use of the member’s own
Walkman radio. Both products are
backed by an exclusive, three-year
warranty on the transmitter.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 32
P/U FIT
‘98
p. 102
Wireless CardioTheater/
Fitness FM Plus
CardioTheater has one of the widest
exercise entertainment product lines.
CardioTheater enables members to
listen to any one of a multitude of
audiovisual components (TVs, radios,
CDs, etc.) while exercising on
cardiovascular equipment. Using
headphones, members plug into a
remote control attached to each cardio
piece, and enjoy clear stereo digital
sound. Fitness FM (pictured), and
Fitness FM Plus employ an advanced
FM system that enables members to
tune into TV or music stations using an
FM radio. Fitness FM is available with
or without specially designed FM
radios that are compatible for use with
any FM transmitter.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
Winter 1999 Fitness Industry Technology
135
■ Shuttle by
Contemporary Design
Company
products; other soon-to-be-released
features will include Internet access,
personalized fitness planning and
tracking, and the E-Zone music library.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on the Bikes tab
■ Ideas for Sale
broadcasts signals from any TV, VCR,
CD player, or cassette deck that has
an audio output jack. It’s inexpensive,
easy-to-install, has excellent sound
quality, and keeps members coming
back. Also, club owners can use the
system to promote club activities and
membership renewal offers.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on the Treadmill tab
The Shuttle MVP
This unique and versatile machine
helps users improve their agility, power,
speed, vertical jumps, and overall
athleticism. The Shuttle MVP features a
dynamic rebounding system that
makes it especially useful for
“explosive jump training.” The MVP
also offers: full trunk support; an
oversized, padded landing surface; and
resistance that can be as much as 300
pounds, or as little as 4% of the user’s
body weight. In addition, the unit can
function as a leg press, and is available
with a PNF Pulley System, among
other options, for added versatility.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
■ E-Zone Networks, Inc.
■ Vision Fitness
NEW
Lift Inversion Machine
This device offers users a modern,
efficient way to experience the
benefits of head-standing, long
practiced by the yogis and Sufis. The
unit, constructed from heavy-duty
steel tubing, stands either 9' or 10'
high, and is powered by a motorized
winch that allows individuals to easily
and safely invert themselves; while in
this position, they can perform a
variety of exercises, or simply relax
and let inversion, itself, do the work.
The Lift Inversion Machine is
intended to produce positive effects
on the cardiovascular, muscular,
nervous, and skeletal systems.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 31
E-Zone Personal
Entertainment System
E-Zone’s Personal Entertainment
System is an interactive media
network that dispenses audiovisual
programming that’s designed to
motivate club members to exercise
more enjoyably and productively. Each
E-Zone terminal is placed in front of
an individual piece of cardiovascular
equipment and is accessed using
special E-Zone headphone or regular
wired headphones. The network’s
entertainment and education options
includes standard audio sources,
normal broadcast and cable TV, as
well as E-Zone’s own active lifestyle
and entertainment channels, and its
one-on-one, video-on-demand cardio
training programs. The company’s
convergent technology permits
ongoing expansion of the network’s
136
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
■ Quinton Fitness
Equipment
NEW
iNetTV
Vision Fitness manufactures a threepiece line of light institutional
equipment (i.e., the E3600 upright
and R2600 semi-recumbent bikes,
and the X6600 elliptical motion
machine) and, in September, will
begin to ship an Internet-enhanced
version—its iNetTV series. The units
will be equipped with a sleek 12.1”
active matrix LCD flat-screen display,
which can also interact with VCRs,
DVD players, satellite receivers, WebTV appliances, and PCS, permitting
club members to select from a
virtually unlimited menu of
instructional and entertainment
opportunities—from watching a
recent film to checking the Dow
Jones on the Internet. This
technology responds to voice
commands, although a mouse and
touchpad may also be utilized.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Approximately $3,000
Action FM
The Action FM Wireless Entertainment
System is designed to make workouts
more enjoyable for health club
members. Using any Walkman-type,
FM radio, they can exercise to MTV,
ESPN, the news, soap operas, videos,
or their favorite music. Action FM
■ STOTT Equipment
Sales, Inc.
Pilates
■ Balanced Body, Inc.
NEW
Allegro Reformer
A manufacturer of Pilates equipment
since 1976, Balanced Body (formerly
Current Concepts) offers an
extensive line of hand-crafted
wooden Pilates equipment for fitness
and rehabilitation applications. The
newest addition to the series is the
Allegro Reformer, a portable piece of
equipment that can be folded and
stacked, enabling clubs to offer
Pilates classes without allocating
permanent floor space for
equipment. Built from heavy-duty,
anodized aluminum, the Allegro
carries a five-year warranty, and
comes with a 50-minute Pilates
workout video. Pilates focuses on
"core control," and helps improve
strength, flexibility, balance,
coordination, and endurance.
NEW
Pilates Club Program
The centerpiece of this particular
Pilates program is the AllegroReformer,
a unique piece of Pilates equipment
that folds flat and stacks. The
stackability of the Allegro Reformer
makes your Pilates program portable.
The Pilates Club Program is a
comprehensive package of equipment,
instructor training materials, videos,
and marketing support materials,
which makes it possible for clubs to
offer group class workouts as well as
personal-training sessions for members
at all fitness levels.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 47
■ Peak Body Systems
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 47
STOTT Professional
Reformer/STOTT Rehab
Reformer
Developed by fitness authority Moira
Stott, with assistance from sports
medicine professionals, STOTT
Conditioning is a contemporary,
complete, and professional approach
to the exercise system pioneered by
Joseph H. Pilates. With a particular
emphasis on core stabilization, this
anatomically based, mind/body
system promises optimal strength,
flexibility, coordination, and posture,
without added bulk. The exercises
are performed on either a mat or
specially designed STOTT equipment,
such as the STOTT Professional
Reformer and the deluxe, spacesaving Rehab Reformer, both of
which are now equipped with easyroll wheels. Workshops, training, and
certification are available through
the company.
Manufacturer's list price:
pricing starts at $2,367
(Professional Reformer),
$2,693 (Rehab Reformer)
See our ad on page 47
Total Workout System
The Total Workout System (TWS) by
Peak Body Systems, a Progressive
Dynamics company, is a combination
of two pieces of Pilates’ equipment:
the Universal Reformer and the
Cadillac. Popular with both gyms
and spas, TWS is a convertible unit
well-suited to Pilates exercises, which
emphasize core stabilization, balance,
and breathing control. This spacesaving unit is available in either
aluminum or wood.
Manufacturer’s list price: $3,195
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
137
ROCK CLIMBING WALLS
■ Ascent Products
concrete; and one of five different
panel systems. Also available from
Entre Prises USA are freestanding,
portable climbing walls, and a
complete line of accessories, including
a wide selection of handholds,
footholds, and “finger cracks.”
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 48
■ NICROS, Inc.
The Rock
The Rock is a computerized climbing
simulator that allows users to climb
surfaces predicated on real
mountains, such as El Capitan. The
climbing surface can be easily
programmed to change angles by as
much as 105˚ or to change speeds
from 1-50 ft/min. The Rock is fully
integrated with the Web, allowing
on-line competition. The simulator
comes in three models. All require
56-125 square feet of space.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$9,950 - $20,000
■ Brewer’s Ledge
NEW
TreadWall Fitness Climbers KidWall
Brewer’s Ledge has recently introduced
the KidWall, specifically designed for
children 6-13. Narrower, with a
lightweight rotating surface, the
KidWall joins the TreadWall family of
nonmotorized, rotating climbing walls
that move as the climber moves. All
are designed to improve strength,
endurance, flexibility, and
cardiovascular fitness, and provide an
exciting alternative to traditional
cardiovascular and strength-training
programs. Wall angle can be easily
changed, and handholds can be
arranged to form a virtually endless
number of color-coded routes. These
climbing trainers require approximately
90 square feet of space.
Manufacturer’s list price:
from $8,295
See our ad on page 79
■ Entre Prises USA
Portable Climbing Walls
The Brewer’s Ledge product line now
includes two portable climbing
systems—the Chameleon and the
Gecko. These realistic rock towers
are constructed of fiberglass over a
steel frame, and are available with a
hydraulic trailer, which permits one
person to set them up within
minutes. They can be used indoors
or outdoors (e.g., at fairs, festivals,
promotional events, etc.). The
Chameleon is a freestanding tower,
hosting up to six climbers; the Gecko
is trailer-mounted and can
accommodate three people
simultaneously. Each unit is
approximately 8’ W by 22’ H.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 79
138
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
A.R.T. WALLS (Advanced
Rockwall Technology)
Built to meet or exceed Climbing
Wall Industry Group standards, these
climbing walls are counted among
the most fun-to-climb, artificial
climbing surfaces available. They’re
constructed of glass-fiber-reinforced
cement on a steel subframe, can be
customized to fit walls of any size,
and provide a total-body workout
that’s designed to challenge the
user’s mind, body, and spirit. Flat
areas surrounding threaded inserts
allow for the incorporation of a wide
variety of modular handholds. The
NICROS Climbing Walls are backed
by a one-year warranty against
defects in material and workmanship.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ad on page 35
■ Sport Rock
Climbing Walls
Responsible for over 2,000, climbingwall installations worldwide, Entre
Prises USA designs and manufacturers
climbing walls of virtually every shape,
size, and configuration. These climbing
walls are typically custom designed to
meet the given needs of a facility, and
generally feature: a wood or metal
framework; modular components
made of fiberglass and polymer
Mono Sport
With its seamless construction, the
Mono Sport system creates the
appearance of a single, monolithic
climbing surface. Built to any size,
shape, or degree of difficulty, the
Mono Sport wall can be equipped
with such features as overhangs,
roofs, chimneys, caves, dihedrals,
aretes, and any other formations
found in nature. This wall is
specifically developed for use with
modular handholds, and is uniquely
designed to accommodate the
varying skill levels of all climbers.
The Mono Sport wall can be used in
conjunction with Sport Rock’s
modular panels to create an incredibly
real, yet interchangeable wall system.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
The Rolling Stone
The new Rolling Stone, from Sport
Rock, is a mobile climbing wall that
allows clubs to bring the adventure of
climbing to just about anyone. If its
monolithic rock surface seems
familiar, that’s because it’s designed to
duplicate the look and feel of actual
rock formations found in the western
United States. The Rolling Stone is
ideal for clubs, company outings,
grand openings, and health fairs,
comes complete with climbing gear
and modular handholds (though
scaling it does not require handholds),
and is eight feet wide by 24’ tall.
STRETCHING EQUIPMENT
■ ARC International
Calf Master
Calf Master is a new line of calf
stretching equipment consisting of
three different models, each of
which utilizes a special, arc-shaped
footplate that’s curved to follow the
contour of the foot. The M100 Calf
Master is a two-sided,
multifunctional piece with plate
holders. The M200, on the other
hand, is a one-sided version, with
handles for balance and support.
The M300 is a small, lightweight,
portable unit capable of being used
in a variety of settings. The Calf
Master allows users to obtain the full
benefits of stretching and
strengthening the calf muscles and
Achilles tendons, while avoiding
excessive strain on the foot.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$499 (M100), $299 (M200),
$169 (M300)
■ CareBac, Inc.
Manufacturer’s list price: Pricing
starts at $29,000
NEW
The BackStretcher
This adjustable pull-up bar is
designed to quickly and easily stretch
the lower back and upper body.
Hanging from the BackStretcher
provides “gravity-assisted”
stretching, which makes use of one’s
own body weight to decompress the
spine and stretch the body’s muscles.
The product series includes two
professional models-the Wall Unit
and the Tripod Unit-which are
constructed from carbon and
stainless steel, and employ a
patented slider mechanism that’s
easily adjusted to eighteen different
heights. The aim of the
BackStretcher is to increase flexibility,
improve athletic performance,
reduce injuries and strains, and
maintain a healthy back.
Manufacturer’s list price:
$485 plus shipping (Wall Unit),
$885 plus shipping (Tripod Unit)
■ Fitness Products
International
NEW
The SC9000 Stretch Center
Created to add value and credibility
to a club’s fitness programming, the
SC9000 Stretch Center allows
individuals to perform an almost
unlimited number of stretches. This
well-defined, high-profile unit
provides a complete stretching
program for members, and is wellsuited to be used as a teaching tool
for fitness professionals. The Stretch
Center is capable of accommodating
a wide range of users, and features
an adjustable center piece that
conveniently affords a number of
different stretches. Stretch is a brand
of Fitness Products International.
Manufacturer’s list price:
Call for pricing
See our ads on the Strength tab
insert and on pages 7, 22
Winter 2000 Fitness Industry Technology
139
■ KEISER
The Keiser Stretch Zone
■ MedX 96, Inc.
The Stretch Zone is designed to
address one of the most vital, but
overlooked components of exercise—
stretching. Requiring only 11’ x 13’
of floor space, it includes eight
different stations that can be used for
nearly 20 different stretches. Its
intelligent design and easy-to-follow
instructional panels at each station
allow people of all ages and body
types to use the Stretch Zone without
the need for an instructor. The
Stretch Zone has no moving parts,
requires virtually no maintenance,
and is durable enough to be backed
by a 10-year structural warranty.
MedX Stretch
C240 StretchTrainer
The MedX Stretch is specially designed
to take flexibility training off the
ground. This unique piece of
stretching equipment offers
convenience of use, as well as
dependable feedback that motivates
trainees to incorporate the “third leg
in the fitness triad”—flexibility
training. Based on a simple, six-stretch
routine that addresses the need for
biomechanically correct positioning,
the versatile MedX Stretch provides
quantifiable measurements through its
indices and gauges, and can also chart
users’ results.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,950
Manufacturer’s list price: $2,595
The Precor C240 StretchTrainer is a
sturdy, steel, stretching machine that
provides an effective means for
stretching the muscles of both the
upper and lower body. It represents
a convenient and appealing method
for easing tension, improving
flexibility, and preventing injury. The
StretchTrainer allows users to control
the intensity and duration of each of
the eight “essential” stretches that it
provides, and features a well-padded
handlebar, a comfortable cushion
seat, and a molded foam kneepad.
This stretching device can help any
club get stretching “off the
ground.” The Precor C240 aids clubs
in the American College of Sports
Medicine’s (ACSM) flexibility
requirement for personal fitness.
■ Precise Exercise
Equipment
NEW
BackFlex Pro
The Keiser Stretch Corner
A smaller version of the company’s
Stretch Zone, this compact
stretching station can accomodate
as many as four people at once. The
Keiser Stretch Corner allows users to
perform a minimum of 17 different
stretches, and features easy-tofollow, instructional placards
illustrating how to perform each
stretch. The Stretch Corner requires
no staff supervision, measures 5’3”
wide by 4’6” long, and, as its name
suggests, was designed to be
conveniently placed in a corner, so
that clubs can make the most
efficient use of their space.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,390
The BackFlex Pro is a unique and
enjoyable stretching system intended
for fitness, rehabilitation, and sportsmedicine facilities. While comfortably
supporting the head and neck, it
facilitates a safe and gentle back
extension, and also features stations
for a variety of upper- and lowerbody stretches. The back musculature
is supported and massaged on a bed
of contoured, utethane roller pads.
With the BackFlex Pro, a complete,
heat-to-toe stretching routine can be
easily completed in minutes. Precise
provides a lifetime warranty on the
frame, as well as a 30-day, moneyback guarantee, including all freight
charges.
Manufacturer’s list price: $1,595
140
■ Precor
Fitness Industry Technology Winter 2000
Manufacturer’s list price: $695
See our ads on the Elliptical tab
insert